THE PHENOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS

by C. G, STepHens

[Presidential Address read 11 October, 1956]

Over the last thirty years or so, it has been established by various workers

e.g, Preseott (1931), Bryan (1938) and Whitehouse (1941) that certain Aus-

tralian soils are of great age. Most observations relate to the lateritic podzolic

soils and red earths of southern and eastern Australia which are considercd to

have been formed on Jate Tertiary land surfaces which had been reduced to

penegan conditions of low relief and restricted drainage. In recent years there

nas been a growing interest in the morphology and chronology of other Aus-

tralian soils on specific landscape features such as dissected tableland slopes,

benches, terraces and plains, most of which clearly post-date the Tertiary era

and vet are covered by soils with distinctive characteristics quite unlike those

found in soils on Recent formations or on surfaces protected from senescence

by the processes of normal erosion.

It is the purpose of this paper to account for the morphology of some of

these Tertiary and Quatemary Australian soils in terms not only relating to the

landseape and climatic conditions of the era in which the soil first developed,

but also to subsequent climatic and geomorphic events which have modified

that morphology. This alteration of soil profiles in response to variations in

their climatic, hydrologic and topographic enviranment and changing parent

material is referred to as the phenology of the soil.

In general terms, pedologists accept the following principles concerning

soil formation; that soils are created by the leaching over a period of time of

a mass of weathermg rock or detrital material in association with particular

kinds of topographic surfaces and ground-water conditions and under specific

hiological regimes; that these factors of soil formation, except time, are not

independent and therefore interact with one another; and that specific com-

binations of these factors operating over a sufficient time give rise to specific

sorts of soils in dynamic equilibrium with the environment. It is to be inferred

that changes in one or more of the factors will result in changes not only in the

soil but also in the other dependent factors and that the changes may be geo-

wraphic or temporal, It is the degree of these temporal alterations and the

resistance, if any, of the soil to them which are of interest in this study; that is,

the changes in the morphological character of the soil profile largely in response

to climate, topography, and groundwater which themselves have changed with

passage of time.

In the main, significant alterations to soil profiles will follow a change in

the amount of water being added to the soil, the truncation of the soil profile

or additions to the soil profile from above or below. These changes may arise

in a number of ways or he caused by a combination of circumstances related

to alterations in the soil-forming factors. Commonly the ones to be dealt with

here are:

(1} Changes in climate manifested as alterations to the amount of rainfall

and the temperature regime: these will increase or lessen the water absorbed by

the soil and alter its loss by leaching, evaporation and transpiration therefrom.

(2) Erosion of the soil profile as a result Jargely of dissection and stripping

following an increase in elevation of the land surface, or of climatic change.

(3) Deposition on the soil surface of Auviatile or wind-bome material, or

additions by precipitation or crystallisation of materfals Ton: rising ground-

water invading the soil profite.

With regard to the first it has been inferred that the climate of the late

Tertiary was generally moist and warm, that lhe various eras of the Pleistovene

were alternately cold and warm with corresponding yariations in rainfall, the

whole period being generally cooler than the Pliovene, and that the Revent has

become progressively drier and warmer with the possibility of an cmphasis

in aridity ahout 4,000 years ago, Increasing abundance of soil moisture must

ease an inereuse in Jeaching of the soil profile and, provided there is some

surplus moisture, 2 greater loss of soluble material from the soil in the drainage

water. On the other hand, decreasing abundance of soil moisture is not meces-

sarily accompanied by significant reversion of soil processes especially in soils

which have been reduced by intense weathering and leaching bo a inuss of

relatively inert materials such as silica and the oxides of iron and aluminium.

Presumably reversion of snil pencesses such as the renewed accumulstion of

calcium and magnesium carbonates in an already Jeached soil profile can unly

eceur where there remains a snpply of unweathered minerals containing the

appropriate cations: otherwise such material must be gained fram external

sources. The fact that such leached soils are preserved in relitively dry arcas

in Australia indicates that the leaching integral is in fact not only discontinuous

but also, in some circumstances, irreversible in its morphological effects. The

study of the red earths near Brisbane by Bryan (1988) indicates, however, that

leaching of a given parent material does nel always yield the same end product,

for the older surfaces there are occupied by red carths and the younger slopes

by podzolic soils. That the process hangs somewlat in the balance between the

tendencies ta produce anc or other of these spils and can be altered by some

climatic chance is indicated by a current weak podzulization of some of the red

earth surfaces; that is there has been 2 change from siliceous to sesqui-oxide

weathering, ‘This cun also be observed on some uf the coarser textured red

earths in the more humid parts of the Northern Turritory.

Erosion of the suil profile under changed topographic and/or climatic

circumstances may be complete, partial or neglivible depending on the resist-

ance of the soil to stich alterntions. In the case of complete removal the newly-

exposcd materials beneath constitute a new land surface on which completely

new soily levelop in response to the environment, This surface may keep essen-

tially the toporraphic form of an ald sritface peamarphically speaking Sat the

exposure by stripping to a re-weuthering cycle makes it a new pedological sur-

face. In the case of partial truncation new soils are formed on the exposed

horizons of the old profile and thus not only inherit some predetermined mot-

phological characteristics, but also develop new ones, especially in the apper

part of the profile in response to prevailing conlitions, When truncation is

negligible or absent the old sail is preserved as a relic or fossil ina new environ-

ment. These three types of occmrence may be individuully extensive and

widely spaced on a regiowal scale or closely patterned together as relatively

small units in 4“ catenary or other arrangement, The oblique air photograph,

Plate 1, of part of the Willouran Ranges of South Australia shows an instance

where for the most part the old surface and its soil mantle have been completely

removed exposing the underlying sedimentary rocks to re-weathering and sail

formation. Evidence of the ald surface which also oecu's nearby wad is shown

on the map of the area by Sprigg (1949) is to be seen in the concordance of

the heights of the ridges, in the vestige of light-coloured material, probably a

remnant of the old subsoil, preserved near the centre and far edge of the exposed

anticlinal dome, and in the antecedent stream courses inherited [rom the draiu-

age pattern of the old land surface and now clisposet transversely to the strike

of the newly-exposed rocks with their shallow soils. In cases where erosion

keeps pace with weathering and soil formation, soil profiles tend to remain

shallow or constant in depth and thus. despite increasing age, remain essentially

juvenile, Where erosion lags behind these processes soils increase in depth and

texture contrast between horizons and so more readily approach maturity and

senescence,

It is a common observation that alluvial material is added to soils by flood-

ing. The texture and depth of the added material determine whether the

receiving soil is bicied or is able to incorporate the additions. In the former

cise the buried soil becomes a fossil profile and a néwy soil forms on the super-

ficial material. In the latter case, some soil modification takes place. Similar

considerations apply to additions of wind-blown iaterials including Iness and

related products such as parna as described by Butler and Hutton (1956), and

lunctte and dune formations, although the prescnce of the former are sometimes

not so readily proven. New materials such as line and soluble salts may also be

added to soil by the invasion of the profile by groundwater from which such

compounds are added hy precipitation or crystallization, All such additions,

fluviatile, aeolian, or subterranean, may be considered as a reversal of the

soil-forming process or opposition to the leaching of the profile, The nature

of the added material will, of course, be significant in determining the nature

of this reversal or opposition,

The complementary phenomena of erosion and deposition were almost

certainly of an episodic. possibly catastrophic, nature for in many localitles

where deep allnvial materials haye heen observed there is alnple evidence of

old surface soils and other soil profile features at different levels in the alluvium.

This phenomenon, manifested by acermulations of orgauic matter in former

surface soils and by soil structure developments in A and B horizons and by the

leaching and deposition of calcium eathoute and gypsum in same of the profiles

indicates periods of quiescence of sufficient duration to allow suil profile forma-

tion between major addittons of alluvium. How catastraphic the episodes of

erosion and alluviation were is a matter of conjecture. but it is ta be inferred

that these periods were associated with eras of re-juvenation of stream gradients

due to orogenic movements and/or with significant climatic changes causing a

vhange in the incidence of erosion and consequent stream loading. That the

different profiles developed in the buried alluvia were subject to different soil-

forming conditions is shown by the variety af soil profiles often formed in the

savage section of alluvium.

Set oyt below are 11 cross-sectional diagrams and one cavalier perspective

drawing (Figs. 1-12) which are used as the hasis of discussion of the phenology

of the soils whosc positions on their respective landscapes arc indicated by the

mumérals on the sketches, A chronological table, Table 1, in which Tertiary

and Quaternary correlations of the development of some of the features of the

soils is attempted follows the discussion of the individual diagrams.

KEY TO SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

1. From the Dundas Tableland of Western Victoria to the coast of the

Lower South-East of South Australia, References tn soils fram Blackburn and

Leslie (1949) and Stephens e¢ al, (1941).

1. Latrvitic padzolic soils —Gritjurk, Koroite, Brit-Brit, and Balochile series — formed

omy slightly truncated Pliocens Iaterite soils on tableland eloments produced either by Fault

ing cron o suite Of srusional and «lopositional surfaces, Klevation and truncation mitlated

in Tate Pliocene, continuing periodically through the Quaternary with cornpensating weather:

ing of the exposed Jateritic material,

2, Podzolic soils —Hassall, Konong-Wootony, Bryant and Hilgay series—and black

earths - Bellwyn, Coleraine, Whyte aud Wanon serias — formed respectively on rovks expased

by dissection of loteriHe surface and on alluvium of valley ottonis. Process {vitiated by

cissection in late Pliocene, but soil formation balanced by compensating erosion on steep

retreating slopes and by repeated deposition on alluvial soils,

Fig!

Fg ll

3 Zz

4 2

4 ! ? S

Fig

a ee

| 2 2 i

3 4 4 3 5

9 >

Fig, Zi

FigWit

Fig lt

Tigs.1-10.—Diagrammatic cross-sections showing relationships of soils to geomorphic fealures

of various ages,

$3. A succession of early to mid-Pleistacens coastal sand ridges, originally highly cal-

careaus, but now intensely Jeached and somewhat redistributed to form podzols and podgniic

agile — Young, Mt, Burr, Mt. Muir, Kilbride, Lowan, Nangwarry, Kromelite and Caroline sands,

4, A succession of early bo mid-Pleistocene inter-dune swales unilerlain by date Tertiary

brypzeal limestone but largely covered hy mixed detritus from the Dundas Tableland and

redistributed acolian sand on which meadow podzolic soils ~Kalangadoo, Biddoch, Shart

and Wandilo sands —have heen formed,

5, Tertiary basalt and voleanic ash of Mt, Bure and adjacent bills and of the Glencoe

Valley on which krasnozem soils have formed. These soils have been repeatedly trancate!

by erosion on the steep slopes of the hills and hy stream dissection nnd soil redistribution

in the Glencoe Valley where the veneer of basalt i now almast completely destrayed: soils

are therefore still comparatively juvenile. Same of the dune sand swils (see 3 above) were

boilt up over these volcanic materials,

6. Recent voloanio ash of Mt. Gambier and Mt. Schunk overlying podzolic dune sans

as fur 3 ahove. A Cy determination recorded by Cill (1958) fur charcoal recovered

the A horizon of a poste soil immerliately helow the ash of Mt, Gambier wave a dating af

4,710 + 70 years B,P, for the first ash shower, Swils formed an the ash which {a often highly

extearcous have affinities with rendzina and minimal chernocem soils, ic, they are still juvenile,

7. Late Pleistocene cuastal caleareaus dunes which have bad their lime content ceon-

centrated hy leaching inta a secondary calcite pan below, stripped later to this caleareous

loyer, which in turn has weathered ta terra rogga soils ee. Hindmarsh sancy Ina. A Cy

dating for material from an ahoriginal hearth in the surface of snch n terra fossa soil From

Cape _Mactin near Reachport, South Australfa, recorded by Tindale (1958), gives a rlating

of 8,700 + 120 yeurs B.P., indicating u prohable late Pleistocene age for the bedinning af

development of the profiles of these terra rossa suily.

8. In the swales between the coastal ridges iheare are occurrences of ground water

teodzina soils — Millicent clay — formed on the basement of Tertiary limestone and its secund-

ary derivatives, These soils show sume alteration by golonetzic praresses espectally in the

areas more remote from the coast such as the Naracoorte plain where restricted drainage

tends to eause undne accumulstion und evaporatian of impounded surface waters,

#. On the tromediate coastline isa series of partly active recent calearecus dunes which,

where stalsilized by vegetation, have aevekpel a shallow, dark-colonred surface soil with

very slight resemblance to well-drained rendzina soils. Leaching has rested in no other

profile development than 4 sight cementation of deeper material by secondary eqlcifcation.

10. At the rear of the above calcareous dunes there are a niunber of fen peat farma-

tions where up ti about 7 fect of neutral to alkaline peat has acumulated in yeecut times.

The peat soils—Badenuch, Orwell, Milstezd and Hitcheos scrics. Stephens (194.3), have

formed on deposits tentatively estimated by Eardley (1943) to be less than 5500 years

ald, ‘The variation in the morphological character nf the peat (5 amare really correlated

with dvaimage and vegetational features than with gay known geamerphie fealure of the

chastal depressions,

Hf, From the scarp of the Darling Range across the valley of the Swan

River near Midland Junction, Western Australia. References to soils from

Pym (1955),

1. Lateritie podzolic seifs of the Darling Renge platean formed by truncation and re

weathering of Pliocene lateritic sails following uplift of the plateau.

2. Breavn podzolic, skeletal, and other sojls developed on the steep escarpment formed

hy faulting commencing in [ste Pliocene times and persisting through the Pleistocene, Soils

largely kept shallow and juvenile by compensating erosion.

3. Laterttic podzolic soils Renga and Oakavyer series -—fornned by re-weathering an

a truncated lateritic soil of a subsidiary erosion surface of the early Peistocenc.

4. Lateritic podzolic sail—Lotons series — formed by re-weatheriag on a truncated

Interitic soi]_on the next lower ervsian surface of early pr mid-Plaistocenc. Truncation was

acveampanied by considerable stream dissection of the surkace,

5. Lateritio podzolic soil—Mongin scries—formed hy re-westhering on a slightly

truncated Iateritic sol on the next lower erosion surface of mid-Ple(stocene. Truncation

and dissection were bath quite subdued.

@. Laterite podzolic soils—Herme und Cruse settey—-formod ou next Inwer late

Pleistocene land surface which shaws little evidence of crosion and dissection, but appears

to have received accessions of acolian aand.

7. Upper terrace of the Swan River of early to mid-Pleistocene a carrying red

podzolic soil—Swan and Belhus series—formed on detrital material fram’ Darling Range

and Jand surfaces 4 and 4 aboye.

&. Middle terrace of the Swan River of mid % late Pleistocene age carrying hrown

odzolie soils ~ Honghton series —fonncd on detrital materia! from Darling Ranges and

land suffaces 3, 4 un:l 5 above.

9. Lower terrace af the Swan River of Recent age carrying alluvial soils — Pyrton series

= still subject to Qooding and receiving additions of soil material from the Darling Range

andl land surfaecs, 3 to G above and focally from the higher terraces 7 and 8

10, 1) and 12. Coastal sand ridge systems of deureasing age and ineicasing calearecns-

ness. The oldest typified by podzol and yellow pndzolic soils—Muchea and Karrakutta

sande —are probably of at least Inte Plelstoecne ave for typical examples overlic dle Herne-

Crise surfacu (6 vhave) and less positively occur en the Mongin surface (4 alive) The

climes on the coast are calearcous to the surface und there aro intermediate (heas where Ie

lime has heen loached to relatively shullow depths.

IIL From the northern scarp of the plateau of Kangaroo Island, South

Australia, to the south coast near Gape Gantheaume, Reforences te soils Som

Northcote and Tucker (1948).

\, Lateritie podzolic soil— Eleanor sind — practically unmodified by truncation rest

ing on the lower slope af a tilted Pliocene latevitie surface.

2, Latesitie qynctzolie soils — Seddon series — formed hy ve-weathering oF the (haiejitedt

Pliocene lateritic surface and resting on the upper slopes Of the tilted Imedscape,

3. Podsnlie soil Grainyver series —resting ou sedimentity rocks exposed by dontions

ing dissection of the northern scarp of the tilted platea, Compensating erosion limiting, sail

profile development is still clearly evident on this relatively shallow suil.

4. Podzolic and alluvial soils associated! with small but mostly steep sitled vullevs

\neised into the surface of the platean.

3, Pleistocene system of consoliduted coastal sand ridges, leached to some depth of their

lime and then stripped down to the indurated ealeareous layer on which a Tittle re-weathering

hag taken place to give skeletal soils,

B. Hecent calcareous. dunn sands with little profile development.

IV. From the top of the scarp cast of the Hundred of Kuitpo across the

Nee to the Onkaparinga River References to soils from Rix and Hutton

1953).

1, Lateritie podzolic eile — Rallye: Hahndorf, Yaroona, Blewitt Sprinys and Kanwurillic

series — finned by 7¢-weathering af deeply trimexitid Pliocene lateritic soil Forme! partly an

Precambrian and partly on early Tertiary rocks. ‘These soils occur on peneplain rermnante

now separated by steep scarps produced by late PHacene und Pleistocene black fantting. its

described by Sprigg (1945). On the tops of the fuult blocks there are preserved! in modifi!

Form some remnants of the old pencplain drainage system with which uw wite of Qnaternary

soils formed on terrace and lacustrine materials much modified by erosivn and leaching 45

now nssdciated.

3, An early Pleistocene terrace with podzols and podzalic soils. — Myponga. Echadga

and Knott's Hill sands ---with strongly leached profiles,

3. A lato Pleistocene ponded formation containing Hime with a meadyw pudzolic sil —

Meadnws fine sand— produced by later leaching of the profile and a reiuction of the val-

carequs materials. The lime is now sporarically concentrated in the subynil.

4, An carly recent terrace furmutioa occupied hy weisenboden svil—Kyecma clay

loam — deriving its parent material and its lime ton the crosion and Teaching and cleposi-

tinn of materials largely from the Meadows scrics on the gentle slopes above,

5. Sails of the steep. actively retreating, fault scarps—Kondoparingy, Prospect Hill,

Clarendon, Burbrook. nnd Bluckfellows Crook series, and skeletal soils, These are podzolic

irown forest soils, the latter — Clnrendon series — being associated with valeureous incks

on the écarp dawn ta the Ouhapuriuga Qiyer-

V. From Littlehampton to the Lake River just south of Longford, ‘Tas-

mania. References to sails from Stephens, Baldwin and Hosking (1942),

lL. A Pliocene laterite formatinn of the floor of the Launceston Tertiary Basin occupied

by lutezitie podgolie soils on fine textured deposits — Woodstock sand — formed fullowing

"mid af the busin floor and gentle stripping of the surface horizous of the Jatartic

ormation.

%, A laterite formation of the floor of the Latnceston Basin occupied by lateritic portzale

soils vn coarse textured deposits— Brickendon saud—formed cither contemporaneously with

above or in early Pleistocene. There has been soma dissection of the formation and vigorous

stnpping uf the Isteritic profile,

3, Pliocene lagoons of the basin floor, some preserved intact,. indicative of the slugzish

drainage priar to dissection,

4. Minimal grey brown podzolic sil —Cressy shaley clay loam—tormed on nmoottled

aud pullicl cone materlal extensively exposerl Ly venlly sloping and wide dissection ef the

Jateritie formation in late Pliocene and Pleistocwne times.

5, A laterilic slluvial soil—Kinburn gravelly clay—formed in Pleistocene times on

material depuxited in a sluggish water course and derived fram the erosion of the gravelly

lateritie surface and the exposed mottled and pallid zones.

6. Lunette formations created during wn arid period, probubly Jats Pleistocene, by

aeolian sconring af soil fram the adjacent lagoons, then dried up, The soil — Wilmore sandy

loans —fomned on the Junetles ig a moderately differentiated brown podzolic soil,

7. Comprises a suite of terraces associated with the Lake River. These are occupled

by ulluvial soils variously differentiated and all still subject to inaversion by high tloods and

therefore receiving adrlitions of alluvium.

Vi. A transect from mountain tops to river in the valley of the Lower

Burdekin River. References to soils frum Hubble and Thompson (1953)-

Ll, Higli, mountainous lund with rock exposure aod sume stony soils, “Lopographical

deyelopment initiated in late Pliocene times but soil development kept te a mminum by

cuntinucus dissection and stripping.

2, Early to mid-Pleistocenc: piedmont plains with coarse textured soils. Dissection hus

oceeded to some clepth in stream courses, but the soils un remaining surfaces are well

iter ferentiated, sore with mottled clay subsoils, indicative of prolonged development unuer

former conditions of somewhat restricted drainaye.

3. A general shallow dissected phase of the above typified by low bills of smooth rellef

carrying hoth moderately and strongly differentiated soils, eg. Daltyinple and Sedenaye

series, the latter being solonized. Probably dissected in mid+Pleistoccae anc preserved against

undne stripping. by ventls topography, thus giving rise to somewhat mature soils, solouived

m this or the following staze.

4. A late Pleistoeene shallowly dissected very gently uumlulating laudseape with twa

ur aes possible sub-stages. Most of the soils show strung profile differentiation and some

sansiderable dezree of solonization, «zg. Venlave and Bambave sevies. Stripping af the

soils has been at a minimum. Dissection on the lower cdge of this hundscape should be

priceeding more vigorvusly but is vestrained i some instances by vilivifiod subsoils,

by expusure ip creek beds, sharply defining the limit ot headward erosion (see Plate 2).

5 antl 6 Late Vicistuceuc levee banks ao loaner Hooded, and Pleistocene to Recent

alluvial plaius still receiving minor additions ot muterial througl infrequent fluoding made

possible by natural channels throuzh the levee banks. Soils of the levees, ¢.g- Burdekin

aud Lancer scries, show fairly course textured, well differentisted profiles whilst the figod-

plains have fine textured soils, cg, Oakic, Dowte anc Barratta series, of only weak profile

development but Seng trite gilgai features and sume degree of svlonizalion attribut-

able to the nrescat-day flooding auc restricted clralnage phage-

VIL. A composile transect fron the ventral plateau of King Island, Tas-

tania, to the west coast. References to soils from Stephens and Ilosking (1982).

1, A disvected plateau of carly Pleistoecne age on which stripping has proceeded at

4 rate conformable with soil formation. he resultant gently rolliny Lindseape is occupied

g porleolic sale — txbucipall Fegarah Gog sandy loamy —with maderately deep aud well

developed profiles but wi the surface gui rather shallow probably aa the result of 4 recent

emphasis in superficial erosion. .

2. An early to mid-Pleistocene cuustal plain auvered by the courser detritus from the

dissection of the platesu, These course textured deposits have: heeu seyctly leached and

a water table has built op in thu Iandboupe. The buil—Liappu sund —is a ground-water

podzol, There is no compensating erosion of the surface and present-day detritus from the

plutean is now carried to the sea by sunall streams which ure but slightly tucised into the plain,

3. An carly to voicd-Plelstocenc series of coastal dunes originaliy highly calearcous but

except in ovcasional sites now leached of all lime, The soil develuped on the dunes, the

aTatapiiph Bane is a podzol with very marked development of the organic and ferruginous

iluvial izen.

4, Remnants of a series of old lagoons impounded behind and within the whove done

series.

5. Mid to late Pleistocene culcarecus dunes partly stripped of their superficial sand

down to secondary consoliduted duné limestone and re-weathensd in pet to lurra rossa soils

abd invré extensively to a brown leached soil over calcareous sand — FYambacooms sand,

6. A late Pleistocene te Recent sevivs Uf ealewcous dunes largely fixed by vegetation,

with a considerable xecumulation of organic mattar in the surface sail und a hihly caleareous

subsoil sometimes consolidated by secondiry calcification —the Currie calcareous sand,

T. A serlus of lagoons youl fen peat Formations formed belsind the dunes of the Yanw

bacoona and Qurrie soils, ‘The peats ure alten of considerable depth aud contain segregations

of both lime and gypsum,

VL, A eomposite and diagrammatic section of various land forms found

in Central Australia,

1. Mountain ranges and hills characterised by bare reek and skeletal soils. ‘Chesu Jand-

setpes lave been eyulved by stripping of old land surfaces, relics of which frequently aveur

at or above the level of the stripped surface as well as below it. ‘The inception af disscellou

and stippme is of doubtful age but by analogy with the lateritic arcas with which the

silerote of the arid area soil profiles is to be genctically correlated it may at this stage be

assigiedt to late Pliecene.

2, 3 and 4. A complex ot silurete cupped surfaces largely dissnantled by erosivn ane

shipping to the silerete which may itell be much shattered. The suffices probably date

from Pliocene times through early ancl mid-Meistocene, From their pattern af ocecurrener:

wid fle fact that waterworn silerete is to be found incorperavel in later silerete it scoms

they ure separated by cscurpments largely it not entirely of erosional rathor than tuult

line origin,

5. Some of the above surtaces have been considerably modified by crasional effects su

that only a seatter of worn silerete vecirs on suily desive from the mottled aid pallid zone

materials of the prolile below the silerete. Many of these soils referred to as stony tahlelanel

desert soils have lime and gypsum in the profile presumably frond the invasicw at some stage

of the soil profile by alkuline ground water.

§. At lower elevations than the tantes aod silorele vapped surtaces there weeur large

afeds characterised either by desert Joams, calcareous red earths, red and brown hardpan

soils. or clesert sand-ridges. The parent materials ot most of these soils wre detrital ane

yefer back to Pleistocene erosion of the higher laud. The dusert louis have alkaline profile

features consistent with their arid environment, bot the cileareoux red earths frequently

haye very deep acid profiles of compact vesicular structure with line occurences In seme

instances deep in the profile. his calcareous muterial, as in the case of the siluretit soils,

is most likely derived trom an invading alkaline ground water which has again retreated with

further dissection and the onset of increased aridity. The material of the desert sand-ridyes

such as those of the Simpson desert is of tuviatile origin Inter seulptured by acolinn action,

In fact heir progressive develupment from mid or late Pleistocene to the present ime in

seif form, cross scetion, clongution, soil profile und changing eolour—brown to red — ean

be seen associuted with the banks and adjacent terrain of such seasonal steams as the Hal:

River flowing from the Macdonnell Ranges into the desert.

IX, A cross section from North-west to South-east across Norfolk Island.

References to soils from Stephens and Hotton (1954) and Hutton and Stephens

(1956).

L A fragment of am early Tertiary crater vim oceupicd by. skeletal ond relatively

shallow krasnozem soils —Palm Glen and Mt, Pitt clays — prevented fram developing deep

senesvent profiles by cuntinued Sipping by erosion fReiletated on these porous sols by

steepness of the Siepes of the eniter Tim,

2, A tubleland of Uliocene ur carly Plelstocene age, caused by miirino shool erisian,

later elevated, Ou the less. dissected surtaco elenients of this fewture occurs an extremely

developed and senile krasuozem soil—the Middlegate ely — which has largely persisted

nti the present cra.

3, Dissection of the above plateau has elven risa to steep convex sloncs on which a

krasnazem soil—the Rooty Hill clay — has developed by weathering of the: underlying Luvalt

and tu at a rate upproximuting the vrusiun of tlie slopes: [t is consequently a sail af

moderate depth and profile development,

4 This coustal element of calearenite is a vestige of ow earlier ach more extensive

Pleistocene makatea, a coral formatian which surrounded the island and reached to much

greater fetghts than the 50 to 100 ft, reanaining today, It as clothed by a shallow calcarceus

soil— Emily Bay calcareous sand—the residue of the calcareous parcnt material destroyed

by Jeaching and marine erosinu.

3, On the areas formerly covered by the makatea but now expased to weathering of

the basalt and tuff there are dees fertile soils —-Stcel’s Point and Selwyn clays — which prob-

ably owe some of their marphological and chentical features such as high phospliors content

and neutral reaction values ta the presence of material derived fram the makatea glthaugh

this is nat now physicaliy cyident,

X. A diagrammatic example of the disposition of buried and mantling soils

at Coomealla, N.S.W. References to soils from Northcote (1951).

1, Ferruginous and siliceous Jateritic materials of Pliocene age formed under penoplain

conditions subsequently eroded in the Pleistocene to a gently dissottad land surfuce: su

sequently buried.

2. Deposition of fuviatile material, sands aud clays—fullowed by soil profile forma-

tion; clay subsoils developed aud partly preserved between the oyerlying sandy soils and

the Jateritic and siliceous materials beneath.

3. Pleistocene: accession of lime, probably loessial as described by Crocker (1918), and

formation of calcareous subsoils by Jeaching, dollowed in the Recent by redistribution of the

upper more sandy horizons giving rise to a done and swale topography with such soils as the

Murray-Matong ‘sequence on the dimes and the Wanibems-Gootaals sequence oo the

stripped areas.

XI. Diagrammatic cross-section of the soil systems of the Riverine Plain

of south-eastern Australia and its north-eastern fringe. Diagram provided by

Bb. E, Butler of C.8.1.R.0., Division nf Soils, Canberra, and based on data from

Botler (in press) and yan Dijk (in press),

San suefeces showo____._..- TARR

Perna ssyers.

Riverine £ Filthesh ayers

SUCCESSIVE SojL LAYERS BELONGING Ta kK-cVCLes

Fig. 11—Dagrammatic cross-section of ie systems of the Riverine pluin of south-eastern

stralis.

1 (Ka cycle). Probably carly ia mid-Pleistocene depusition of riverine and parna

layers, parna being a specific type of loess defined hy Butlur and IIntton (1956), followed

by soil development. This formation overlays -an earlier weathered surface named Merri-

wagga by Butler, ‘This has morpholugical features strongly suggestive of laterité and for

pet Reade is correluted with the related Pliocene formation described above by Northcote

‘ar Coornealla,

= (KS cycle). Pleistocene _bntial of the above by riverine und parna layers followed

by soil development now exposed in limited areas only as red-brown earths and sulodic soils.

3 (K2 cycle). Later Pleistocene burial (not entire) of the above by riverine and parna

materials followed by soil development now widely exposed as red-brown carths and grey

and brown soils of heavy texture.

4 (KI cycle), <A Jate Pleistocene deposition following weak disseciion on a limited

scale of riverine materials, followed by development nf minimal prairie svils.

5 (K0 cycle), The present eycle of alluvial deppsition on flood plains of riverine material

giving rise to almost undifferentigted alluvial soils,

XI. A cavalier perspective diagram of part of the North-west coast of

Tasmania, References to soils from Stephens (1937) and Loveday and Farquhar

(in press), This is an area formerly covered by late Tertiary basalt now partly

dissected.. The basalt sheet now ranges from an elevation of about 2,000 ft.

down to sea level. It overlies a variety of earlier rocks mostly older sedimentary

formations but including some mid-Tertiary rocks,

Haye RN ate

, ry * “US eo =

Mh os

j TP ij ——

am Lai bil it ‘

a \

STS

= Ot

Fig. 12.—Cavyalier perspective diagram of pat of the north-west cast of

Tasmania showing the relationships of soils to: parent material, elevation

and dissection of the basalt overmass.

1, Chocolate coloured krasnozem soils such as the Burnic clay-loain, a friable ferru-

xinows ulay of great depth and fairly low status of exchangeable cations. This soil is the

result ul cuntimacd weathering under a moderute rainfall over a protracted! period of time:

during which the law rate of erosion nonnal to such friable and permenhle: materials has uot

kept pace with soil formation.

3, Red-brown coloured krasnozem soils such as Lapoinya clay-loam of similar material

and depth but lower exchangeable cation status. ‘he rainfall is heavier on this soil but the

deep soil profiles indicate an essentially similar relationship between weathering and. erosion.

3. Brown, very dark brown und ther keasnozem soils such as the Yolla, Takone and

Qonah elay-loams of similar but shallower material to the aboye and of even lower cxachaupe-

able cation status. “he rainfall ig heavy on this soil landscape amd here: the forces of erosion

appear to be in equilibrimn with soil deyclopment for soils sre often shallow and stony. or

only of moderate depth, ‘Vhere is also some evidence that the basaltic parent miuterial has

in part passed through a disruptive physical process, possibly Pleistacenc glacial, peri-glacial

or fluviatile action, for weathered bude of buulder and cobble Trius vF the basalt can be fund.

4. Poczolic soils of a variety of forms developil where the continous clown cutting,

of the streams has breached the basalt sheet and cut into the underlying sediments, ‘Che

basalt is. quite resistant as shown by the presence of numerous watertulls, bit erosion is

jooelenibee as the underlyiny sediments are reached 8o that stecp slopes Lic inunediately

beneath the basalt and its krasnozem soils. The result as shown by Loveday and Farquhar

(loc. vit.) is a widespreud shunping of Ue basalt aud ils solls downs the valley slopes, this

probly being the principal means vt destruction of the otherwise highly erosiun-resistant

soils,

Krom the considerations above it would appear that the following generali-

zations may be drawn;

1. The formation of laterite and silerete with their attendant soils persisted

from the Pliocene well into the Pleistocene on a probably waning series of land-

surfaces of subdued relief produced by the partial break-up of the older surfaces, —

2. The dissection of such surfaces and in some cases faulting has produced

variuus arrays of escarpments on which soils for the most part have been pro-

tected from developing senescent morphological features by normal erosion,

episodically emphasized, compensating against progressive weathering. In some

special cases, particularly where basalt has been involved, weathering has

outrun erosion.

3. The above dissection has been accompanied by the development of

alluvial soils, some of which have been partly preserved as terraces, some more

or less completely buried by later additions and preserved as fossil soils, and

some have successfully incorporated subsequent additions.

4, Since the early Pleistocene a series of caleareous sandhills has becn built

around the coast of Australia. The earliest of these have been severely leached,

deprived in the early stages thereof of their content of limc, and sometimes re-

distributed, Those of intermediate age have been partially stripped to a depth

where re-calcification has provided a resistant Jayer which in turn has partially

re-weathered to terra rossa and other soils, The Recent dunes remain in an

essentially highly calcareous state modified in only minor ways by environmental

canclitions,

5. Aeolian activity, episodically emphasized, throughout the Pleistocene

and Reeeut has: continuously re-monlded detrital plains of arid areas into dune

lundscapes; added parna to a wide range of soils, some later buried, in some

parts of south-eastern Australia; and in the late Pleistocene added an abundance

of caloareaus loess to some southern Australian soils found in the mallee regians

where a recent period of aridity fmther sculptured the landscape by dune

development.

6 Groundwater surfaces have retreated from their relative level beneath

the Pliovene peneplain, but there is some indication that in arid areas there

have been at least two temporary rises, the earlier into the silerete mantled

soils and the later into the lower situated calcareous red earths,

7, A reversal of weathering from silica loss and sesqui-oxide accumulation

far same parent materials has taken place in some hnmid localities and this

reversal extends in sume eases to soils themselves.

There is an ever-growing need in Australia for more precise and compre-

hensive studies of the geomorphic, climatic and other events of the Tertiary

and Quaternary eras. At present, soil scientists, like workers in some other

disciplines, are struggling with these problems whilst in all robability they

could be more expeditiously handled by a small grou devoted: entirely to the

subject and charged with providing the sort of data about our immediate past

as is available for North America and Europe,

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

ft is desired to place on record the author's indebtcdness to other members

of the Division uf Soils of C.S.LR.Q., especially Mr. B. E, Butler, who nat only

swovided new material for this paper, but also, with other colleagnes, has often

ciseussed wilh the author the relationship of Australian soils to the land forms

on which they are faund,

REFERENCES

Brackpunn, G., and Lrstm, T, 1, (1949). Survey of suils, land-use and soil crasion in the

Coleraine district, C.S.1,R.0,, Soils and Land Use Series, No. 23,

Bryan, W. H. (1938), The red eurth residuals and their significance in Soulh-sistern

Queensland, Prac, Ruy. Soe. Qd,, 50: 21-32,

Teter, B. E., und Herron, J. 1. (1956), Parna in the TRiverins Plain of South-eastern

Australia and the soils theroon, Aust. Jour. Agr. Res., 7 (8): 546-853.

Burros, B. &, (1956). Depusitioual systems of the Riverine Plain vf South-eastern Austra-

lia in relation to soils, C.S.LR.0,. Soils Publications (in press).

Crocker, BR, L. (1946). Post-Mivcene climatic and geologic history tnd its signilleance in

relijion lo the genesis of the major soil types of South Australia, Coun, Sci. Industr.

Res. Anst, Bull, No. £93.

D'Hoore, |. (1954). Liaceumnlation des sesyuioxydes libres dans les sols tropicaux, Publi-

eations de l'ingtitut national ponr J'etude agronomique da Congo Belger Serie

Scientifique, No. 42,

Fannuuy, Consrance M. Stine An ecological study of the vegetation of Might Mile

Creek Swamp, a natural South Australian coastal fen formation, ‘Frans. Roy. Soe.

S, Aust, (67): 200-223.

Gini. Eowruxn TD. (1955), Radiocurbon dates for Australian Archaeological and Geologioul

sumples, Aust, Jour. Sci, 18 (2); 49-52.

Huse, G. D., and ‘THomrsox, C. H. (1953), The soils and land use potential of the

Rist Burdekin Valley. North Queensland, C.S.LR,0., Soils and Land Use Series,

yo, 10,

Herron, J. T., und Sruewens, C, G. (1956). The paleopedology of Norfolk Island, Jour.

Soil Sciences, 7: 255-267.

Lovrvar, Joux, and Faroursn, BH. N. (1956): The soils and some aypects of laud use in

the Burnic, Table Cape and surrounding districts, north-west Tasmania, ©.5.LR.0,,

Soils anc Laud Use Serics (in press),

Nogiacors, K. 1. and Tuckun, B. M. (1948); A soil survey of the Hundred of Seddon and

part of tlie Mundred ot MacGillivray, Kangaroo Island, Sith Australia, Goun. Sei.

Industr, Res, Aust. Bull., No, 333,

Nowrucote, K. H. (1951): A pedological study of the soils occurring at Coomealla, New

South Wales, G.S.1.R.0., Aust, Bull, No. 264.

Prescorr, J. A. (1931); ‘The soils of Avstralia in gelation to vegetation and climate, Coun.

Sci. Industr, Res. Aust. Bull,, No. 52.

Pyar, I. W. (1955): Soils of the Swan Valley vineyard urea, Western Australia, C.S..-R.0.,

Soils and Land Use Series, Na, 15.

Rix, C. B,, and Hurrox, J. ‘P. (1953); A soil survey in the Hundred of Kuitpo in the Mount

Lofty Ranges of South Australia, S. Aust. Land Tax Dept. Bull, No. 1.

Sprice, R. C, (1945): Seme aspects of the geomorpholozy of portion of the Mount Lofty

Ranges, Trans. Roy, Soc. §, Aust,, 69; 277-303,

Sprico, R. C, (1949): ‘Thrust structures of the Witchelina area, South Australia, Proc. Roy.

Sov, 5. Aust, 73 (1); 40-47,

Srevuens, C. G. (1987): The basaltic soils of Northern Tasmania, Coun, Sci. Industr. Res.

Aust. Bull., No. 108.

Sppprens. C, G., and Hosxine, J. S. (1932): A soil survey of King Island, Conn. Sei. Industr,

Res. Bull, No. 70.

StepHens, C. G., Barpwin, J. G., and Hoskre, J. 5. (1942); The soils of the Parishes of

Longford Cressy and Lawrence, County Westmorland, Tasmania, Coun, Set. Tndustr.

Res. Aust. Bull., No. 150.

Strrurss. C. G, and Hurron, J. T. (1954); A soil and land-use study of the Australian

Territory of Norfolk Island, South Pacific Ocean, C,$.LR.0., Aust. Soils und Land

Use Ser., No. 12, ;

Svevuens, C. G. (1943): The pedology of a South Australian fen, ‘lrans. Roy. ‘Soc, S, Aust,

(67): 191-199,

Srepaens, C. C., et al, (1941). A soil anc tand nse survey of the Hundreds of Riddoch,

Hindmarsh, Crey, Young and Nangwarry, County Grey, South Australia, Coun, Sci.

Tndnstr. Res. Aust, Tall, No. 142.

Tinpane, Norman B. (1956). A dated ‘Lartangan implement site from Cupe Martin, south-

east of South Australia, Trans. Hoy. Soc. $. Aust., 80; 109-123.

van Dips, D.C. (1956). LPrinviples of soil distrthution in the Griffith-Yenda district, New

South Wales (in preparation).

WLU PF. W. (1941), The surface of western Queonslind, Prov. Roy, Soc. Od., 53:

28,

CPHENS

. STE

C. G

VYRAYSLY PHT JO GOnar spay yous puu yduatoord ony

JO FETTLOOL OY) OF JaoN{pY York ot} UE AAO LPIA speUAzEA UOLOVTUOD Paanooa WYaL SIE pure

IUD Qawfis OF 4O Durcldiys yraoay pur ooooysrayq AE] ay) oyParpPur sytratutmPas UELIQUIRoOLf

Pesodxs 3t]} 40 AYLYS al] SsaMT sasunos ways pnopadayur ayy pur sy, at} Jo sqysray aqy ur

POURPTOALO SHOTAQO YT, “HOHIASSIP Aq pasoay[E AY OSMMdoyyo arvezins pavy padduys v suLMoys

“RIESHY [NOG “somULY UEAMOTLA, oy JO Jan yo Ydrsnojoyd peur anhyqe uy—y opr

e *

pa ==

’

’ —

» > ‘

C, G. SrepHENS PLate 2

Plate 2,—A siliceous horizon, of absolute accumulation, hardened by exposure

in the bed of Expedition Pass Creek, Burdekin Valley, Queensland. This hard

layer controls and defines the limit of headward eérasion into the old land

surface characterised by Vendave and Wenlee soils which have solonized

features and whose very subdued relief is to be scen in the background, (See

Diagram VI 4 and notes thereon.)

ON SOME ACARINA FROM AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA

PARAPHAGIC UPON MILLIPEDES AND COCKROACHES, AND ON

BEETLES OF THE FAMILY PASSALIDAE.

BY H. WOMERSLEY

Summary

This paper is the first of a series dealing with certain families of Trigynaspida-Mesostigmata

(Acarina) paraphagic upon millipedes, cockroaches and Passalid beetles from Australia and

New Guinea. This part deals with the family Diplogyniidae and six species belonging to five genera

are described. The genera Monodiplogynium with type M. carabi sp. nov. and Paradiplogynium

with type P. panesthia sp. nov. are new. Two new species of Cryptometasternum, queenslandense,

and derricki, Diplogyniella gayi and Passalacarus brooksi are described for the first time. A revised

key to the genera of the subfamily Diplogyniinae is given.

ON SOME ACARINA FROM AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA

PARAPHAGIC UPON MILLIPEDES AND COCKROACHES, AND ON

BEETLES OF THE FAMILY PASSALIDAE,

by H. Womerstry

South Australian Museum

[Read 11 April 1957]

SUMMARY

This paper is the first of a serivs dualing with certain families of Trigynaspida~-Mcso-

stigmata (Acarina) paraphagic upon imillipedes, cockroaches and Passalicd beetles from

Australia and New Guinea, This part deals with the family Diplogyniidae and six species

belonging toa five gencra are desuribed. The genera Monodiplogyniam with type M, curabi

sp. nov. and Paradiplogynium with type P. panesthie sp. noy. are new. ‘lwo new species

of Gryptometasternum, queenslandense, and derricki, Diplogyniella gayi and Passalacarus

bruoksi are described for the first time. A revised key to the genera o the subfamily Diplo-

gyniinae is given,

Ft, L.—The family DIPLOGYNIIDAE.

(Mesostigmata, Trigynaspida. )

Diplogyniidue Tragardh, 1941, Ent. Tidsk., 62 (3-4), p. 176.

Type genus and species Diplogynium acuminatum G. Canest, 189,

This paper is the first of a scries dealing with the description and recording

of some Acarina from Australia and New Guinca which are paraphagic in habit

upon various millipedes and cockroaches, and on the body and under the elytra

of beetles belonging to the family Passalidac..

These mites belong to a number of families of the Mesostigmata, namely,

Laelaptidae and Diarthrophallidae of the Monogynaspidae and Celaenopsidae,

Diplogyniidac, Fedrizziidae and Megisthanidae of the Trigynaspida, while other

small forms mainly found under the elytra of the beetles belong to the Canestri-

niidae of the Sarcoptiformes.

This part of the series deals with the family Diplogyniidae and six species

belonging, to five genera are described for the first time. Two of the genera

are new,

Of the two new genera Paradiplogynium and Monodiplogynium described

in the present paper, the first might possibly be placed in Trigardh’s subfamily

Neodiplogyniinac. rather than the Diplogyniinac on the fact that the aval shield

in the female although embraced within and fused with the ventral is clearly

defined by a line. It is, however, of an entirely different shape from the anal

shield in Neodiplogynium which is trianguJar in shape and separated from the

ventral shield by a distinct transverse suture. Of the six species described

Cryptometasternum queenslandense sp. noy. is from millipedes and C. derricki

sp. nov., Passalacarus brooksi sp. uov and ? Diplogyniella gayi sp. nov. are

from beetles of the family Passalidae, Monodiplogynium carabi sp. nov. is from

a small Carabid beetle (Fam. ) and Paraciplogynium panesthia from a cack-

roach, Panesthia laevicollis Sauss.

Genus Caveromerastmunum Tragardh, 1950

‘Criawdrdh, 1. IDS, Arkiv. F Zool, Ser, 2. 1 (25), p. 363,

Type C. nitalense Trigardh, 1950.

‘Trayirdh erected this genus for a species which he colleeted jy Natal from

“under the bark of a dead tree” in 1905, While most if not all species of mites

of the family Diplogyniidae are paraphagie in habit on millipedes or beetles

of the family Passulidae, it is unfortunate that Triglirdl gives no indication

of a poxsible host of his species,

The oviginal diagnosis of the genus reads as follows: —

"Shape oval, dorsal side covered by a single shield which Teaves unpro-

tected «|. narrow stip from the shoulders backwards. The murgin is covered

ly a matrow marginal shield.

Male stermul shield with narrow transverse free, horizontal blade which

covers Ue genital aperture, Female sternal shield with a sirilay blade, Meta-

sterual shields separate, very narrow, only two small areas carrying the hairs and

pores being visible between the sternal and lateral shields withont dissection,

Lateral shields triangular, with short anterior Jobes and the straight median sides

contiuous except where the small triangular epigynial shicld is situated,

“Ventral shield fused with the anal shield, almost reaching the posterior

margin of the body, The ventri-anal shield is fused with the ectopodial shields

forming a large triangular shield separated from the marginal shields by a very

narrow streak of soft cuticle which curves at an acute angle backwards a little

behind the shoulders, not quite reaching the margin of the body. Legs T slender,

anternmaelorm.”

Other characters of generic iniportance not included in the above diagnosis,

but used by Trigardh in his key to the genera of the subfamily Diplogyniinae

(loc, eif. p. 450) are:—

{, The ntimber of setae on the lateral shields (two in Cryptometasternum),

2, the position of the third pair of sternal setae (close tagether near apex of

pasterigr sternal uiargin in Cryptometasternum ),

3, the length of the mctasternal setae (short int Cryptometasternium ) :

4. the length of the anterior lobes of the lateral shields (short in Cryptometa-

sternum )..

A revised diagnosis embraciig the above features but sing the nomen-

lature for the genital shields proposed by Camin and Gorirossi, 1955 (A Revi-

sion uf the Suborder Mesostivmata (Acarina) based on New Interpretations of

Comparative Morphological Datu—Chicago Acacl. Sei, Special Publ, Eleven)

may be as follows:—

“Oval, well chitinised mites with an entire dorsal shield covering almost the

whole bady except for a narrow strip of cuticle belween it and the margitral

shields, with long thin tapermy setae and numerous pores, the front of the itio-

soma tuts a pair of long setae set wide apirt ancl medially of these set slivhtly

huckwards is t single Tong seta. Legs L slender, as long as or longer than the

body. antennacform, without caruucle or claws; legs H-LV_stouter, with shart

aminele aud paired claws, Stigma situated between coxze TL and TV with lone

thin peritreme. In both sexes the sternal shield with horizontal anterior blade

ovidlapping base af tritusternmim and in the male also the genital orifice. In

the female the sternul shield is wider than long with more or loss deeply concave

posteriar margin, with three pairs of sctae arid two pairs of lyriform pores, thi:

first pair of sete are mg and wide apart wnd set at the anterior angles, the

soem pair are slightly nearer tagether, lou and about in line with the front

eidue of coxue TL, the third pair are also lon, aud set close together near the

jes of the posterior margin; the metusternal shields are long and narrow,

1¢

horizontal, and lic between and more or less hidden beneath the posterior

margin of the sternal and anterior margin of the latigynial shields, with a short

seta and round pore near the outer ends; latigynial shields large, triangular,

anterior margin with rather short lobes, inner margins straight and contiguous

Ine most of their length only diverging posteriorly to surround the small

Wiangwlar mesogynial shield, each shicld with two Iong setae: genital ar meso-

gynial shield small and triangular and separated from the ventral shield by a

narrow suture; ventral and anal shiclds coalesced tw form a Jong triangular

shield with inwardly curved sides and reaching almost to the posteriar margin,

the sides are narrowly separated from the latero-ventral shields by a narrow

strip of cuticle; chelicerae stroug with many teeth, the basal tooth on the moy-

able digit hen very strong, movable digit with ciliated processes, In the

male, similar ventrally to the female, except that the sternal, metasteriual,

ventral and anal shields form a single holoventral shield with the venital

orifice under the anterior blade, the first. second and third setac on sternum

as in the female, but third are as wide apart us the first and second, tHe necta-

sternal setae are much shorter and with their small cireular pore lie in the angle

of the shield between coxae I and IM; the chelicerae are much as in the female,

but the, fixed digit hus a strong curved and somewhat twisted spermatophore:

carriet.!

Type C. natalense Tragirdh,

The following two new spevies of Cryptometasternum aye now described

from Anstralia as paraphages of millipecles and of beetles of the family Passalidac.

Cryptometasternum queenslandense sp. noy,

Text fp. 1, A-IT

Female hototype—Shape oval, posterior enc rounded. Stronyly chitinised

and dark brown in colou, Length of idiosoma 940,, width 634,

Dorstm—Shield almost entirely covering body, except tor the narrow strip

of cuticle scparating it from the marginal shields, anterivrly the shield has two

long setae wide apart and to 1034 long and on each side of these a shorter seta.

in between the long pair and set slightly further hack is w single long scta, nther-

wise the dorsal shield has ca, twenty pairs of long sctac, the posterior pair

amly slightly shorter than the anterior long pair, and tie others somewhat

shorter; marginal shields with about seven ar eight setae on cach side; dorsal

shield with an indefinite number of pores,

Venter—ritosternum with ciliated base more or Jess hidden under the

atilerior blade of the sternal shield. with a pair of ciliated lxcitiac: sternal shield

wider than Jong, its anterior margin concave and posterior margin more so,

length in median linc 75, and width between postero-lateril angles 380n, with

three pairs of sternal setae anc two pairs af pores, sternal setae T placed in the

anterior angles wide apart and directed forwards 42u long, IL almost direetly

behind ancl 47 long, 111 close together, only 192 apart; metasternal shields long

and narraw lying ineliner! forwards to the middle und partially hidden hy the

averlap ol the latigynial shield; latigynial shiclds large and triangular, anterior

inargins with fairly long lobes, inner margins contiguous only diverging at about

the posterior fourth to surround the small triangular mesogynial shicld, with

two selae 25, lung and 60, apart clase to the outer margins and equidistant

from cach end, with the. usual claviform sclerites; mesogynial shield small and

tiangular and separated from the ventral shicld by a narrow suture; vetral

and anal shields coalesced to form a long triangular shield with incurved margins

almost reaching tip of body and separate! from the latero-ventral shields by

harrow suture, with six pairs of setae the posteriov pair being slightly behind

135

the anus. Peritreme long and narrow with stigma placed between coxae IIT and

IV, and the peritreral and exopodal shields coalesced.

Gnathosoma—Tectum mostly a pointed cone, but occasionally with apex

cut olf and indented as in the male (see Fig. 1, D, H and E); mandibles as

figured with many teeth on the chelicerae, the movable digit with the basal

Fig. 1—Cryplometasteriium Gueenslindense sp. nay, AL female, A, venter: B,

dorsum; C, chelicerae; D, tectum; E, same of a variety from Tinnbourine; TIT male,

F, venter; G, chelicerau; H, tectiun.

tooth large and prominent, and with Jong ciliated processes, pilus basalis smal!

but conspicuous; the hypostome with strong labial cornicles, the median lobes

fringed and bearing two long, tapcring appendages, with four pairs of hypo-

stomal setae.

fegs—l not longer than body, 880y, antennaeform, without caruncle or

elaws; I slightly the stoutest of the rest, 812u, without any special armature,

with short carunele and paired claws; IL) 812», and similar to Ut; TV similar but

ta 8704 long, no especially strong spines. on caxae,

Male Allotype—t.ength of idiosoma 905.4. width 638, [acies as in female,

Dersum—As in female.

Venter—Sternal, metasternal. latigynial, ventral and anal shields all coalesced

to form a single holoventral shicld with the base of the tritosternum and the

genital orifice hidden under the anterior blade, with ten pairs of sctae as figured,

the first pair of sternal setae at the anterior angles and directed forwards, the

second pair almost directly behind the first, the third pair almost as wide apart

as the sccond and in a line with the middte of coxae I, the fourth pair corres-

ponding to the metasternals of the female are short and wide apart in the angles

of the shicld between coxae Jt and TIT, the fifth are in the midline of voxae TH,

the sixth just before the midline of coxae TV and the seventh just before the

posterior cdge of coxae IV (Trig&rdh (loe. cit.) in his figure of C. natalense

shows in the angle between coxue IL and U1 two round pores, and speaks of the

pair of sctae between coxae Ill ag “sternal setac TV". These sctae are really

setae V and it would appear that the setae TV (metasternal setae) were want-

ing in his material and only represented by their hase and accompanying pore),

the ventri-anal portion of the holeventral shield behind coxae 1V with converg-

ing curved sides as in female and with four pairs of setae of which the pesterior

pair are behind the annus.

Gnathosoma—Tectum broadly tongue-shaped with rounded medially

lightly indented apex. Chelicverae as figured, with teeth as in female, movable

digit with spermatophore carricr and ciliated processes.

Legs—I 812» long. antennaeform, IL 6S4y, IIL 673p, IV 719p, armature as

in) female.

Lee. awl Hosts—The holotype female and allotyne male and four fernales

aml ten males, paratypes, from pill-millipedes from Mt. Glorious, Queensland,

27th Nov., 1948 (coll, H.W.).

Other specimens from pill-millipedes, Mt. Glorious, Q., 20th May, 1951:

8 females, 1 male (coll. K. Webber); Springbrook, Q.. 9th April, 1955; 1 female,

4 males (coll. E. N. Marks); Tambourine, Q., Feb., 1954: 4 females, 5 males

(coll. E. H, Derrick),

Remarks—This new species differs from the genotype in the female sex in

the setation of the dorsal shield and its non-crenulate edge, in the very much

closer position of the third pair of stermal sctac, in the shorter length of the

sternal shield along the median line as compared to the maximum width (4°4;1

as against 3:1 in natalense). in the longer anterior lobes of the latigynial

shields and in the setae on these shields being equidistant from the ends of the

unter margins, and in the Jonger sternal setac HII. It is more difficult to indicate

differences in the male except perhaps the absence of crenulations on the edye

of the dorsal shicld. Beyond stating that Jeg I is antennacform Tragardh gives

no details of the lengths of the legs,

In the short series af specimens from Tambourine 2 males show a certain

variation in Fhat the sternal setao III are anuch wider apart, 34, and the tectum

is blunt at the apex and lightly indented much as in the male (see Fig, 1, E),

Cryptometasternum derricki sp, uoy,

Text fig. 3, A-G

Female holotype — Shape ovoid. posteriorly tapering to a blunt point.

Strongly chitinised and dark brown in colour. Length of idiosoma 1021,, width

720.

Dorsum—Shield almost entirely covering body except for a narrow strip

of cuticle from shoulders backwards separating it from the narrow marginal

shields, with distinctly crenulate margins, with long setae to U8» long as figured,

between und slightly behind the anterior marginal pair of long sctae is a single

seta; surface reticulate, with numercus pores,

Venter—Tritosternum with ciliated base more or less hidden under the free

blade of the sternal shield, with paired ciliated laciniae; sternal shield wider than

Fix, °.—Cryptometusternum cderricki: sp. woy. A-L) female. A, venter; 1, dorsim,

(,. tectum; D. eheliccrac; ES male, E, venter; F, techim; G, chelicerae.

long, anterior margin concave, and posterior lightly concave, Jength in median

line 130, and width between postero-lateral angles 3404, with three pairs of

sétae and two pairs of pores; sternal setae | wide apart at the anterior angles

S4u, long and directed forwards, Il behind these and slightly nearer to one

another just posterior of line joining anterior edges of coxue IL 78-5y lony,

setae IIT 65-8» long and 124 apart, close to apex of posterior sternal margin;

metasternal shields long und narrow lying between and partially covered by

the posterior margin of the sterual and the anterior margin of the lutigynial

shields, with short 284 seta and pore; Jatigynial shields large and triangular.

anterior margins with comparatively short atterior lobes, inner margins con-

tiguous for two-thirds then diverging to enclose the sinall triangular imeso-

gynial shield, with a pair-af sélae 75+5, long on auter margin, 65+Sp apart and

the witeriar setac in the outer angles of the shield; with the usual claviform

sclerites; mesegynial shield triangular, separated from the ventral by a narraw

suture; ventral and anal shields coalesced to form a long, triangular shield

reaching posterior end of body with inenrved margins, separated fram rhe

latero-ventral shields by a thin strip of cuticle, wniting posterior of the anus.

with four pairs of setae, the last pair posterior of the anns, in little depressed

preparations the latero-ventral shields overlap the ventri-anal; stiyma hetween

cexae HT and TV with long narrow peritremes reaching to coxac 1, the peri-

tremal and exopodal shields are coalesced us figured; all ventral shields are

lightly bat distinctly reticulate.

Gnathosomu—Tecturm as figured, a pomted cone with distinet sheulders;

cheligerae as figured and much as in uther species; four puirs of hypostomal

elae; in deriiaial as in C. queensiandense.

Legs—T longer than body, 1218, antennaeform, IL 9035p, TI 905,, IV 1160,.

ne special armature.

Male Alolype—Pacies as in female. Length of idiascma 928, width 680k.

Dorsum—As in female,

Venter—Sternal, metasternal, ftigynial, ventral and anal shields coalesced

li form a single holoventral shield with a (ree anterior hurizoutal blade cover-

ing the genital orifice, with only eight pairs of setae as figured, the first sternal

setae are The long at the anterior angles, the second 65,2 long dircetly behind

these and just posterior of the blade in a line with the front edges of ¢nxae HH.

the thiecd pair 56, long are directly behind these in a line with the middle of

coxue Ll. the fourth or metasternal setae are wider apart, 33 long and lie in

the angle of the sternal shield between coxae U and [I and they are aecom-

panied by the usual small round pore, the fifth pair of sctac lic in a line with

the middle of coxae IIL and the sixth just hehind the middle of coxae IV, on

the long tapering ventri-anal portion are four pairs of setae as in the female.

Gnathosoma—Tectum as figured, a cone with blunt, slightly indented, nar-

row apex and fairly conspicuous shoulders (occasionally as in female); chelicerae

as figured, movable digit will ? spermatophore carrier.

Legs—As in fomale, 1] 1218» long, IT 870p, III §47p, IV 1090p.

Loc, and IHosts—The holotype female. allotype male, one paratype female

and three paratype males from Mustochilus australicus (Passalidae) from Mt,

Glorious, Queensland, 6th Feb., 1951 (coll. F. H. Derrick),

Another serics of one female and five males frum Aulacocyclus edentulus

from a ratting, Enealypt log, Wilson’s Downfall. N.S. Wales, 8th Oct.. 1956

iG. F, Bornemissza); anda further sertes of fourteen females and sixteen males

rom Enealypt log, Bell, Blae Mts,, N.S.W.. 27.11.56 (G.P.B.).

Remarks—This species is generally somewhat Jaeger than C. queensian-

dense from which it diflers in the body shape. the posterior end being rather

pointed jnsteacl of round, in the first and fourth pairs of legs being distinctly

longer thu the idiosoma, in the stermim being deeper in the middle line eam-

pared with the greatest width, in the shorter latigynial lobes and in the position

of the lutigynial setae, and in general in the much larger dorsal and ventral

setae, The edge of the dorsal shield is distinctly crennlate as figured by

Trigardh for C. natalense. The shape of the tectum shows coninrable varia-

tion, In the series from Aulacocyclus edentulus from Wilson's Downfall, N.S.W..

the solitary female has a blunt apically indented tectum usually considered

typical of the males, while of the five males two possess the typical form of

tectum, the other three haying a pointed cone-like tectum usually associated

with the fernales of this group of mites,

Key to the three known species of Cryplomelasternum.

4 Apex of body rather acute. Legs F and IV distinctly longer than

idiosoma. Ratio of median length of sternum to its maximum width =

1: 2-6, Sternal setae longer, margin of dorsal shield crenulate. Host,

Passalidae.

CG. derricki sp. nov,

Posterior edge of bady rounded 2

2. Margin of dorsal shield crenulate. Ratio of median length of

sternal shield to its greatest width = 1:3:2. Sterna! and ventral setae

relatively short, setae of latigynial shields nearer to angles than to one

unother. Legs? Host?

C. natalense Tragardh 1950

Margin of dorsal shield not erenulate. Ratio of median length of

sternal shield to its ercatest width = ]: 4-4. Sternal and ventral setae

longer, Setue of Iatigynial shields equidistant from each other and

from the angles. Legs I and 1V about same length as idiosoma. Host,

Pill-millipedes,

C. queenslandense sp. nov.

Genus DietocysseLLa Tragardh, 1950

Tragardh, T., 1950. Arkiv. £, Zool, Ser. 2, 1 (25), p. 388.

Type D. levinseni Trig., 1950,

This genus was diagriosed as follows: “Body elongate, oval, sternal hairs

I and IT of female placed in a transverse row behind the middle of the shield.

Metasternal shields very narrow, band-shaped, fused in the middle with the

sternal shield, further latcrally separated from it through a fine line behind

which the metasternal hairs are inserted, J.ateral shields with well-developed,

rounded anterior lobes, separated fram the vest of the anterior margin by a

deep incision. Male genital aperture completely concealed by the anterior

edge of the sternal shield.”

Type species D. levinseni n. sp.

From Trig&4rdh’s description of D. leninseni from Venezuela (host not

given) there are certain characters, especially in the male, which are probably

aug although not included in the above diagnosis, First among these is the

egs, of which | although antemmueform us in other genera of the Diplogyniidae

are much shorter than the idiosoma, while IT] to IV are relutively stouter than

usual. Secondly, may be noted the iirmsual character of the labial cornicles

which are bluni and thumb-like, not a curved, puinted horn as in the female

of levinseni and otlier genera. Further. there is not a clear strip of cuticle

separating the ventri-anal shield from the |utero-ventral shields. All these fea-

tures occur in the unique male of the following new species, which on this

avcount, but in the absence of the fermale is only provisionally placed in

Vragardh’s Diplogyniella.

Diplogyniella gayi sp, nov.

Text fig, 3, AF

Male Holotype—A fairly breadly oval, well chitinised brownish species.

Length of idiosoma 986, width 780.

Dorsum—Dorsal shield as figured, almost entirely covering dorsum, with

long to 7 setae and numerous pores, apparently some of the setae lost from the

specimen,

Venter—Tritosternum missing from specimen, probably normal: sternal,

metasternal, latigynial, ventri-anal shields coalesced to form a single holo-ventral

shield, with anterior horizontal blade deeply incised medially to accommodate

the genital organs which are missing from the specimen, with six pairs of setae

bn anterior portion of which the fourth pair (metasternals) are widest apart

Vig. 3,—P Diplogyniella gayi sp. nov. Male A-F. A, yenter; B, dorsum: ©), gnatho-

soma; D, tectum; E, chelicerae; FY, dorsal seta.

and slightly behind the angle between coxae IT and IU, on ventti-anal portion

with four pairs of setae the posterior pair bchind the anus, the ventri-anal por-

tion almost reaches tip of body and is only separated from the latero-yentral

shields by a fine line, stigma between coxae ITT and IV with long, thin peritreme

reaching to coxae I.

Gnathosoma—As figured, with the labial cornicles blunt and thumb-like as

in D., levinseni, with four pairs of hypastomal setae; chelicerae us figured, short,

with six to seven teeth on each digit, the basal tooth on movable digit large,

movuble digit with ciliated appendages and a strong, twisted process, which

may be a spermatophore carrier.

Legs—All shorter than the idiosoma, IV being the longest, I short 696. long

and antennaeform, II 696. long, strong and stout, III similar to LL 754 long,

IV also similar 835, long, all tarsi with short caruncle and indistinct paired

claws, no especially strong spines on coxae on any legs.

Loe. ard Host—The only specimen, a male from a Passalid from a rotten

log Linbil, Queensland, 11th Sept. 1946 (oll, FL |. Gay).

Kiemarks—In the absence of the femule this species is tentatively placed in

Trigardh’s genus Diplogyniella on the male characters as outlined in the intro-

ruictory discussinn,

Genus Passanacauus Pearse e€ al,

Pearse, A, S., Patterson, M. .. Rankin, J. 8. andl Wharton, G. W., 1936: The Beolagy of

Papen cornufus Fabr. 9 beetle which lives in rotting logs—Ecologieal Monog., 6, py

Le eI.

This genus was somewhat inadequately described by Pearse and his colla-

borators from mites living commensally on the beetle Passalus cornulus Fabr.

(fam, Nawige arr from rotting oak logs in the Duke Iorest, Durham, N. Care

lina. Type P. sylvestris Pearse et al, In 1950 Triigirdh in his important paper

(loc, cit.) reported on his study of specimens sent to him by Dr. Wharton, and

gave considerably greater details, showmg that Passalacarus belonged to his

family Diplogyniidae and that it was closely related to his genus Cryptometa-

sternum. In a general discussion and a subsequent key to the genera of the Diplo-

gyniinae Tragardh outlined a oumber of generic characters. from which the

following diagnosis may be. construed.

Diagnosis—Well chitinised, oval mites, with eutive dorsal shicld coverin

the whole body, leg, 1 antennaeform, without cliws or caruncle, Sterna

shield in both sexes with a horizontal free blade. In the female sternal shiclel

shorter than wide with decply excavate anterior uml posterior margins, with

three pairs of setae and two pairs of pores, setae 1 at the anterior angles, LU

lateral -and just hehincl base of blade, ITI close together near apex of posterior

margin, all long and strong, Metasternal shields narrow. lying, between the

sternal and latigynial shiclds, coalesces| medially and with a loug seta and pore,

the setae are nearly as long as the sternal setax.

Latigynial shields triangular, with two long setae and the medial edges

eontignous except where they diverge to expose: the triangalar mesogynial shie d,

which is not separated basally by a sature from the coalesced large triangular

ventri-anal shield,

Passalacarus brooksi sp, nov,

‘Text flg. 4, A-P

Female Holotype—Shape oval, brownish and strongly chitinised. Sengt of

idinsoma 754, width 580.

Dorsum—With u single entire dorsal shield, conypletely covering the hody

except for the posterior end where the rounded cna leaves cipneed a portion

of the body as fignved; the marginal shields ave very narrow, cmly indistinctly

seen und very narrowly separated from the edge of the dorsal shicld which is

not erenulate, Dorsal setac as figured, to 80. long.

Venler—Tritosternum as figured; sternal shield wider than long, anterivr

margin exeivate, posterior margin fused with the duterior margin ef che meta-

stermal shields, with three pairs of sctae apart from the metasternul selue and

two pairs of pores, setae I al the anterior angles of sternal shield LIT» long

and 1220 apart, setae TE 47 long and only 94) apart in a line a Jitthe behind

anterior edges of coxae H, setae LLL very close together in median line and in

ling Of posterolateral cormers of sterna shield; metasternal shields Jong and

narrow swith the anterior margin fused with posterior edge of sternal shield, each

shicld with n long seta '70p, and accompanying pore; latigynial shields triangular

with two setae Bly long 47, apart, the anterior setae in the anterior angle and

the posterior about the middle of the sides, median edges contiguous for two-

thirds of the length of shields where they diverge to accommodate the triangular

pied

mesogynial shield; sternal and latigynial shields with reticulations: mesogynial

shield small, triangular, separated by a narrow suture from the ventri-anal shield;

ventral and autal shields. coalesced to form a large triangular shield with incuryed

tapering sides reaching tip of body, sides narrowly separated from latero-

ventral shiclds by a thin strip of cuticle, with six pairs of long sctae posterior

of coxae IV, Stigma between coxae IIT and IV with a long, narrow peritreme

reaching to coxae 1, exopodal and peritremal shields coalesced,

Vig. 4—Passalacarus hrooksi sp. nov, A-C, G, feniale. A, venter, B, tectum; ©,

cheliverge: G, sternal shicld; D-F male, D, yenter; fi, dorsum; F, chelicerae.

Gnathosoma—Tectum a pointed cone with rather pronounced shoulders as

figured; with four pete of hypostomal sctae; labial cornicles aud other details

as figured and similar to Cryptometasternum; chelicerae as figured.

Legs—I much longer than body, antennaeform, without caruneles or

claws, f0 1044). long; IT 812,; {11 and £V ?.

Male Allotype—Facies as in female. Length of idiosoma 754), width 580u.

Dorstim—As in female.

Venter—Sternal, metasternal, yentral and anal shields coalesced to forin a

single holoveutral shield, with free horizontal anterior blade in a median cavity

of which lies the genital orifice, with eleven pairs of loug setae, setae T 24, long

and 10Sp apart; I 75, long anc 84, apart, IT 56, long and 108). apart, neta-

sternal setae 804 long and 1734 apart, otherwise the verter as in fernale,

Gnethosoma—Similar to the female; tectum a pointed cone with shoulders

as in female; chelicerae as figured, the movable digit with ciliated processes

and a strong spermatophore carrier,

Legs—As in female, without special armature, I 1067, long, I and TIT 812),

TV 986x,

Loc. and Hosts—The holotype fenule and allotype male and a puridype

of both sexes from a Passalid beetle in rain forest, Julatten, N. Queensland, 23rd

Oct, 1949 (coll. J. G. Brooks).

Remarks—This species. is placed herewith in the genus Passalacarns ts

above diagnosed on the basis of the type species P. sylvestris Pearse et al,

chiefly on the long metasternal setae in the female, Apart from specific differ-

onces, however, there are others in the female which might perhaps justity

generic separation. These are firstly the complete fusion of the metasternal

shields with the sternal shield along their anterior margins, and secondly, the

separation by a distinct suture of the small raesogynial shield from the ventri-

anal shield, Uuwever, for the present the species is placed in Passalacarus after

comparison not only with the original description of Pearse and Wharton and

the subsequent study by Trigirdh, bnt also with « number uf specimens col-

lected by myself, while in company with Dr, A, B, Gurney of the U.S. National

Museum from Passalus cornutus Fabr. (= Popilius disjunctus Iliger) in a rotten

log at Annapolis, Ma., U.S.A., June, 1947,

Genus MowopreLocyNium nov.

Broadly oval with entire dorsal shield covering the whole idiosoma, fur-

nished with Jong, tapering setae. In botli sexes sternum with a free horizontal

blade, In the female sternum wider than long in median line, with concave

posterior and anterior margins, with three pairs of Jong setae and two pairs of

pores. sternal setae IIT wide apart aud just anterior of posterior border; meta-

sternal shields long and narrow, lying between but not coalesced with sternal

or latizvnial shields, with fairly long seta and pore; latigynial shields large and

triangular, with only a single long seta Javed near Outer inargin, mesogynial

shield small, triangular and separated from yentri-anal by a suture; ventral

and anal shields cowesced and triangular behind coxae TY; tectum a sharp,

triangular cone; chelicerae with many tecth on both digits, and hyaline ciliated

rocesses on Inovahle digit. Legs Tand LV longer than idiosoma, I antennae-

Form without caruncle or claws. In male, facies generally as in female; all

ventral shiclds coalesced except the lateral, sternal part with six pairs of setac,

of which the mectusternals are widest apart; chelicerae with a fairly long ?

spermatophore carricr besides the cilixted processes on movable digit.

Type M. carabi sp. nov.

Monodiplogynium carabi sp. nov.

Tost fig. 5, A-H

Female Holotype—A well chitinised brownish mite of oval shape; length of

idiosoma §93n, width 673).

Dorsum—With entire dorsal shield only leaving a small area at the posterior

end uncovered, furnished with long, pointed sctac and many pores as figured.

Venter—Tritosternum with ciliated base and pair of ciliated lacinia; sternal

shield with rather strongly concave anterior margin, wider than long in the

median line, 994 by 2582p, with three pairs of long sctae and two pairs of pores,

setae I at the anterior angles 70» long and 117n apart, setae II about in line

Fig. 5—Monodiplogynium. caruhi ¢, et sp. nov. A-F female. A, yenter; B, dorsum:

C, gnathasama; D, tectum: E, chelicerae; I, tritosternum; C-H male, G, venter;

H, cheliverne,

with the anterior third of coxae IT 61p. long and 84, apart, setae IIT about in line

with the posterior third of coxae [1 6ly long, 112, apart; metasternal shields

long and narrow lying between but not coalesced. with the posterior margin

of the sternal and tha anterior margins of the latigynial shields with setae 6ly

long; Jatigynial shields triangular not much longer than wide, with scarcely

any anterior lobes, their inner margins contiguous. for three-fourths their length

when they diverge to enclose the small triangular mesogynial shield, each shield

with only one seta 70x long, placed near the onter margin at one-third from

anterior end; mesogynial shield small and triangular separated from the ventri-

anal shield by « distinct snture,; ventral and anal shields coalesced as a large

triangular shield reaching to the posterior margin with almost straight sides,

separated from the latero-ventral shiclds by a uarrow strip of cuticle, with five

pairs nt long setae, the posterior pair of which are about in liue with the anus,

stigma between coxae HL and LV with long, thin peritreme extending to coxae L,

Gnathosomu—as in Cryptometasternum and other geneta; tectum a pointed

cone with prominent shoulders; chelicerae as figured. fixed finger with strong

subapical looth and many smaller teeth, movable digit with three strong tecth

interspersed with smuller teeth, the basal tooth the largest, with hyaline ciliated

processes,

Tegs—l longer than idiosoma, 1044y, and antennaetorm withont claws or

euruncle, 1 and LU stouter 812,, TV 986, without any special armature,

Male Allofype — General facies as in female, Length of idiosoma 928),

width 626).

Dorswm—aAs in female.

Venter—Sternal, metasternal, latigynial, veutral and anal shields coalesced

to form a single holoventral shield, anteriorly with a horizontal blade covering

the: genital orifice, with six pairs of long setae, of which the Hrst sternal sctae

are wide apart at the anterior angles, second similar and just behind posterior

margin of blade, third about in Tine with middle of coxae UH, fourth or meta-

sternal setne widest apart in the angle of shicld between coxae U and UF and

aveompanicd by a small, round pore, posterior of coxae IV with five pairs of

setae of which the posterior pair lie i Tine with the middle of the anus; yentri-

anal portion triangular with rather concave sides as figured,

Gnathosonu—Generally as in female, tectum similar; chelicerae similar to

the female but movable finger with a curved and twisted spermatophore caries,

Legs—As in femule, J 1083, long, 1 and 1M 8244, (V1),

Loe, and Tosts—The holotype female and allotype male, 5 paratype lemales

ant 3 paratype males frora a small Carabid beetle from under a log at Aiyura,

N. Guinea, wt 5000ft, July, 1954 (coll, H.W.),

Genus PARADIPLOGYNIUM TOV,

Broadly oval shape with entire dorsal shield covering, the whole bady, the

shicld with long marginal setae aud very short dorsal sctac. In female sternal

shield with free horizontal blade, wider than long, with sternal setae L and I

stuul and closely adjacent in the antero lateral angles, setae TTT close together

in median line wid weue to apex of concave posterior sternal margin, Meta-

sternal shields long and narrow. inserted between the posterior margin of the

sternal and anterior margin of the latigynial shields with a short metasternal

sela and pore. Lativynial shields triangular with two short setae, the: anterior

placed near inner margins, posterior in Ue middle of the shiclds, Mesogynial

shield small and triangular, separated from the coalesced ventri-anal shield. Anal

shield pear-shaped and cvaleseed within the ventral shield, its shape indicated

by a fine line, Ventvi-anal shield broudly triangular, reaching apex of body

wilh, outwardly curved sides and fine, short setae. Legs not longer than body.

CL antennaetorm without claws or caruncle. Male with similar facies to fenmle,

sternal setae T, TT and UL all close together in the anterior angles of sternal shield.

‘Type Paradiplogyniiim panesihia sp. nov.

Paradiplogynium panesthia sp. nov.

Text fig. 6, A-F

Female Holotype—A rather small, well chitinised, brownish species of oval

Shape. Length of idiosoma 696y, width 545,

Dorsum—Dorsa] shield entirely coyering the whole of the dorsum. Lateral

inargins with six long setae, anterior with a pair of long setae wide apart, flanked

by shorter setae aud on the shoulders another short seta, posteriorly with a pair

Vig. 6.—Peradiplogynium panesthia g, eb sp. nov. A-D female. A, dorsum: B,

yenter; C. chelicerae: D, tectum; E-F male, BE, veuter; F, chelicerae,

ot long setae 141y, wide apart and in between these two pairs of shorter setae

of which the inner are the shorter, discally the dorsal shield is furnished with

very short setae and many pores.

Venter—Tritosternum with fairly long ciliated basal piece and a pair of

ciliated laciniae, sternal shicld wider than long with lightly concave anterior

margin and more deeply excavate pnsterior margin, length of sternal shield in

median line 70p, yreatest width 210,, with strong anterior blade, with three

pairs of setae and two pairs of pores, the setau strong and spine-like and all

38, long, sctac L and II close together but 1 behind 11 and situated in the antero-

lateral angles of the shield and on the blade, UI close together Ip. apart near

apex of posterior border and 524 behind setae If: metasternal shield free, Jonse

and naiow, and lying between borders of sternal and latigynial shields, with

scta 19», and accompanying pore; latigynial shiclds triangular, with Jong an-

terior lohes, each shield Songer than wide, 143, by 93-5y, with the inner margins

contiguous for three-fuurths of their length when they diverge to enclose the

small triangular mesogynial shield, each shield with two short sctae 19, long,

the anterior inserted near to the inner margin and about level with the outer

angles. the posterior about midway between the inner and outer margins; meso-

itynial shield small, triangular and separated from the ventri-anal by a distinct

suture: the ventral shield broad behind coxae IV, with convex margins converg-

ing to the apex of the body, although the anal shield is not entirely coalesced

with the veutral shield it is embraced within it and clearly defined as figured,

the margins of the ventral shicld are separated from the latero-ventral shields

by a narrow strip of cuticle, excluding the anal the ventral bears 5 pairs of short

setae; anal shield pear-shaped, and as stated embraced within the ventral

shield, 1224 wide by 169, long, with lwo pairs of sctac and a pair of pores;

sticma heiween coxae III and TV with long, narrow peritreme extending to

ooxae I and the peritemal and exupodal shields coalesced.

Gnathosoma—Generally as in other gevera of the Diplogyniidae with four

pairs of hypustomal setae; tectum a sharp conical shape as figured; chelicerac

with many tecth ou both digits, movable digit with basal touth large, and with

a long, tapering hyaline process with clavate ciltations.

Legs—Relatively short, aiene longer than body, I autennaeform 580, 1!

and IH 58Sn, IV 580y, uo specialised sctue on legs or coxae, JI-IV with shorl

caruncles and paired claws.

Male Allotype— General facics as iu female. Length ut idiosorma 73(p-

width 545).

Dersum—As in Female.

Venter—Sternal, metaslernal and ventral shields coalesced, the holoventval

shield with a stvong anterior horizontal free blade, which covers the genital

orifice, sternal setae I, IL and 10 short and strong, spine-like and clustered to-

gether iu the antero-lateral angles; metastcrnal setae short and placed in the

angles of the shield between coxac I and 11, anal shield as in the fomale,

Gnathosoma—ectum rather short and a coniea) teiungle; chelicerae with

many tecth on each digit, the basal tooth on fixed digit large, fixed digit with

spertuatophore carrier aud a long hyaline tapering process with clavate cilia-

tions; four pairs of hypostomal setae.

Legs—l 564j: long, FI S512p, LL 5830p, LV GLI, otherwise as in female,

bec. and Hosts —The haletype female and allotype iiale, two poralype

females and four paratype males from a species of cockroach, Panesthia Tevi-

calliy Sauss. (rom a tutlen Eucalyptus leg, Portee’s Retreat ca. 600 miles from

Jenolan Caves, N.S. Wales, 26 Nov., 1956 (G. b. Bornemissza ),

Seventeen other specimens, ten males and seven females from the same

host, from Euealypt log, Tamptun, Queensland, 3rd Oct. (GT.B.) One tennaile

aul wo males alsa from a Blattid trom Dalby Banga, Q. 25th Deo,, 1925

(11. Geary).

Remarks —The ehicf features of Unis genus are the clustered position of

sternal setae 1 and IL in the female and I, IL and UT in the mule, in the antero-

lateral sternal anglos, and the clearly defined anal shield cmbraced within the

posterior end of the ventral shield, [ts affinities with other gencra of the

family Diplogyniidac ure shown in the new key.

Key to the subfamilics of the Diplogyniidae (after Tragardh).

1, Anal shield of female separated from the ventral shield.

Subfam, Neodiplogyniinae.

Anal shield of female not separated from ventral shield. 2

2. A narrow band with minute spinulae round the margin.

Subtam, Heterodiplogyniinae.

No such band. 8

3. Dorsum densely clothed with minute hairs,

Subfam. Trichodiplogyniinae.

Dorsum not so. : 4

4, Dorsal shield with a row of hook-shaped bristles,

Subfam, Meinertulinae.

Dorsal shield without such bristles,

Sublam. Diplogyniinae.

Key to the Genera of the Diplogyniinae

(after Trigérdh and based on females ).

1. Three pairs of setae on the latigynial shields,

. Tridiplogynium. Trig.

Two pairs of setae on the latigynial shiclds 2

One pair of setae on the latigynial shields.

Monodiplogynium nov.

2) Only one pair of sternal sctae.

Diplogyniopsis Trag.

With three pairs of sternal setae 8

8. Sternal setae III very close together and near apex of posterior

border of scutum _

Sternal setae IIl otheryise 5

4, Metasternal setae long, as long as or almost as long as sternal

setac ITI.

Passalacarus Pearse et ai.

Metasternal setae very short.

Cryptometasternum Trag.

3. Both sternal setae II and JII near the strongly concave posterior

border but both wide apart and posterior of the apex,

Lobogynium Trag.

Sternal setae IT and TTI not so placed 6

6. Sternal sctae IT and ITI in a transverse row.

Diplogyniella Trag.

Not so 7

7. Sternal setae short, II! wide apart but near to posterior border and

in line with its apex and well behind setae IL.

Lobogynioides Trag,

Sternal sctae otherwise 8

8. Metasternal shiclds fused so that sternum bears four pairs of long

setae, both IIT and IV being behind apex of posterior border,

Brachysternum Trig.

Metasternal shields free, setae II and IV short and in same trans-

verse line level with apex of posterior border.

Schizodiplogynium Trig.

NOTES ON THE VEGETATION OF A DESERT AREA IN CENTRAL

AUSTRALIA

BY G. M. CHIPPENDALE

Summary

An area of Central Australia dominated by Triodia basedowii Pritz. is examined, including smaller

areas of Triodia pungens R. Br. and Acacia aneura PF. Muell. There is comment on the grazing

potential of these plants in relation to an experiment in running cattle on the area. A list of plants

collected in the area is given, with a table to summarise their frequency, association, and

palatability.

NOTES ON THE VEGETATION OF A DESERT AREA IN CENTRAL

AUSTRALIA

by G. M. CurenpaLe®

[Read 9 May 1957]

SUMMARY

An area of Central Anstralian dominated by Trivdia Laseloust Brite. is eyaminal, in-

Guding smaller areas of Triodia punzens RK. Br, and Acacia aneura F. Muell, “Where is com-

ment on the grazing potential of these plants in rélation ty an experiment in tuning cattle

on the area, A list of plants collected in the area is given, with a table to summiirise their

frequency, ussociation, and palatability.

INTRODUCTION

During September, 1955, six days were spent im the north-east corner ot

Hamilton Downs making a botanical survey and a comprehensive collection

of plants. An area six miles by eight miles was covered, this being the area

to be used in an experiment by the Animal Industry Branch of the Territories

Department to determine whether cattle can be raised on “spinitex” country,

The area has been fenced and stocked with about 100 cattle, but it had not

been used previous to the survey. The country and vegetation has generally

been regarded as too “hard” to run cattle, and it is felt that a complete Jist of

plants in the area would be useful from several aspects.

Firstly, it records. the fodder available to the cattle, and secondly it is of

interest as a systematic list of plants from such a locality,

No complete list of plants has previously been recorded for such au area in

Central Australia, and it should be pointed out that, allowing for the substitu-

tion of certain infrequent specics, this area is regarded as typical of huge tracts

of Tand in the Northern Territary (Fig, 1),

VEGETATION AND ECOLOGY

While the vegetation is not entirely homogenous, the block forms an example

of what is regarded as “desert” by pastoralists, but is actually semi-desert.

Triodia beasedowii association covers approximately 95 per cent, of the whole

area, and closely resembles the T. basedowii association mentioned by Blake

(1938). Triodia pungens association dominates a broken area of somewhat

less than two square miles adjacent to an Acacia angura association of about

one square mile in the south-west comer. These three associations will be con-

sidered separately,

This experimental area jis about six miles south of Mt. Harris. and is pre-

dominantly flat, of deep red sand, with several smalt stabilised sandridyes

nuning almost east-west. No rocks outcrop, but the sand is believed to be

either Tertiary or Quarternary. It is possible that ancient stream activity in

the area deposited the sand which has been redeposited by winds, The under-

lying rocks are at an undetermined depth, and should have little, if any, infu-

ence on these soils.

° Animal Inthistry Branch, Alice Springs.

A profile of the soil in the Triodia associations shows a loamy sand for the

top k in., then a more or less pure sand down to 86 in., whcre it becomes a

clayey sand to 56 in. In the main mulga area, the top 4 in. is a sandy loam

with an underlying sandy clay loam to 25 in., bencath which a loamy clay is

encountered,

: WN o Newcastle Waters |

\“ © Tennant Creek !

cAileron

———___DESERT

= _ GRAZING AREA

Narwielooma © 2

Hamilton Downs? © Alice Springs

—-

Fig. 1.—Map of the Northern Territory, showing locality of the area de-

soribed in relation to areas (shaded) of desert and semi-descrt.

Rainfall and temperature figures for the area have not been recorded, but

Table L will give some idea of the climatic conditions. Composite figures from

several surrounding stations over three years have been used for temperature,

and the rainfall figures given are the monthly averages for the Alice Springs

district over 77 years, for this is found to approximate most stations in the

area. However, it should be remembered that in most ears, there are usually

two or more months in the period from April to September with no rainfall,

Fires have been aver tho area twice in the last ten years, the latest time

being about two years before the survey, but this feature is not being con-

sidered at this time. Although the area had not been stocked with cattle pre-

viously, some grazing had taken place in the mulga area when cattle had

followed surface waters, and kangaroos have been plentiful over the country

for many years,

With such a small variation in habitat, it is not surprising that the area

carries only 128 species, 31 of which are aunuals, with a few others probably

behaving as annuals under the prevailing conditions, As a group the plants

TABLE 1,

| Temperature (F.)

Rainfall

(pointa)

Mean Maxizaum Mean Minimunt

January 97-5 68-2 168

Tebruary 92-5 67-9 Lat

March 93°) | 63-6 120

April 81-6 BR+4. 63

May 73-4 46°38 62

June 67-2 41-6 66

July 67-6 38-7 36

August 67:95 35-9 38

September 78:3 46-1 36

October R6-4 59-8 77

November 8l-3 64-7 93

Decamiber 96-4 69-0 | 147

| 1079 'Eotal

are almost purely Australian, with a sraall number being cosmopolitan (Salsola

kali var. strobilifera, Portulaca oleracea, Cleome viscosa, Tribulus terrestris )

and two being also mative in India (Indigofera enneaphylla, Indigofera viscosa).

A majority of the species are native of the drier areas of all States except

Tasmania.

Triodia basedowii Association

Tall trees were few, being restricted to isolated Eucalyptus terminalis and

Eucalyptus dichromophloia, while an occasional Atalaya hemiglauce and Acacia

coriacea attained 80 ft. Generally, the taller trees were found on small areas of

silty sand where shrubs became rare, Two rather poorly developed specimens

of Casuarina devaisneana were seen,

The small trees and shrubs were dominated by 15 species of Acacia, most

of which form almost pure stands in certain zones, while Acacia patens and

Acacia murrayana occurred as seattered shrubs or trees. Other zones were

covered by an associes of Grevillea junctfolia and Dodonaea attenuata with an

occasional stunted Hakea intermedia. Several species of Cassia were wide-

spread, with Eremophila latrobei and Eremophila longifolia more scattered,

Accepting the succession in Acacia aneura associations as traced by Wood

(1937) and Beadle (1948), this assocics suggests the spread of mulga over the

area as a future development. The various narrow and short bands of mulga

ioup which occur in this and in the Triodia pungens association may support

this,

The mallee Keculypins gamophylla, a feature uf deep rect sandy arcas in

Central Australia, and shrubby Atalaye hemighanea aro coumon in small areas,

while Canthium lolifolium grows as an isolated shrub over the whole area,

Santalan lunceolatum forms an infrequent small colony, but mostly falls inti

‘a mixed shrub community. Codonocarpus cotinifolius is founel ina few small

zones where other shrub competition is not great, while Pittosportn plrylli-

racvides is only recorded as a few plants scattered over a nile or so in a mixed

Acacia serub.

Crecillea stenobolrya oceurs only om the stable sandtidges about one anc

a half miles northavest of the contre of the areca, These ridges also darry Trivdio

hasedout, Acuota dictyophleba, Halzania eyaned, Acacia murrayana, Rulingia

luxophylle, and Calytrix longiflera which occurs elsewhere on the block as a

ningl attractive pink Howering shrub, Acacia anetre and Grevillea junelfolia

cnervach to the bottom of the ridges.

The jnost cominon subsheabs are Keravdrenia integrifolia and Ralingie

loxophylla, with Brachysema chambersii plentiful in several exposed areas, How-

ever, subshrubs and herbs generally de not fall into dominant groups, but tend

to oveur more thickly where the ground has been disturbed, In this class ate

Trichinium alopecurvideum, Crotalaria strehlowitt, Petalostylis labicheoides var,

cassiolides, Solanum sp, all. oldfieldii, Solanum coactiliferum, and Scaevola parvi-

folia, Chenopodium nitrariaceum ind Enchyluena tomentasa are valuable sub

shrubs, mostly in the shelter of taller shrubs.

Small grasses are nol plentiful and occur mainly following late suummer or

erly winter rains, in shal colonies between the large clumps of the dominat-

ing Triodia hasedowii. The deep ved sands also carry Danthonia bipartite,

{chnanthus australiensis, Eviachne aristidea var. minor, and a form of Panicum

effusum. ‘The presence also of Aristida browniana. although only infrequent

indicaies some -grazig by kangazcos, for this grass isa feature of stocked areas.

Eriaehne helmsii and Neraelne muclleri appear to penetrate only a short

listance from the mnlga zone. For the most part, other herbage between the

Triedia elunyps formed only a light cover. and rarely dic indivicual species

forra small colomes, Atriplex clachophylla, Sa'sola kali var. strobilifera, andl

Hatoragis gossei, and to a smatier extent Didiseus glaucifolius, were thicker

mi disturhed ground, but Trichiniwn obovatum, Trichiniwn sehwartsil, Podolepts

canescens, Helipterum stipitatunt, and Calandrinia balonensis were seuttered

sparsely throughout the association.

Trindia pungens. sssoetation

Where the two Trivdit assodations meet, there is a fairly sharp division

Tisually a few scattered plants cl 7. boyedousii oxtend inte the TL grungens “one,

but in all, the transition zone covery, no more than LU te 15 yards.

Eucalyptus terminalis and Eucaliptrs dichromaphloia were more plentitid

in this association, but still evourred as isolated trees in what is virtually

Triodia savannah, Capparis mitclellii occurred as an ovuasional tree or shiruls

Other small (recs or hens were migst infrequent inv this assoviation, being

limited to stunted Hakea intermedia, young Acacia ulsirgens., Acucia puters,

Acacia luerssenii and Acacia dictyophleha, The subshrub Wihiseus brachy-

tues grew only rarely againat clumps of Yriedia. The clumps of Lrivdia

pungens gave Ww more eaynalets cover of the ground than did T. bascdourii, with

the result that fowee berbs are grasses were recorded, The grasses Eulalio fulva

and Cymbopogon bambycinus were mainly confined to small depressious of

heavier soll, and Aristida pruinusa ariel Eragrostes kennedyac extended owt from

the mulga areas.

Acacia uneura Association

A much closer, thaugh wot a contiuuans, canopy was given in the Acacia

anew scrub. Here. trees and tell shrubs ether than mulya were absent, with

one exception, viz. Canthium latifolium, which is scen only infrequently. The

useful smiall shrubs Rhavodia nutans and Enchylaena. tomentosa seck the shelter

of the mulga trees or of fallen timber. Cassia eremophila and Cassia artemi-

sioides, together with Eremophila vilesii and Eremophila latrobei, occur regularly

in this scrub, thus giving the Cassia-Eremophila associes mentioned by Beadle

1948),

Plants of the Triodia species which grew to the fringe of the mulga areas

did not penetrate very far. Because of this, and more on account of the greater

water retaining capacity of the soil here, the ground fora is enriched by the

urasses Digitaria brownii, Enneapogen pallidus, Enneapogon polyphyllus,

Eragrostis criopoda, Themeda australis, and Tripogon loliiformis, as well as

Aristidu browniana, Eragrostis kennedyae, and Neurachne muelleri, In the

miore Open spaces, 2 good gronnd cover is given by Trichinium helipteroides,

Sida platycalyx, Helipterum florihundum, Goodenia heterochila, Cleoine viscosa,

and the prostrate herbs Ipomoea muellert and Melothria micrantha. Vere again

the presence of herbs such as UWeliplerum floribundum, only infrequent over

the whole association, but abundant in small areas, testifies to grazing by kan-

garoos and some cattle. Other species which suggest some grazing here are

Indigofera enneaphylla, Indigofera viscosa, Tribulus terrestris and Euphorbia

drummondi, Seyeral more Chenopods come in; one, Bassia cornishiana is use-

ful when young or in dronght times, but is unpalatable when mature, while the

ather, Kochia tomentosa is a usetul pasture species.

A useful summary of the muamber of specics in each association according

to habit and frequency is shown in Table 3.

TABLE 2.

T. hasedowit LT. pungens el, miner

association axsoo}ation nseacIatION

Ab 1e] I R | Ab « i Rk | Ab c I R

ree 7 fh 4 I 1 |

Shrub 8 \8 9 l «i 2 4

Subshrub 1 7 38 4 3 3

Annual harb 6 12; 3 4 12 vi

Perermmial herb 1 ! 9 13 1 a a § ij

Churber | 2

Parasite | J 1

| i

Ab—abundant, C—common, I—infrequent, R—rare.

GRAZING POTENTIAL

Triodia basedowii is usually termed “hard” spinifex and, with the excep-

tion of its panicles, is not generally eaten by cattle. Other grasses are few in

fumber of species and are rarcly represented, Triodia pungens is termed “soft”

spinifex anct is more or less palatable to cattle. The plants associated with

these two species of Triodia usually provide light browsing. The few Chenopods

will not provide much bulk. Smaller shrubs that are not usually palatable

include the species of Cassia, Eremophila, Solanum. Helipternm, Euphorhia,

Grevillea, as well as Hakea intermedia, Dodonaea attenuata and Eucalyptus

gamophylla. The other Eucalyptus species are mostly out of reach of cattle.

Other plants regarded as good fodder include Suntalum lunceolatum, Pitto-

sporum phylliracoides and Atalaya hemiglauca. The valuable succulent plants

: 85

Calandrinia balonensis and Portulaca oleracea are present usually as isolated

plants, but there is an autumn germination of the vatter in the mulga areas.

Acacia aneura will provide some good feed, although most of it would he at the

extremities of grazing, Acacia kempeana and Acacia. victoriae are usually only

grazed lightly, but provide some useful topfeed. The other Acacia species may

provide some fodder, but not much is known of these as yet, Scaevola spinescens,

only present rarely near the western boundary, is reputed. to stand heavy stock-

ing (McTaggart, 1986).

Following the suggestion that the Grevillea-Dodonaea-Eremophila-Cassia

assocics may develop into mulga scrub, it is further possible that controlled

grazing in the “spinifex” areas over a long period could be a factor in accelerat-

ing this transition.

POISON PLANTS

Several species, ovcurring infrequently, are plants which can cause poisoning

in animals: Duboisia hopwoodii, Euphorbia eremophila, Indigofera enneaphylla,

Euphorbia drummondii, Didiscus glaucifolius, Nicotiana ingulba, Brachysema

chambersii. Of these, Duboisia hopwoodii would be the most dangerous to

cattle, but it is usually avoided by cattle familiar with the country. Indigofera

enneaphylla is only dangerous to horses under certain conditions.

LIST OF PLANT SPECIES

“ Table 3, the plant species are listed, and the following range of symbols

is used:

Life: A—annual, P—perennial.

Habit; T—tree, S—shrub, Ss—subshrub, H—herb, Cl—climber, Para—

parasite.

Association: Tb—Triodia basedowii, Tp—Triodia pungens, Aa—Acacia

aneura.

Frequency: Ab—abundant, C—common, |—infrequent, R—rare.

Palatability:; MPa—most palatable, P—palatable, N—not palatable.

TABLE 3,

Plant

Life |Habit) Assoma-| Fre- Palata-

Species tion | queney | bility

GRAMINEAE - - s - e

Aristida browniana Henr. ‘“‘Kerosone Grass” - A 4 rh I Pa

Aristida pruinosa Domin— - P A Tp K MPa

Cymbopagan bomhycinusa (R. Br. ) Dorin ‘ ‘Silly Hoads” P H Tp ate N

Danthonia bipartita ¥, Muell, ‘Bandicoot Crasa”? P H Tb R MPa

Digitaria browntt (R. & 8.) Hughes ~ Perper Fonte

Grass” - P H Ag = Pa

Enneapogon pallintus (R. Br. ) Beauv. - | P Il An rt Pa

Enneapogon polyphylus (Domin) N, T, Burbidge = A A AB, 1 Pa

Eragrostis kennedyae F, Turner - - P H { Aa R Pa

Eragrostis ertopoda Benth, - - P atl An R Pa,

Briachne aristidea F. Muell. var. minor W. Hartley -| PB H Th R Pa

Hriuchne helmsii Domin — - - Pr H Tb R Pa

Hulalia fulua (RK. Br.) 0. Kuntze “Silly Browntop” P H Tp I Pa

Iehnanthus vustraliensie (Domin) Hughes - - P Ace Th O Pa

Neurachne muellert Hack, a ‘“Mulga Grass” - P H Tb K Pa

‘| Aa

Panicum effusum R. Br. forma “Hairy Panic” -| A H Tb R Pa

Themeda australis (RK. Br.) Stapf. "Kangaroo Grass” P H Aa R Pa,

Triodia besedowti Pritz. = - - P H Tbh Ab N

Triodia pungens R, Br, “Soft S$ infos” - P H Tp I Pa

Tripogon laliiformis (F. Muell. ) GC. E. Huphard “Bive

Minute Grass” - . A H Aa R Pa

LILIACEAE

Thysanotus tuberosus R. Br, ‘Fringed Violet Lily” ~ | P H Tb —_

CASUARINACEAE

Casuarina decaisneana F, Muell. “Desert. Oak” . P T Th R N

PROTEACEAE

Grevillea juncifolia Hook, - - - - P 5 Th Cc N

Grevillea stenobotrya F. Muell. - P 8 Tb R N

Hakea intermedia Ewart & Davies “Corkwood™ - P T Tbh I N

LORANTHACEAE

Diplatia maidentt (Blakely) Danser. : P para Aa R —

Lysiana murrayt (FP. Muell, & Tate) Danser. - P para Tb R _

SANTALACEAE

Anthobolus exocarpoides F. Muell. - - - P 8 Tb T N

Exocarpus aparteus R, Br. - - - | PB 8 Tbh BR N

Santalum lanceolatum R, Br. “Plum Bush” - - P 8 Tb I Pa

CHENOPODIACEAL

Atriplex elachophylla F. Muetl. ‘ - « A H Th B Pa

Bassia cornishiana ¥', Muell, - . P Ss Aa R N

Chenopodium nitrariaceum F. Muell. - -|) P 8 Tb R Pa

Enchyluena tomentosa R,. Br, “Ruby Salthush” - P Ss Tp I Pa

Kachia tomentosa (Moq.) F. Muell. - “ - P Ss Aa R Pa

Rhagodia nutane R. Br. - . - -| BF 8s Tp I Pa

Salsola kali L. var. strobilifera Benth. ““Buckbush” - | A H Tb R N

TABLE 3—continued.

: am

| Plant | i

Life | Habit] Associa-} Fre- Palata

Species tion quency | bility

AMARANTHACEAE

Trichiniuin alopeeureideum Lindl. - - = Tr H Th K Pa,

Vrichinium helipteroides F. Muell. - - - A H Aa T Pa

Trichininon vbecatin Gauct. : - P H Th IT Pa

Trickininm schwortzil (kf. Muell.) Tate - . H Tbh R Pa

PAY TOLACCACKAR

Cadonocarpus rotinifalius (Dest.) FL Muell. +Desert: i

Poplar’ - - : - - -- 4 LP Y Th R N

PORTULACACEAR

Culandrinia balonensis Lindl. ““Broacd-loaf Para-

keelya™ - - - : A H Th R MPa

Portulaca oleracea 1. “Manyeroo” ; - A H Tp i MI.

CRUCIFERAL r

Lepidiwr sy. - - - - . A H. Th RK N

CAPPARIDACEAB

Capparis mitchellii Lindl. - - - - P 8 Tp R Pa

Cleome viscosa L, - - - - : A A Tp R N

PITTOSPORACHAB

Pittosporum: phylliraenides DC, “Berrigsun’? - - P T Th R MPa

LEGUMINOSAE

Brachysenia chambers? FP. Mucll, — - = P H Tbh 1 N

Crotalaria strehlowit Pritz. - - - - P H Tb I Pa

Tephrosia aff. eriovarpa - - ~ - A H Th R —

Indigofera enneaphylia L, “Birdsville Indigo™ - By A Aa q Pa

Indigofera viscosa L. : 3 3 : A H Aa I Ta

MIMOSACTIAE

Acucin wisurgens Mail. & Blakely - = - Pr 5 f Tb Cc Pa

Acacia aneurn BW, Muell. “Mulga™ - - - yp T JS Aa I Pa

Acacia aneura F. Muell. forma : P Aa I N

Acacia coriacea DC. “Dogwood” — - - : Tr 'T Th T Pa

Acacia dictyophleba F. Muell. : = + P 5 sf Tb I N

Acacia estrophiolata FP. Muell. Lronwood* - - P T Th R Pa

Aeneia kempeans F. Muell. “Witehstty Bush” - T 5 Th I Pu

Acacia murrayana F. Muell. ex Benth, 3 - P Ss Tb K i

Acania luerssenti Domin — - - - - P 8 J Tbh T =

Acacia tigulata A, Gunn. - - = - P S Th | Pa

Acacia liguiuta A. Cunn. forma 2 = - P 8 Th I Ta

Acacia nolabilis F. Mucll. - - - - Tr T Tbh f —

Acacia patens F. Muell. - - 7 . P Ss f Tb I N

Aeaeia aff. ramulosa - : - - P 8 Th I _

Arneta vietoriae Benth, “Hlegant Wattle” - = P 8 Th rR Pa

TABLE 3—continued,

Habit

Life

Species

CAESALPINIACEAE

Cussiu artemisioirles Gaud. - - - P

Casstu eremophila A, Cann, - - : P

Cassia eremophita A, Cunn, var, glatypode (R. Br.)

Benth, - “ = . : 4 P

Cassia eremophilia A, Cunn, var. zygophylla (Benth.) P

Benth. - - - - 3 “

Cassia pleurocarpa F, Muell. - 2 - LP

Petalostylis labicheoides R, Br. var. ensstoides Benth, P

ZYGOPHYLLACEAE

Tribulus macrocarpus F. Muell. - A

Tribulus terrestris Li. ““Caltroyy? A

EUPHORBIACKAR

Euphorbia drivnmondi Boiss. “Caustic Weed” - A

Euphorbia eremophila A. Cann. “Caustic Bush” = - | A

Phyllanthus rhytidospermus ¥, Muell. - - Z

SAPINDACEHAE

Atuluya hemiglauca F, Muell. “Whitewoud"- - Pp

Nodonaed attenuate A.Cunn. - = - P

TILIACEAE

Corchorus sidioides ¥. Muell. - - - P

MALVACEAE

Hibiscus brachychlaenws VY, Muell. - - 3 P

Sida platyealyx F.Muell. — - = = e A

Side aff. pleiantha - . - - - P

STERCULIACEAE

Keraudrenia iniegrifolia Steud. - ' - P

Rulingia kempeana F. Muell. - . - T

Rulingia loxophylla ¥, Muell. e e c P

MYRTACEAE

Calytrix longiflera ¥. Muell. ‘Desert Fringe Myrtle” P

Bucalyptus dichromophloiu F. Muell. “Blooilwoud” - P

Eucalyptus gamophylla F. Muocll. “Blnoo Malice” - P

Bucalyptus terminalis F. Muell. “Bloodwoud™ - P

HALORAGIDACHAE

Haloragis gosset F. Muell. - - A

UMBBLLIFERAB

Lidiseus glaucifolius F, Muell. “Wild Carrol” - A

ASCLEPIADACEAE

Marsdenia australis (R. Br.) J, M. Black ‘Native

Pear” - - 2 - - : PR

Rhgncharrhena linearis (Dene.) F. Muell. — - - P

Plani

Assovia-| Fre- Palata-

tion queney | bility

‘lp I N

Tp I N

Th I N

J Th R N

\tp

Tb I N

Th BR Pa

Aa BR N

Aa R N

Tp I N

‘Tp R v

Aa XN

Nh R Va

Tb 1 N

Th KR =

Tp R oo

Aa, I at

Tl {

Th T —

Tb I —

Th 1 —

Th 1 N

f lb J —

Tb Cc —

sTb T =

Th I v

Tb T N

Tbh R Po

Th R —_

TABLE 3—continued.

Species

CONVOLVULACEAE

Ipamoca muellert Bonth. + ‘ 5

BORAGINACIAL

Halgania cyanea Linu. . =

Helganin cyanea Lindl, forme -

Helistropiune panieulaum Re Bi -

VER BEN ACEA [5

Divrastylis lewellinds (PL Muell) BK. Muell, -

THerasatylis alf. reticulata — -

Spartathamiucla teneriifloru (1. Mull. ) Rriq.

SOLANACTRAT

Huboisia hopwoodd FW. Muell. “Pit? =

Nicotiana ingulba J, M. Black - -

Sulauun couetiliferum I. M. Black = -

Solanum esurieate Lindt. : ~

Solanum att. olifieldit -

Solanum quadriloculatum F. Muell, - -

MYOPORACEAB

Kremophiia gilesit F. Muell,- - -

Eremophila lairabci F. Muetl. =

Kremophila longifalia (R. Br.) ¥. Mucli. .

RUBIACE AD

Canthium latifoliam ¥. Muell, “Native Currant

”

CUCURBITACEAE

Melothria micrantha F. Muell. ex Cogn.

GOODENTIACEAL

(loolende heterociila KF, Muell. - .

Cloodenie aff. armitiand < +

Scaevola aemula R. Br. ~ -

Scacvolu parvifolia F, Muell, ex Benth. -

Scaevola spinescens R. Br. - “

Velleia connata VW. Muell. — - - 2

BRUNONIACEALR

Brunonia australis Sr. *“Bluc Pinenshion”

COMPOSITAL

Calotis hiapidula F. Muell. * “Boghn ide -

Calocephalus sp. - t

Helichrysum att. ambiguanm 3

Helinterum ehrirsleyae EF. Muell, - -

Hetinterum: floribundum DC, = -

Helipterum stipitatum F. Muell, - "

Aelipterum plerochaetum (F. Mucll.) Benth,

Podolepsis canescens A. Cunn, . -

Plant

Infe | Habit! Associa-| Fre- Palata-

hon queney | bility

P Hh | pvp T Pa

| Aa

P Ho Th ! N

Pp H Vh R N

A H Avi iy N

a ha Th « —

Pr Ss Tb RK =

P Ns j Th R i

Pr 5 'h R N

N H Th R N

Pp Se Th T N

P Ss Th RK N

Pp Ss | Th 1 N

UTp

P 3s J Vb 1 N

Llp

Fr Ss Aa I N

R 5 J Th L N

P S J Tb 1 Pa

(Lp

P is J Tb U N

‘Au

A H Aa t N

p H Aw aks Pa

IP H Th Tt N

¥r EH Th Ki Pa

P A Th I N

bp A Tbh R Pa

Pp H Th 4A Pa

r H Th BR —_

A H Aa T N

A TD | ftp Ri N

‘| Aa

A A Th R N

A HL Aw ] N

A H Aa 1 N

‘A a Th J N

P H J Tb R N

‘(Aa

A AH Tb R wen

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to Mr. N. Jones, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Alice Springs,

for discussions on the geology of the area; and to members of the Division of

Land Research and Regional Survey, C.S.1.R.O., for information on soils and

for the photograph used in Plate 1.

REFERENCES

Brapir, N. C. W., 1948. The Vegetation and Pastures of Western New South Wales.

Buack, J. M., 1926-29, 1948-52. Flora of South Australia, Ed. 1, parts 3, 4, Ed. 2, parts

1, 2, 3.

Buaxe, S$. T., 1938. The Plant Communities of Western Queensland.

BurbiwcE, N. T., 1945. Ecological Notcs on the De Grey-Coongan Area with Special Re-

ference to Physiography. J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust., 29, pp. 151-161.

Ewart, A. J., and Davms, O. B., 1917. The Flora of the Northern Territory.

Garpner, C. A., 1952. Flora of Western Australia, vol. 1, part I.

Hurst, Evenyn, 1942. The Poison Plants of New South Wales.

McTaccart, A. 1936. A Survey of the Pastures of Australia. Coun. Sci. Ind. Res. Aust.

Bulletin, 99.

Wess, L. J., 1948. Guide to the Medicinal and Poison Plants of Queensland, Coun. Sci.

Ind. Res. Aust. Bulletin, 232.

Woon, J. G., 1937. The Vegetation of South Australia.

G. M. CrrprenpsLe PLATE |

A view in the experimental area, showing the dominant

Trivdia basedowit Pritz, und Acacia luerssenii Domin.

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF THE, PLIOCENE STRATA UNDERLYING

THE ADELAIDE PLAINS

PART V-GASTROPODA (ERATOIDAE TO SCAPHANDRIDAE)

BY N. H. LUDBROOK

Summary

Part V of the study of mollusca from borings into the Pliocene Dry Creek Sands consists of a

revision of the gastropod superfamilies Cypraeacea, Naticacea, Tonnacea, Muricacea, Buccinacea,

Volutacea, Conacea, and the subclass Opisthobranchia.

The nomenclature of 91 species has been revised and one subgenus and 30 new species have been

described.

The stratigraphical position of the "Murray Desert" fossils described by Tate in 1899, many of

which occur in the Dry Creek Sands fauna, has been established almost beyond question. These are

believed to have come from the Bookpurnong Beds, of possible late Miocene age, whose biofacies

is similar to that of the Dry Creek Sands.

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF THE PLIOCENE STRATA UNDERLYING

THE ADELAIDE PLAINS

PART V—GASTROPODA (ERATOIDAE TO SCAPHANDRIDAE )

by N. H. Lupsnoox*

[Read 13 June, 1957]

SUMMARY

Part V of the study of :nollase: froui borings into the Pliocene Dry Creck Sands consists

of a revision of the gastropod supertamilies. Cypraeicea, Naticacea, Tonnacea, Muricacea,

Buecinacen, Volutwea, Caonacea, and the subclass Opisthobranchia-

‘Lhe nomenclature of 91 species has beon revised and one subgenns jnd 380: new species

have been deseribed.

The stratigraphical position of the “Murray Desert” fossils desorihed hy Tate in 1899,

many of which occur in the Dry Creek Sands fauna, fas been established. almost beyond

question, ‘These are believed to have come from the Bookpurnong Beds, of possible late

Miovene age, whose biofacies is similar to that of the Dry Creek Sands.

INTRODUCTION

Although the similarity between Pliocene molluscan species from the Dry

Creck Sands and those of the “Murray Desert” was immediately recognized

by Tate (1899, p. 103), it has continued to remain a stratigraphical puzzle.

The writer has recently been fortunate enough, while examining sludges

from borings in the north-eastern portion of the Murray Basin in South Australia,

not only to confirm the occurrence of some of Tate’s species at depth in this

area, but to recognize a lithology which leaves little room for doubt that it is

that which Tate briefly described as being the distinctive matrix of the Murray

Desert fossils (Tate, 1899, p. 103),

The formation has been described elsewheret as the Bookpurnong Beds.

Typically revealed in borings in the Hundred of Bookpurnong, they are of wide-

spread occurrence and could well have been entered in the boring at Tareena

from which Tate obtained his material. Their stratigraphical position suggests

that they are of late Miocene age, with both Miocene and Pliocene faunal

elements, The biofacies is strikingly similar to that of the Dry Creek Sands.

The methods employed in describing the fauna have been outlined in

Parts 1 (this Journal, vol, 77), 2 (vol. 78) and 3 (vol. 79) in this series.

Superfamily CYPRAEACEA

Family ERATOIDAE

Subfamily Eratormar

Genus Proreraro Schilder. 1927

Protevaty Schilder, 1927, Arch. fiir Naturgesch., 91, A, 10, 1925. 1, 57.

Type species (o.d.) Erato nevzelunica Suter

Subgenus Cyrpraneraro Schilder, 1932

Cypriecrate Schilder, 1932. Foss. Cat., 55, p. 86.

Type species (o.d.) Erato bimaculata Tate

Proterato (Cypraecrato) subaustralis sp. nov.

pl. 1, figs. 1, 2

Proterate australis (Late), Ludhyook, 1941, Trans. Ray, Soc. 5. Aust.. 65 (1), p, LOO.

Director of Mines.

} Jour, Roy, Soe, N.8,W,, Vol, 90, p. 179, 1957.

Diagrasis—A medimn-sized Cypraverato acute both anteriorly and poste-

rily, with a small, roundly clevated spire. Protoconch small and flattened,

Outer lip with 18 denticles the anterior of which are sometimes reflected on

lo the dorsal surface, Columella with three oblique anterior terminal ridges

Followed by a few columellar denticles,

Description. of Holotype—Shell elongate-oval, acute at both ends, spire

small, elevated, roundly conical. Protoconch very small and flattened, of onc

and-a-half smooth, narrow turns. Adult whorls 4, body whorl large, ocarly five-

sixthy total height of shell, roundly curving for two-thirds of its distance frorn

the suture, then somewhat abruptly attenuated towards the anterior. Aperture

long, narrow, oblique, slightly insinuated posteriorly and narrowed anteriorly,

Outer lip thickened und inflected, posteriorly projecting, attached neatly at the

top of the penultimate whorl, bearing eighteen denticles which are long and

horizontal except for the anterior two which are somewhat oblique, Columella

with three oblique anterior terminal ridges followed by a few columelhur den-

ticles HA portion of the length, Fossula wide, long, slightly coneuve, angular

anteriorly.

Dimensions—Height 5-1, diametor 3-8, aright of body whorl 4-5 ram,

Type Locality—Hindmarsh Bore, 450-487 feet,

Location of Holotyje—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, F 18179,

Material—The holotype and 3 paratypes, Hindmarsh Bore.

Streligraphical Range—Dry Creck Sunds.

Geographical Distributiou—Abattoirs and Hindmursh Bores,

Subfamily Trryvunse

Genus ExuAtrivia Iredale, 1981

Ellatriefa Wedale, 1931. Ree. Aust, Mus., 18 (4), p, 221.

Type species (0.d.) Trivia merves Iredale

Ellativia wirrata Ludbrook

EUlutrivia wirrata Lodbook, 1941. ‘Trans. Roy. Soc. S, Aust, 65 (1), p. 94, pl. 5; Rg, 16,

Diagnosis—An Ellatrivia of moderate size with 3 conspienous and lobular

spire and strongly projecting outer lip. Dorsal surface with about 35 ribs, 20)

of which continue over the outer lip and 20 over the columella, Fossula deep

and wide; columellar suleus narrower.

Vimensions—Length 9, breadth 7, height 6 mm.

fype Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Tavation of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Uniy, of Adelaide, 'T 1665.

Observations—One- example only from Weymouth’s Bore has been found

sinew the species was described from Abattoirs Bore. Tt is 3 globular species

with close and fine ribs, from which it differs from the Keeent type species F

meres, ‘he genus, which is well-represented in the Australian ‘Yertiary has

Indo-Paciliy Recent relatives in E) saunis (Schilder). F, problemativa (Schildee }

und £. sibogae (Schepman) (Sehilder, 1935, p. 332).

Materint(—3 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore: one specimen, Weymouth’s Bore.

Slratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sunds.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs ang Weymouth's Bores.

Family CYPRAEIDAE

Subfamily Cyprarovuninar

Genus Notocypraxa Schilder, 1927

Notocyprace Suhilder, 1927, Arch. fiir Naturgesch. 91 A, LO, 1925, p, LU).

@ species (o.d.) Cypraca piperita Gray

Notocvypraca exryma Cotton

Votreypracd eryma Cotton, 47, Ree. 8. Anst. Mus. a (4), p. 668, pl. 21, fits. B, 7, 8,

Diagnosixs—A small Noltocypraca with the anterior extremity somewhat pro-

need. Columellar teeth fine, short, about 2] in number, fossula moderately

concave, Outer lip produced and curved posteriorly with about 24 fine short

te ‘

Dimensions—Height 21, diameter 18 and 12 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, 320-410 feet.

Location of Holotype—S, Aust. Mus., P 8357,

Material—MNolotype.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Ahattoirs Bore, Adclaide.

Genus Umuinia Jousseaume, 1884

Umbiia Jousseaume, 1b84, Bull. Sac. Zool. France, 19, p. 90. ; .

Type species (monotypy) Cypraea umbilicata Sowerby (= hesitata Lredale)

Umbilia cera Cotton

Umbilia evra Cotton, 1947. Rev. 5. Aust, Mus., & (4), p. G67, pl 21, figs. 1, 2, 7.

Diagnosis—An Umbilia of fairly small size more elevated at the posterior;

aperture wide strongly turned to the left posteriorly, posterior canal short and

downwardly curved. Outer lip broad; with 26 teeth; columella with 2 teeth.

Dimensions—Height 53, diameter 37 and 27 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, 320-410 feet.

Location of Holotype—S. Aust. Mus., P 8339.

Observations—Except for the fragment from Kooyonga Bore, no other ex-

amples of this specics have been recovered from borings in the Adelaide District.

Material—Holotype and portion of specimen showing outer Jip and pos-

terior features.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattnirs and Kooyonga Bores, Adelaide.

Superfamily NATICACEA

Subfamily GLopuLannwaE

Genns GiosuLaniA Swainson, 1540

Globularia Swainsou, 1840, ‘Treat. Malac., p. 345-

(Cernina Gray, 1840, Syn, Cont. Brit. Vius., ed. 42, p. S47 nom. nied.)

(Anomphala Hermannsen, 1846, Ind. Geuw Mal,, 1, p. 61.)

Type species (s.d, Gray, 1847) Natica fluctuata Sowerby

Subgenus GLORULARTIA s. str.

Globularia (Clobularia) sp. indct.

cf, Ampullina sp. Ludbrook, 1941, ‘Trans. Ruy. Soc. $, Aust., 68 (1), p. Lob.

Ohservations—Most unfortunately the five specimens obtained from Abat-

toiry Bore have all been shattered and it is impossible to describe the characters

of the body whorl. All five spires are preserved and they, together with such

portions of the body whorl as remain, indicate a shell most remarkably like

Globularia. sigaretina Lamarck, fram the Calcaire Grossier of Grignon of

which there are 9 exvellent specimens for comparison in the British Wuseum

Collection. ‘he shells are similar in size, number of wliorls and in general

appearance, and the Adelaide shell is therefore assigned on the analogy to

Globularia. The Paris. Basin species is thin while the Adelaide shell is thick and

relatively solid. The type species of the genus is a Philippine shell, so that the

genus. in the strict sense is Indo-Pacific in Recent times,

Subfainily Poninicinag

Genus Potimices Montfort, 1810

Paliniees Montfort, 1810, Conch Syst, 2, p. 222.

Polinices Biainville, 1826. Dict. Sei. Nat. (ed. 2), 42, p. SLO.

(Polynices Menke, 1830. Syn, Meth, Moll, ed. 2. p. 47.

Type species (monotypy) Polinices albus Montfort = Nerita mamilla Linné

Subgenus Ponsmices 5. str,

Albala Réding, 1798. Maus. Holt, p. 21, non Cronow, 1763.)

tee ru Guilding, 1837. Trins. Linn, Soc, Lond., 17 (1), p. 30,)

( Naticella Guilding, 180, iy Swainson Treat. Malae.. p, 145,)

(Mammitlarie Swainson, 1840, ihid.)

Marmorillecria Gerrmannsen, 1847. Ind. Gen. Moll. 2, p. 16.)

(Uber Philippi, L853. Ehink. Gonel). Malas, po 407.)

(Mamuu Mirch, 1852. Cat. Cone, 1, p. 132.)

Polinices (Polinices) subjugum (Cotton)

Natied gikboxa Hatton, Tate, 18000. Trans. Roy, Soo. S$. Amst, 13 (2), p. 177; Tate, T8H5b.

Trims. Thuy. Sae. So Anat. PZ, p. 920, pl G6, he 4, Dennaeab & Kitsan, 1908) Hee. Get,

Surv. View b (2), pp. LL3, L44,

Uhey (1) hattuné vou Cheriiyt, Ludbrovok, (941, Trans. Noy, Soc. 8. Aust. 65 (1). py. LOO,

UVher subingume Cottou, 1947. Ree. &. Aust. Mus, 8 (4). p. 668. pl. 21, figs. 15. 16.

Diagnosis—A large Polinicvs with a small spire only slightly projecting

ubove the body whorl, Body whorl large, gibbous posteriorly; cohimellar callus

very thick. wider than the parietal callus and spreading over the body whorl.

Dimensions—Leneth 30, width 27 ms,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Hololtype—s. Aust. Mus, Coll, P$359,

Material—Holotype.

Stratigruphicul Range—Miocene to Dry Creck Sands.

Ceographical Distribittion—Port Phillip Bay-Adclaide, S. Aust.

Subgenus Conuser Vinlay & Marwick, 1937

Gontiber Winlay & Marwick, 1937, N.Z. Geol, Sory, Pal. Bull. 15, q3. 33.

Type species (o.d,) Natica conica Lamarck

Polinices (Conuber) subvorians (Tate)

pl. 1, fies. 3, 4

Nation sticarians Vate, 18936, Trans. Roy. Soe S. Aust, U7, p. 322. ph o6, fas. 8, 1,

Denonant & Kitson, 1903. Rec, Geol. Surv, Vie. L (2), p. PbS, 138; Crespin, 1643,

Aust, Min. Res. Sary. Bull. 9 p, 98,

Uilinicns subcarions Tate, Laulbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soe. $, Anst.. 65 (1), 9. 100,

Diagnosis—An clongate-ovate Conuber of moderate size with a relatively

high acute spite. Protoconch of 2 small heticoid turns, adult whorls 4 in a heig)it

of 22 mm. Body whorl convex but not ventricose. Sculpture af mumerous fine

wal growth striae, only shghtly modified by the intrusion of the parietal callus.

Description of Hypotype—Shell solid, elongate-ovate, of moderate size, spire

relatively high, acute, conical. Protaconch of 2 small, rather Hattened, smoath

hiclicoid turns. Adult whorls 4, rapidly increasing, suture concealed. Borly

whorl large oblique, convex, not ventricose. Surface smooth and shining with

nmuuerous fine uvial slightly waving growth striae which are only slightly modi-

fied at the suture by the intrusion of the parietal callus. Aperture sermilunede,

ambilieus of mocderute size with a Jong. narrow funiele in the anterior thir.

and restricted in the posterior half by the parietal callus which is abruptly ler

mmated below, leaving the wanbilions exposed between it and the funicle:

Dimensions—Length 22. width 15-5, length of aperture (external oblicne

measurement to apparent suture) 16, aperture (internal measurement) LO, wielth

of aperture (internal) 6 im,

Type Locality—there designated) Jenny's Pott, Gippsland. Vie.;

Kalinin,

Leeation of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll, Univ. of Adelaide, T 1486C.

Locatlan of Hypatype—Tate Mus, Coll, F 15150,

Locality of Hypotype—Uindmarsh Bore. 450-4187 feet,

Observations—TVhis species has never been fully deseribed. It was Gwured

hy Tate and compared with P. (C) carians and P. (C) conica (Lamarck). It

is common throughout the Pliocene deposits of Southern Australia, The sub-

genus. is apparently restricted to this area,

Material—Hypotype and numerous specimens, Tindmarsh Bore. Two

specimens Weyinouth’s Bore, One very well preserved shell not fully grown

from Abattoirs Bore showing colour markings in shades of pale brown follow-

ing the lines of growth.

Stratigraphical Rangc—Kalimnan-Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distributlion—Gippsland, Vie~Adelaide, S, Aust

Polinices (Bonuber) cubpriing arspasts (Harris)

pl. 1, figs. 5, 6

Natica variuns Vate, [B93b, Trans, Ravi Bue. S. Aust. 17, p. 323, pl. 6, figs 2, 8 {non

Dujardin). ;

Natica, cunmninghamensis Harris, 1897, Cat. Tert. Mall. Brit. Mus, 1, p. 257, nom, mut.

Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Ree. Geol. Surv. Vie. 1 (2), p. Lld.

Natica cunninghamni Harris, Crespin, 1943, Aust. Min, Res, Sury. Bull, 9, p. 98.

Diagnosis—A large solid Conuber with a short spire and a large body whorl.

Umbilicus large, funicle long and narrow; parietal callus thick, terminating

abruptly below and leaving the umbilicus exposed between it and the funicle,

Dimensions—Length 40, width 32, length of aperture 81-5, width of

aperture 17 mm.

Type Locality—Muddy Creek, Vie.; Kalimnan.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll, T 1504.

Observations—A single specimen was recoyered from Thebarton Bore. It

has not previously heen recorded from the Pliocene of South Australia.

Material—The figured hypotype Tate Mus. F 15181, Thebarton Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Kalinmau-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic.. to Adclaide, §. Aust.

Polinices (Comber) balteatella (Tate)

ol, Ll, figs. 7% 8

Natica balteatella Late, 1893b. Trans: Roy. Soe. 8. Anst.. 17, p. 221, pl, 6, fig, 7; Dennant

& Kitson, 1903. Rec, Geol. Surv. Vic, § (2), p. 144.

Polinicey balteatelliom Tate. Ludbrook, 1941. Trans, Roy. Soc. 8. Aust, 65 (1), v. 100,

Diagrosis—A_ narrowly-vonical small Conuher with a conspicnois acute

spire and a comparatively long, narrow body whorl, Anterior to the suture

there is a broad band, depressed, sculptured with spiral striae which are wavy-

ing, crowded and irregularly spaced, and not shining as the rest of the whorl.

Beth band and remainder of whorl sculptured with numerous growth striae.

Dimensions—Length 18:5, width 7-5, height of aperture 8+5, width of

aperture 6:5, width of umbilicus 3 mm.

Type Locality—Dry Creck Bore, Adelaide.

Lacakon af Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll, T140B.

Observations—This is the most narrowly restricted of the Polinices in the

Australian Pliocenc. It has so far not heen found outside borings in the Ade-

laide area. It is recognizable mainly by the conspicuous arite-sutural band with

its conspicuous though fine spiral sculpture.

Material—The figured hypotype Tate Mus, F 15182 and 2 other specimens

Thebarton Bore, 1 specimen Hindmarsh Bore, 2 specimcus Kuoyonga Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Adelaide District.

Genus SicareTorReMa, Sacco, 1890

Siguretotrema Sacco, 1890, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp, Toring,, 5 (86), p. 36,

(Propesinum lredule, 1924. Prov, Linu. Soc. N.S.W., 45 (3), 197, pp, 183, 256.)

Type-species (monotypy) Sigarettus michaudi Michelotti

Sigaretotrema subinfundibulum (Tate)

Natica edb eed Datars Tate, 1893b. Trans. Roy, Soc. S. Aust, 17, p, 327, pl. 10, fig. 12,

pl, G, fig, 8,

Nutiea ( Sigaretopsis) subinfundibulum Tate, Warris, 1897. Cat. Tert, Moll. Brit. Muzs,, 1

p 263.

Natica subinfuncdibulum Tate, Dennant & Kitson, 1903. Rec. Geol. Surv, Vie, 1 (2), pp.

114, 138, 144,

sigerstnreene subinfundibula (Vate), Ludhrook, 1941. Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 65 (1),

p. 10.

Diagnosis—A thin, depressed Siguretutrema with a short spire. Aperture

semilunate, columella almost vertical; umbilicus large and perspective, funicle

absent, parietal callus narrow, even.

Dimensions—Length 18, width 13, height 8, basal length of aperture 12,

width of umbilicus 4-5 mm.

Type Locality—-Muddy Creek, Victoria. Miocene.

Location of Holotype—Vate Mus. Coll, T 1496,

Observations—This long-ranging and widespread species was recorded

from Abattoirs Bore, but has not been found in any of the bores under preseut

consideration.

Material—3 topotypes, Muddy Creek, BM. Coll,

Stratigraphical Range—Mioccne-Pliocene.

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic,-Adelaide, 5, Aust,

Subfamily Navicinar

Genus TanBA Marwick, 1931

Tanea Marwick, 1951, N.Z, Geol, Sury, Pal. Bull, 13. p, 98,

Type species (o.d.) Natica zelandicu Quoy & Gaimard

Tanea hamillonensis (Tenison Woods)

pl. 1, figs, 9, 10 ‘

Natica wintlei var. Hamilionensis Tenison Woods, 1879. Proc. Lian, Soc, N,S.W., 8 (3),

p. 229, pl. 21, fig. 8.

Nuticu. hamiltonensis Tate, 1893b. Trans. Roy. Sov. §, Aust, 17, p. 319, pl. 10, fig. 6;

Turris, 1597, Cat. ‘ert, Moll, Brit, Mus. 1, p. 256; Dennant & Kitson, 1903. Rec,

Geol, Sury. Vie, 1 (2), pp, 113, 138; Ludbrook, 1941. Trans, Roy, Soc. S. Aust., 65

(1), p. 100; Grespin, 1943, Aust. Min, Res. Sury. Bull. 9, p. 98.

Diaznosis—A globulose, thin Tanea of moderate size, spire short, sutures

conspicuous, linear. Protoconch of two and a half rather clevated turns, adult

whorls inflated, body whorl very rotund, Umbilicns narrow, funicle generally

prominent, parietal callus very thin, scarcely extending to the augulate junction

of the outer lip with the whorl.

Dimensions (Holotype )—Height 8, diameter $ mm.

Type Locality—Muddy Creek, Victoria; Miocene.

Location of Holetype—Australian Museum, Sydney, No. 1702.

Dimensions (Hypotype, Fate, 1893)—Height 20, diameter 19, vertical

height of aperture 15, radius of aperture 11, width of umbilicus 2 mm.

Location of Iypotype—Tate Mus. Coll., F 15183,

Observutions—This is a very widely distributed and long ranging species,

although it is possible that more than one species have been recorded wnidler

fhe name, It has been found only in the Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores in

the Adelaide District and the specimen. figured (pl. 1, figs. 9, 10) is from Abal

toirs Bore.

Material—The figured hypotype, Abattoirs Bore; 32 mostly immature speci-

mens, Weymouth’s Bore.

Straligraphical Range—‘“Tertiary”,

Geographical Distrihution—Cippsland, Vie-Adelaide, $, Aust.

Genus Tanzi a Finlay & Marwick, 1987

Lanitella Finlay & Marwick, 1937. NZ. Geol. Surv. Pal. Bull, 15, p. 48,

Type species (ad.) Naticu notovenica Finlay

Taniella yweymouthensis sp. nov,

pl. 1, flys, 13, 14

Diagnasis—A small Taniella, raundly ovate, with a low spire. Protoconch

of S small helicoid tamms with a very small nucleus, the first two whorls more

convex than the third which is uarrow and comparatively flat. Body whorl

large Aperture semilunate and almost vertical. Umbilicus with « large broad

heavy funicle,

Description af Holotype—Shell small, roundly ovate, spire very low, scarcely

elevated above the body whorl, Suture inconspicuous, tangential. Protoconch

helicoid uf three smouth flattened turns with a very small nucleus, the first two

noticeably more convex than the last turn, which is flattened and narrow, and

which widens conspicuously into the first adult whorl. Adult whorls two, rapidly

increasing body whorl larec and obliquely ovate. Aperture large and almost

vertical, semilunate. Utmbilicus large with a broad and heavy funicle; parietal

callus rather thin and searcely spreading on to the body whorl.

Dimensions—Hcight 4, diameter 4-9, height of aperture 3-3, width of aper-

ture 1-9 mm.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-380 feet,

Location of Holotype—Tatc Mus, Coll,, F 15184.

Observations—The genus Taniclla, with the description of the above and

the two following species, is well-established in the Australian Tertiary; when

the genus was introduced Natica subnoae Tate was the only known representa-

tive. The genus ranges from Bortonian to Nukumaryan in New Zealand and is

represented in the Parisian Eocene as speculated by Finlay & Marwick (1937,

p. 49). The Parisian Kocene species epiglottina Lamarck, migroglossa Deshayes,

hemipleres Cossmann belong to Taniella vather than to Tectonatica in which

the disposition of the funicle is quite distinct from that of Taniella where it is

set more anterforly and is not welded to the posterior part of the umbilicus. The

gcuatyalia representatives of Taniellu ave yery close to those of the Parisian

ocene,

T_ weymouthensis is very close to T. subnoae, from which it diflers in its

almast vertical aperture in contrast with the oblique aperture of subnoae, ‘The

fanicle is narrower than in subnouwe. The protoconchs are almost identical, with

the exception of the marked narrowing of the third embryonic whorl in wey-

mouthensis,

Material—Holotype and 18 paratypes, Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide.

Genus Proxtunen Powell, 1955

Proxiuber Powell, 1933. Trans, N.Z. Inst., 63, p. 167.

Type species (o.d.) Limatia atstralis Hutton

Proxiuber microsculptum sp. nov.

pl. 1, figs. 15, 16

Diagnosis—A Proxiuber ot moderate size, obliquely ovate, with a low spire.

Proteconch of two broad, flattish, smooth turns, followed by two adult whorls

rapidly increasing, very finely and microscopically sculptured with frequent

growth striae, faintly crossed, particularly just below the suture, with close

spiral striae. Body whorl large, aperture large and semilunate slightly oblique.

Uinbilicus large, funicle yery low, parietal callus thin.

Deseription of Holatype—Shell small. obliqnely ovate, spire very low,

scarcely elevated above the body whorl. Suture liuear. Protoconch relatively

large, paucispiral, of two smooth, broad, flattish turns, nuclens large. Adult

whorls two, rapidly increasing body whorl, large and obliquely ovate, Whorls

very finely sculptured with frequent growth striae crossed particularly jost

below the suture with frequent microscopic spiral striae, Aperture large, semi-

hmate, slightly oblique. Umbilicus large with a very low funicle, parictal callus

thin.

Dimensions—Length 9, width 7-5, length of aperture (oblique measure-

ment) 7-5, width of aperture 3-52mm.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 fect.

Location of Lolutype—Tate Mus. Coll,, F 15185,

Observations—The species is readily distinguishable by the umbilical

characters combined with the paucispiral protoconch. The almost complete

ese of funicle distinguishes the genus from the small shells of the genus

aniella,

Material—Holotype and 10. paratypes, Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribylion—Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide.

Genus Austrococutis Finlay & Marwick, 1937

Auatrocochlis Vinlay & Murwick, L037, Nwd. Geol. Sury, Pal. Bull, 15, q. 51

Type species (a,d.) Natica substolida Tate

Austrocochlis substolida (Tate)

pl. J, tigs, Li, 12, 19, 20

Natica substulida Yate, 1893b. ‘Trans, Roy, Soc. S. Aust, 17, y- 323, ph 6, fig. 3.

Natica (Lunatia) wabytolicde Tate, Warris, L897. Gat. Tert. Moll. Brit. Mus.. 1, p. 260.

Natien substotida Tate, Demant & Ritson, 1903. Tec. Geol. Surv. Vie, § (2), pp. 113, 138,

Austrucochilis substalide (Vate}, Finlay & Marwick, 1937. NvZ, Geol, Surv, Pal. Ball, 15, p. 51.

Polinices stibstoledtus (Tate), Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Sac, $, Anst, 65 (1), p. 100.

Polinices substolida (Tate), Crespin, 1943. Aust. Min, Res. Sury. Bull, 9, p. 98,

Diagnosis—A Jarge broadly ovate Austracochlis with a very short spire,

Protoconch large and paucispiral of one-and-a-hall turns, with a very large flat

nuclcous, Body whorl large and conyex. Umbilicus of moderate size, with 2

low broad funicle, which is generally keeled below and has a wide space below.

Parietal callus thick, extending on to the funicle.

Dimensions—Length 28, width 21, height of aperture (oblique measure-

ment) 19. width of aperture 12 mm.

Type Locality—Muddy Creek, Victoria; Miocene.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., T1493.

Obsercations—Adelaide specimens of this species like those of the Kalim-

nan of Muddy Creck grow toa large size and are thick and heavy. Finlay &

Marwick have suggested (1937, p. 51) that the species has points of agrec-

ment with Sigatiea hantontensis (Pilkington) and may be related, but compari-

son of the two species shows their umbilical characters 10 be distinct and the

type of protovonch to be very different.

Material—The figured hypotypes, Joues’s Bore (Tate Mus, F 15186) and

Weymouth’s Bore (Tate Mus. F 15187); one gerontic specimen Thebarton Rare,

3 speciinens Weymouth’s Bore, 4 specimens Tenuant’s Bore, 3 specimens Abat-

toirs Bore. 7 specimens from the Kalimnan and 3 from the Balecombian Muddy

Creek, Victoria, B.M. Coll.

Stratigraphical, Range—Miocene-Dry Creck Sands.

Ceopraphical Distribution—Gippsland, Vie.-Adelaide, S, Aust,

Genus Tasmatica Finlay & Marwick, 1937

Tasmation Kilay & Marwick, 1957. NZ. Ceol Surv, Tal, Bull, 05, p. Gt,

‘lype species (o.d.) Natiow schoutanica May

Tasmatica modestina sp. nov,

pl 1, Hiss, 17, EB

Diagnosis—A small Tasmatice with a very low spire, Protoconch of one-

and-a-half flat, smooth, shining turns. Adult whorls two, finely sculptured with

axial growth lines crossed by microscopic spirul striae which are stronger in a

narcow band just below the suture. Parietal callus thick, joined to the fumicle

and irregularly denticulate from the anterior end of its junction with the body

whorl to the funicle;

Description of Holotype—Shell small, ovate, spire very low, searccly ele-

vuted above the body whorl. Suture linear. Protoconch paucispiral ot one-and-

a-half flat, smooth, shining turns. Adult whorls two, rapidly increasing, body

whorl large; whorls fincly sculptured with microscopic, frequent axial growt

striae crossed by microscopic spiral striae, which are stvonger in a narrow band

just below the suture. Aperture fairly large, sublimate, rather oblique at about

18° to the vertical; parictal callus thick, joined to the funicle and irregularly

Sr ahaa from the anterior end of its junction with the body whorl to the

unicle.

Dimensions—Length 4-5, width 4-5, height of aperture 3, width of aperiure

1-5 tm,

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 feet.

Lecation of Holotype—Tate Mus. Goll,, F 15158.

Observations—The species so far appears to be of infrequent occurrence;

it is most readily distinguishable by its umbilical features with the funicle merg-

ing into the parietal callus ou its upper side where it is weakly denticulate, and

the paucispiral protoconch.

Material—Holatype and 14 paratypes,, Weymouth’s Bore

Stratigraphieal Range—Dry Creek Sands:

Geographical Range—Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide.

Superfamily TONNACEA

Family CASSIDIDAE

Genus Cassis Scapoli, 1777

Cassis Scopoli,, L777. Int. Nate ist... 1p, 405.

(Cassida Bomnich, 1772. Zool. Poul, p. 248, non Linnea, )

(Cavsidea Bruguiéro, 1792, Eney. Meth. (Vers. ), B. $14.)

(Fimbriola Scudder, 1882, Nem. Zool. Supp, p- 138. (nem, md. ),)

(Cassisoma Royeretis, 1808. Atti, Soe., Ligustica, 10, p. 107.) aS.

Type species (sid. Montfort, 1810) Byceinum cornttiom Linne

Subgenus Hyrocassis Iredale, 1927

Maypovrssix Iredale, 1827, Rec. Aust, Mus. 15 (5), p. 389.

Type species (0.d.) Cassis bicarinata decresensis: Medley

Cassis (Hypocassis) salisburyensis sp. nov.

pl, 2, fies, 1, 2

Cassis fimbriata Quoy, Tate. 18200. Trans. Boy. Sov. S- Aust. 13, p, 176; Dentimt & Kitson,

TH03, Ree. Geol. Sorv., Vie 1 (2), p. ibd

Hypucassis textilis (Tate) Ludbrouk, 1941. ‘Trans. Ray. Soe, S. Aust., 65 (1), p. 160,

Diagnosis—A small, stout Hypocassis moderately ventricose with 4 short

spire. Body whorl with 10 prominent tubercles, on the posterior angle of the

whorl, decreasing i9 number and prominence in a second and third row of

tubercles at the middle of the whorl, Outer lip denticulate.

Description of Holotype—Shcll small, stout, with a short, small, acnte spire,

Proteconch globose, with reverted and immersed lip, Adult whorls five, with

an elevated sharp varix about every two-thirds of a whorl, Sculptured on the

spire whorls inconspicuous of fine spiral threads crossed by growth folds sorie-

what nodulose at the suture. Body whorl with a posterior row of ten prominent

sharp tubercles, a median row of light tubereles decreasing in prominence fo

wards the aperture and an anterior row of six less prominent and more clongate

tubercles, Posterior area concave, Aperture fairly Jurge, outer lip thickened,

with about twelve long denticles. Inner lip widely spreading, projecting, pas-

teriorly and terminated by a varix. Columella strongly twisted beneuth the

callus, with about 6 deuticles, well within the aperture. Callus with five Inng

wrinkles at the anterior encl of the columella. Anterior canal very recurved,

Dimensions—l.ength 42, breadth 30, height 25. Length of aperture (ex-

terual) 87, (internal) 246 mm.

Type Localiity—Tennant'’s Bore, Salisbury.

Location of Holotiype—Tate Mus. Coll, F 15159.

Observations—This species is intermediate between C. textilis Tate and

C. exigua Tenison-Woods, It differs from exigua in being less strongly sculp-

tured on the spire and in having 3 rows of less numerous tubercles, It differs

frou fextilis in having 10 instead of nine tubercles on the body whorl and in

being less inflated. with a lower spire. Tt is a much smaller and thicker shell

than C. fimbriata Quoy.

Materiai—Holotype and 4 broken paratypes Tennant’s Bore; one fragment

Kooyonga Bore; one juvenile paratype Weymauth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Ceographical Distribution—Adelaide District.

Genns Semreassis Mirch, 1852

Seniicussis Mirch, 1852. Cat. Conch. 1, p. 112.

Type species (sd, TWarris, 1897) Cassis japonica Reeve

Subgenus ANTEraaAztrum Iredale, 1927

Type species (o.d.) Cussis semigranosa Lamarck

Semicassis (Antephalium) muelleri Tate

yi, 2, ius. 34

Semicassis mucleri ‘Vate, 1880. ‘Trane, Roy, Sov. S. Aust. 11, p. 167, pl. 7, fig, 9: Harris,

1857. Gut. Tert. Mall. Brit. Mus. 1, p. 199; Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Rec. Geol. Surv,

Vie. 1 (2), p. 137.

Aneta cts aia (Yute) Crespin, 1943. Min. Res. Surv, Bull, 9, p. 95 (err, pro Ante.

PRT EM |,

Diapnosis—A small Antephalium with a moderate spire; moderately in-

flated; pratoconch conspicuous of two smooth, inflated whorls, adult whorls four

in a height of 25 mm. Spire whorls with about four spiral ribs ernssed and

tessellated by oblique axial lirae; interspaces striated by growth lines, Bory

whorl with five spiral ribs, unequally spaced on the posterior arca, crossed and

urenulated by oblique axial ridges which weaken over the shoulder and become

ohselete on the anterior portion ef the whorl which is closely axially striate,

Columella medially thickened, nearly straight, with about 10 oblique folds on

the anterior portion.

Dimensions—Length 25, breadth 20, length of aperture 18 mm,

Type Locality—Muddy Creek, Victoria; Kalimnan,

Location. of Holatype—Tate Mus. Coll,, T 754A,

Observations—The holotype appears to be an inflated form of this species

of which usual measurements are: Length 27, breadth 18 mm. The hypotype

trom Tennant’s Bore is somewhat worn and less strongly sculptured than the

typical species, Iredale (1927, pp. 323, 824) has stated that muelleri is strictly

ancestral to the Recent S$. (Xenogalea) nivea; there is na resemblance between

muelleri and the subgenus Xenogalea of which the species are larger, inflated

shells differently sculptured, with, at least in the type species, multispiral pro-

tocanch. §. (A.) muelleri is a typical Antephatium.

Muterial—bigured hypotype (Tate Mus,, F 15190). Tennant’s Bore; one

juvenile, Hindmarsh Bore; 3 topotypes, Muddy Crevk, B.M. Coll.

Stratigraphical Range Kalimnan-Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vie.-Adelaide, §. Australia.

Semicassis (Antephalium) sutfatn (Tenison Woods

Cassis sufflutus ‘Venison Woods, 1877. Proc, Roy, Soc. Tus. tor 1876, p, 93: L898, Prod. Ray,

Soc, Vie, & (m5,), py LUG, ,

Semicassis suffuta: Tennison: Woods, sp. Hares, 1897 Gat. ‘Tert. Moll, Brit, Mus), I, yy. 198,

Crespin, 1943. Min. Res. Surv, Bull, 9, p. 98.

Semioassis Wansenne ‘late, 1889. Lrans. Roy. Soc, $. Aust, 1L, p. 166, pl. 8, fig, 2; L889a,

‘Trins. Roy, Soo $. Amst, 23, p. 104; Denman & Kitson, 19035. Ree Geol, Surv. Vies, 1

(2), p. 108; Eudlvook, load, ‘Trans, Roy. Soe. 8. Aust, 65 (1), p. Lod,

Diagnosis—An Antephalium of moderate size with an elevated spire. Pro-

tocench of two und a half smooth tnens, adult whorls 4, subangulate in the

posterior third and somewhat excavate in front of the suture; sculptured with

spiral threads, of which there are about 12 on the penultimate whorl, cancellated

by axial almost equidistant threads with fine striae of growth betwecn, Cancel-

lation becoming obscure towards the middle of the body whorl and axial growth

fines only remaining.

Dimensions—Length 37, breadth 23, length of aperture 26, width of

aperture 12 mm.

Type Locality—Table Cape, Tasmania.

Location of Holotype—(?) Hobart Museum,

Observations—The species has been recorded only from Abattoirs Bore.

Pritchard’s opimion followed by Harris that Semicassis transenna Tate is syno-

uymous with Cassis sufflatus Tenison-Woods is here accepted provisionally. The

holotype of sufflatus has never been figured or compared with the holotype

of transenna, which, according to Tate (1889, p, 166) alsa occurs at Table Cape;

Dennant who considered transenna distinct from sufflatus (1908, p. 108) ex-

cluded transenna from the Table Cape fauna,

Material—23 specimens, Muddy Creek, and 4 specimens, Schnapper Point,

Vic; B.M. Coll. 8 specimens, Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Janjukian-Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic.-Adelaide, S$, Aust.

Subgenus Casmaria H, & A. Adams, 1853

Caymuriu H. & A, Adams, 1853. Gen. Reo. Moll, Lp. 316,

(Casmerian Joysseaume, 1688. Mem, Soc, “ool. France, 1, p. 190.)

Type species {s.d- Harris, 1897) Buceinur vibex Linn.

Semicassis (? Qasmaria) radiata Tate

Semicassis radiata Yate, 1589, Trans, Roy. Soc. S, Aust., 11, p. 168, pl. 8 fg. 3; Dennant &

Kitson, 1903, Rec. Geol, Surv. Vie., 1 (2), p. 34; Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy. Soe. 8.

Aust., 63 (1), p. 100,

Diagnosis—Shell small, spire of moderate length, acute. Protoconch small,

of one-aud-a-half smooth whorls followed by four adult whorls with a concave

depression hefore the suture and a marginal rib at the suture. Whorls sculp-

tured with straight crowded, fine costae, of which there are 24 on the body whorl,

strongest on the median portion on the whorl, interrupted on the shoulder by

three inconspicuous angulations and becoming obsolete in the other direction

towards the base. Columella convex, with fine folds on the anterior and a

small tubercle at the posterior angle.

Dimensions—Length 23, breadth 15, length of aperture 18 mm.

Type Locality—Well sinking, Tareena, N.5.W.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus., Coll., T 751.

Observations—The identification of the species from fragmentary material

is doubtful. It is assigned to the subgenus Casmaria only tentatively on its

analogy with the Recent Casmaria ponderosa (Gmelin) = terguata Reeve-

Material—Holotype; 6 juveniles, 8 fragments, Abattoirs Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—? Bookpurnong Beds-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Tareena, N.S.W.-Adelaide, S. Aust.

Family CYMATITDAE

Genus ARGoBuccINUM Herrmannsen, 1846

Argobuccinum Herrmannosen, 1846, Tad. Gen. Mal., 1, p, 77,

Type species (monotypy) Murex argus Linndé.

Subgenus Arncosuccrnum s. str.

(Priene H. & Av Adams, 1858, Gon. Rec. Mell, 2, p. 354.)

(Gondmanula Finlay, 1027. ‘Trans. NZ. Inst., 57, p, 499)

Argobuccinum (Argobuceinum) bassi Angas

pl. 2, figs. 5, 6.

Triton bassi Angas, 1869. Proc, Zool, Soc., p. 45, pl. 2, fig. 2.

GCondwunula Lassi Angas, Cottou & Godfrey, 1931. S. Aust, Nat, 13 (1), p. 1; 1938, Mul.

Soe & Anst., I, p, 21,

Diagnosis—An ovately-fusiform, small Argobuccinuim with a moderate spire

and about five yarices. Whorls sculptured with irregular, narrow, flattened

spiral threads, wider than the interspaces and inconspicuonsly, regularly, flatly

beaded by crowded axials crossing both threads and interspaccs. Body whorl]

angled posteriorly with 7 tubercles hetween the varices on the angle and three

inconspicuous rows Of narrow clongate tuberculate swellings of the spiral threads

at fairly wide intervals below.

Outer lip of aperture yaricose behind, interior with a row of 13 fine paired

denticles, Inner lip with 6 denticles at the hase of the cohmmella and 4 callosity

at the posterior angle.

Dimensions—Height 27-5, diameter 17 min.

Type Lovality—Coruer Inlet, Bass Strait; Recent,

Location of Holotype—B.M. Coll,

Obsercations—This is the first record of this species trom the Dry Creek

Sands, The two specimens figured, the smaller (pl. 2, fig. 5) from Thobarton

Bore ane the larger (pl. 2, fig. 6) from Abattoirs Bore, are respectively smaller

and larger than the holotype with which they have heen compared. There

appears ta be no recognizable gencric difference between Argobuccinum. and

Gondwantla.

Muaterial—Ilolotype, B.M. Coll.; fignved hypotypes, F 15191, Abattoirs Bure.

and F 15192 Thebarton Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands-Recent,

Geographical Distribution—Beachport to St. Francis Island, 8. Aust.

Genus Cymatrecia Iredale, 1934

Cymatiella Wedyls, 1924, Proe, Lian, Sov, N-S.W., 49 (3), 197, Pp. 183,

Type species (o«l.) Triton quoyi Reeve = T. verrurasus Reeve.

Cymatiella adeluidensis Ludhrook

Cymatiola tdelaidensis Ludbrovk, 1941, ‘Trans. Rey. Soe, S$. Aust. 65 (1),

Diagnosis—A Cymatiella of moderate size with a protoconch of three

smooth globose turns aod six adult whorls in a height of 15 mn. A strong

varix every three-quarters of a whorl with five prominent axial costae between

the varices. Axial sculpture crossed by about 15 small, narrow spiral riblets,

wider than interspaces and unequal in size and spacing. Outer lip strongly

variced, with about eight coarse denticles within.

Dimensions—Meight 15, diameter § mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore. Adelaide.

Location of Lolotyne—Tate Mus. Coll., T1646,

Observations -The species has not been recorded from any other boring

than Abattoirs. Its nearest ally is C. sexcostatum (Vate) from the Eliocene of

Aldinga Buy which has six intervariceal costae and four spiral ribs on cach

whorl, with nodules al the intersection of axial and spiral sen)pture.

Materiai—Uolotype and six paratypes, Abattoirs Bore; 2 specimens Lind-

marsh Kore.

Stratigraphical Range--Dry Creck Sanils.

Geographical Diytribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Genus Cuaronra Gistel, 1848

Cernig casita 1848. Nulurvesch. Thierr., p. 17, (P1847) 1650, Handb, Naturgesch,

p. pan. ;

(Pritonium Link, 1807. Beschr, Nat. Sammi. Rostock, », 121, non O. F, Muller, 1776.)

(Triton Monttort, 1610, Conch, Syst, 2, p. 596, non Linné; 1758.)

(Futritonium Cossimann, 1904. Ess. Pal, Conip., 6 p. 123.)

Type species (monotypy) Murex tritonis Linné.

Subgenus AustTRoTRITON Cossmann, 1908

Aystrotriton Cossmann, 1903. Ess. Paleoconeh., 5, p, 98,

Type species (o.d.) Triton radialis Tate.

Charonia (Austrotriton) radialis (Tate)

pl 2, fiy, 1 :

Triton ra¢dialis Tuts, 1888. “Trans. Koy. Sve. S. Aust. 10, p. 118, pl. 5, fig, 8.

Loturium radidde Tate (sp.), Harris, 1897, Cat. Fert. Moll, Brit. alus., &, p, J87; Kesteven.

A902, Proc. Linu. Soc, N.S;W., 27 (3), LO7, p. 486, pl. 17, fiz. 2,

Lampusin vadialis ‘Wate, Deunant & Kitson, 1903. Ree. Geol. Sury. Vie, Lb (2), p. LOT.

bas serge pAusirttecton| vadtatis Tate, Cossinaun, 1903, Kes, Palevcouch., 5, p. 94, pl 3.

Ms. Lu i

Cyndi fadtiales Tate, Kesteven, 1912. Proc, Linn, Suc. N.S.Wi, 87 (1), 145, p, 75,

Diagnosis—Apex of two-and-a-half turns, the nucleus marmuinillate and

eccentric, last half whorl with three brephie spirals on the anterior half, Adult

whorls five, sharply angulated auteriorly, the carina broadly and deeply erenu-

late. Surface sculptured with fine spiral threads, increasing from six wn the

posterior slope of the earliest whorl to about thirty on the posteriny slope of

the body whorl. Varices at four-fifths uf a whorl with four intervariceal sharp

serrations on the posterior carination and three smaller oncs on the anterier row

on the bedy whorl, becoming obsolete half-way between the varices,

Dimensions—Height 40, diamctcr 28. length of aperture and canal 24 mm,

Type Locality—Gastropod bed, R. Murray cliffs, 4 miles south of Morgan,

South Australian, Lower Miocene.

Location of Hololtype—Tate Mus. Coll. T 4621.

Material—One topotype, Murray clits, BM, Coll, figured liypatype

(javenile), Weymouth’s Bore,

Straligraphical Range—Lower Miocene of Murvay clifts-Dry Creck Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Morgan-Adelaide.

Charonia (Austrutriton) armata (Tate)

pl. 2, figs. 9, 1)

‘Veitun dematus ‘Tale, 1858. Trans. Roy. Sac. S. Aust, 10, p, 121, pl. 3, fig. 1.

Triton arnutum Tate, 1890. ‘Trans, Boy. Soc. S_ Aust, 13 (2), p. [76

Lampuséa armeta “Late, 1899, id. 28, p. 104; Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Hue. Geol. Surv. View

1 (2), pp. 107, 143,

Ausleitrlon armatus (Tate), Ludbraok, 141. Trans. Roy. Sob. S. Aust., 63 (Lb), p. LOD,

Diagnosis—An <Austrotriton with a protoconch of apparently two whorls

with a small somewhat erect nucleus, the frst whorl being irregular in shape

and roughened. Adult whorls five, carinated just below the medial lie, and

sharply nodulose, Varices about every two-thirds of a whorl, between which

there are four sharp interyariceal nodulations. Whorls strongly sculptured with

about 15 thin spiral lirac per whorl. Body whorl bicarinate at the periphery

with the intervariceal nodulations in corresponding rows on each carina. Base

with a strong encircling thread equidistant with the two carinae; outer {i

expanded, weakly denticulate within. Columella concave with a few w

denticles at the anterior end.

. Dirnensions—Height 41, diameter 24, length of aperture 13, length of canal

12 mm.

Type Locality—Well-sinking, Tareena, N.S.W.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll, T504.

Observations—This is perhaps the most commonly occurring species of

Charonia (Austrotriton) in the Dry Creek Sands. One specimeu (pl 2, figs.

¥, 10), fromm Kooyunga Bore, has the protoconch eroded but recognizable,

Material—The figured hypotype F 15193 and 5 specimens Kooyonga Bore,

E Seociniett Thebarton Bore, 1 specimen Weymonth’s Bore, 1 specimen Tennant's

are,

Stratigraphical Range—? Rookpurnong Beds-Dry Creek Sauds,

Geographical Distrihution—South-west New South Wales-Adeclaide, South

Australia.

Subgenus Austrosassia Finlay, 1931

Austrosassia Finlay, 1931. ‘Trans. N-Z. Inst, 62 (1), p, 7.

Type species (o,d.) Sepla parkinsonia Perry,

Charonia (Austrosassia) sp.

Austrotriton woodsi (Tate), Ludbrook, 1941. Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust, 65 (1), p. TOO.

Observations—Six neanic specimens referred doubtfully to Austrotriton

woodsi were listed as belonging to that specics from Abattoirs Bore, Re-examina-

tion shows that although the species is sculptured somewhat similarly to woodsi,

the protoconch, where preseryed, differs entirely from that of woodsi and is

more likely that of an Austrosassia. No adult specimens are available so that

the species cannot be fully described or identified.

Order NEOGASTROPODA

Superfamily MURICACEA

Family MURICIDAE

Subfamily Murictnak

Genns Truncutaniopsis Cossmann, 1921

Treneariopsiy Cossmaun, 1931. Rey. Grit. Paleozool., 25 (2), p, 74 (nom. noy.).

(tripe Monterosato, L917. Boll. Soc. Zool, Ital. Sei. Sorius 3. 4, p, 18, non Wiegmann,

(Murithaixy Grant and Gale, 1931, Mem, San Diego Suc. Nat, Hist., 1, 12, p, 724)

Type species (monotypy) Murex truncalus Linné.

Trunculariopsis Peficrndagus (Ludbrook)

. 2, fig, 16

Murex peramanpus Ludbrook, 1941. Trans. Ruy. Soc. S, Aust, 63 (1), p. 95, pl 5, Bg. 24,

Diagnosis—A somewhat small Truneculariopsis, with a short spire and a

large angulate body whorl with seven varices which are generally only slightly

squamose and in the usual form without spines but in the spinose form with

two rows of prominent elevated spines on the varices at the shoulder, the lower

row of which is covered at the suture, only the upper row showing on the spire

whorls, Sculpture of moderate spiral lirae of unequal size, generally alternately

strong. and weak, crossed by fine, waving, axial lirae and foliaceous growth

lamellac, Anterior canal tubular, almost closed, oblique and slightly recurved.

Dimensions—Height 33, diameter 25 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., T 1626.

Observations—tn its usual, non-spinose form, this is one of the commonest

and wost restricted species of the Dry Creek Sands, Two elegant specimens.

which at first glance do not appear to be conspecific with the usual form, were

recovered from Weymouth’s Bore (pl. 2. fig. 8). This appears to be a spinose

variety, bearing two rows of spires on the shoulder of the body whorl, the lower

row of which is envompassed by the suture in the spire whorls. The sculpture

generally is somewhat finer than in the nor-spinose form. There seems to be

no strong justification for separating the two forms specifically as the deuree of

variation appears to he typical of the genus and vecurs to the same or a greater

exterit in the type species, T. truncults:

The genus is common in Furoape from the Miocene to Recent, and is repre-

sented in the living Indo-Pacific fauna.

Material—Four paratypes, Abattoirs Bore; one specimen, Hindmarsh Hore;

four specimens, Kooyonga Bore; one specimen, Thebarton Lore; figured hype-

type F15194 and one other specimen (spimose form), Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Adelaide District.

Genus Hexapres Perry, 1811

Hexapléex Tetry, 1811. CGonch., pi, §,

(£xaplex Ferussac, 1820. Jour. de Phys., 90, p, 284.)

Type species (s.d, Jousseaume, 1879) Hexaplex foliacea = Murex

cichoreus Gmelin.

Subgenus Murexsut Tredale, 1915

Marexsul Iredale, 1915, Trans. N.Z, Inst. 47, p. 471, 7

Type species (monotypy) Murex octogonus Quoy & Gaimard.

Hexaplex atopesan) euldicrdgncese sp. nov.

Diagnosis—A typical Murexsul with 8 varices on the spire whorls and § on

the hody whorl. Varices foliaceous and carrying short, hollow spincs. Whorls

spirally sculptured with strong, spiral riblets, 6 on the spire whorls, of which

the posterior three are weaker and 12 on the body whorl, six of which aver the

convex medial portion of the whorl are primary with a weak secondary riblet

between each pair and 2 weaker riblets more widely apart on the base.

Description of Holotype—Shell elongate-ovate of moderate size, body whorl

about three-quarters height of shell, spire graduated. Protoconch eroded, adult

whorls five, Eight wide varices on the spire whorls and nine ou the body whorl;

varices foliaceons and carrying short, hollow spires. Posterior one-third of each

whorl flatly concave, anterior two-thirds convex; posterior portion carrying three

weak spiral riblets and anterior portion three or more strong and irregular

riblets, Body whorl with but faint spiral sculpture on the posterior concave

area, six primary spiral riblets and a secondary riblet between cach pair on the

convex medial portion and two weaker and more distant riblets on the base,

Riblets tend to develop into spines on the varices, particularly on the shoulder

of the whorl.

Aperture ovate, crenulated by the spiral sculpture at the margin and with

nine fine, sharp elongate denticles within. Inner lip smooth, reflected, Canal

of moderate length, nearly closed, oblique and recurved. Umbilicus fairly

narrow.

Dimensions—Height 40, diameter 23, length of aperture and canal 25, width

oF aperture 1], mm,

Type Lecality—Kooyonga Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Lfolotyne—Tate Mus, Coll., F 15195.

Observations—It is with considerahle hesitation that this shell is separated

froin the Recent HW. (M.) octogonus Quoy and Gaimard from New Zealand. ‘The

spire is less attenuated in suboctogonus and the spire whorls are broader; there

are twelve spiral riblets on the body whorl and base in suboctogonus and six-

teen in octogonus. It is possible that octogonus represents a migration to New

Zealand since Pliocene times or that the two specics are an instance of conver-

yenee in the adult from distinct lineages. Suboctozonus appears to be ancestral

to the smaller H. (M.) wumbilicatus Tenison Woods, uncommon in Southern

Australia today; it is, however, closer to octogontis than to wmbilicatus in

general appearance,

Material—The holotype only.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sarids,

Geographical Distribution—Kooyonga Bore, Adelaide,

Hexaplex (Murexsul} biconicus (Tate)

pl. 2, fie. 15

Murex biconicus Tate, EB88, Trans. Ray. Soc. S, Aust, LO, p. 105, pl. l, fiz. 5. Dennwnt &

Kitson, 1903, Rec. Geal, Surv. Vie., 1 (2), p, 106; Ludbrook, LO4L, ‘Trans. Roy. Sac, S.

Aust, 65 (1), p, LOO.

Diagnosis—An elongate Murexsul with a small protoconch of 3 whorls:

spire whorls concave posteriorly and slightly convex anteriorly. Eight lamellose

varices per whorl raiscd into short, sharply-arched scales over the spiral lirae,

more conspicuously so on the shoulder of the whorl, Body whorl] large, clongate,

depressed in the posterior third, convex medially; posterior area less strongly

sculptured with about 8 angular lirae; anterior portion with twelve angular

firae, generally alternating with an equal number of secondary lirae. Aperture

elongabe-oyate, canal of moderate length, oblique, recurved.

Dimensious—Ueight 34:5, diameter 19, length of aperture 15, width uf

aperture 10, length of canal 10. mm,

Type Locality—Well-sinking, Tarcena, N.S.W,

Locution of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll., T 426.

Olservations—The holotype is a rather young shell, the figured hypotype,

typical of adult specimens from Adelaide, has a height of 50 mm., diameter

27 mm. The anterior canal, when fully preserved, is nearly closed in the fully-

grown SpccuMnen.

Material—The hypotype F 15196 und one younger specimen, Abhattoirs Bore;

ten neanic specimens, Weymouth’s Bore,

Stratizeaphical Range—?Bookpurnong GBeds-Dry Creek Sands.

Gevgraphical Distribution—South-western N.S. \W.-Adelaide, S. Australia.

Genus Prenyacrus Swainson, 1833

Ptergnotus Swiiuson, 1833, Zool. Must. Ser, 3, 3, p, 100 (nat pl. 100 auct,),

(Pterondtis Swainson, 1833, thid., pl. 122, p. 122, ston Swainson, L439.)

(Prerymures Royercto, 899. Atti, She. Lignist., JO, yp. 105,

Type species (monotypy) Murex pinnatus Wood.

Subgenus PrerocueLus Jousscaume, 1850

Fterochclus Juussenume, L680, Le Nat, L (42), yy. 35.

(Adipurpura P, Fischer ex Bayle, 1884. Man, de Conch, 9. GAL,

Type species (snonotypy) Murex acanthoplerns Lamarek.

Pterynotus {Pebeackenas) irinodosus (?) (Tale)

ay g, is

Murex triodoyus Tate, L388, ‘Praus, Ray. She. Aust, 10, p. YG, pl 1, fig. dy Dertnumt &

Kitsen, (003, Ree. ‘Geol. Snrv. Vie, 2 (2), p. 137,

Murex { Triplaw) ttiadesus Tato, Thoris, 1597, Cut. "Lert. Mall, Brit. Mas, 1, p, (78,

Dingnosts—A small trigonal-clongate Plerochelus with three varices on

each whorl ending posteriorly in a spine, nodulations on the shoulder of each

whorl.

Dimensions—Heieglt 20, diameter 8-8, length of aperture and canal 7 mr),

Type Locality—Muddy Creek, Hamilton, View, Kalimnnan,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll, T4086.

Material—The figured hypotype F 15197, Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Kalimnan-Dry Creek Sands.

Ceographical Distributiot—Muddy Creek, Vice-Adelaide, South Australii.

Genus. Honto.ocantirA Morch, 1852

Homatovantha Murch, 1832. Gat. Gonch., Yoldi 1, p. 95. ee

Type species (monotypy) Murex scorpio Line.

Homolocantha antecedens sp. ney.

pl. 2, fig. 18

Diagnosis—A Lomolocantha with a short spire and a body whorl which jis

very tumid, medially, tapering to x long base and lengthy anterior canal. Body

whorl with six broad, swollen, Jamellose varices, the one at the aperture being

broadly alate, Seulpture of strong rather flattened primary riblets with from

one to four intermediate secondary riblets. Apertnre set low on the shell.

Desertplion of Holotype—Shell of moderate size ovately trigonal, spire

short, whorls very convex with six wide lamellose varices per whorl, swollen

medially, the varix al the aperture broad and alate. Spiral sculpture of flat-

tened primary riblets, which are stronger on the medial portion of the whorl,

with Jrom one to four inierniediate secondary riblets between them, cressed

by frequent, fine, waving, scaly, growth lamellae.

Aperture roundly ovate, set very low on the body whorl, anteriur canal

long, straight. almost closed.

Dimensions—ileight 41, diameter 26, height of aperture and canal, includ-

ing varix, 33, height of aperture (internal) 11, diameter of aperture (internal }

8, length of canal 18 mm.

Type Locality—Tennant’s Bore, Salisbury.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll, F 15198.

Observations—Although one specimen only of this species has been recov-

ured, it is here deseribed because it resembles very closely two Indo-Pacific

species JT. secunda (Lamarck) and H. varicosa (Sowerby), the former from

north-west Australia and the latter from Aden, Neither these nor H. antecedens

are typically Homolocantha, all haye the spines united into a wing over the

whole length of the varix; the three species form a gronp within Homolocantha

Which might be worthy of subgeneric differentiation when further specimens

of typical omolocantha are available. The genus has so far been recorded only

from warm Recent seus.

Material—The holotype F 15198 only,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Tennant’s Bore, Salisbury, South Australia,

Genus TrorHon Montfort, 1810

Trophen Montfort, 1810. Conch. Syst. 2, p. 482,

(Muricidea Swainson, 184). ‘Yreut. Milae., p. 296.) .

Type species (monotypy) Murex magellanicus Gmelin = Buecinuny

geversianum Pallas.

Subgenus Lirozamra Iredale, 1929

Litozamia Tredale, 1929, Reo, Aust, Mus., 17 (4), p, 185,

Type species (o.d.) Peristernia rudolphi Brazier.

Trophon (Litozamia) goldsteini Tenison-Wonds

pl. 3, figs. 12, 13 :

Traphon goldsteini Tenison-Woods, 15/6, Prove, Ray, Sac. Tas. for 1875, p. 196; Vereo, 1895,

Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 19, p, 97, pl. 1, figs. 4, 5; Hedley, 1902, Proc, Linn, Sac-

N.S.W., 27, p. 18; Hedley, 1918, id,, SL, P.M, 91; May, 1921, Check List Moll, Tas.,

p. 85; May, 1923, Ill. Ind., pl. 40, fig. 1; Cotton & Godfrey, 1939, 8. Aust. Nat. 13 (4),

>. -

Diagnosie—A fairly large Litozamia with six strong, rib-like varices per

whorl, sculptured with fine, scarcely raised spiral lirae which do not pass over

the varices, Adult whorls angulate and coronate posteriorly, convex anteriorly.

Columella arcuate, anterior canal flexuous, Shell with an outer dull, chalky,

ste tepture covering which is casily eroded, revealing inner enamel-like shell

ayer.

Dimensions—Height 16, diameter 8 mm.

Type Locality—Long Bay, Tasmania.

Location of Holotype—Hobart Musenm, /

Observations—The species has not previously been recorded [fossil in South

Australia. All specimens (from Abattoirs Bore) are to a greater or lesser extent

broken and all are eroded showing the enamel-like inner layer.

Material—Six specimens including the figured hypotype F 15199, Abattoirs

Bore; three specimens Recent, South Australia, B,M. Coll,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands-Recent,

Geographical Distribution—New South Wales and southern Australia,

Subgenus ENATIMENE Tredale, 1929

Rnatimene Iredale, 1939. Rec. Aust. Mus., 17 (4), p. 185,

Type species (monotypy) Trophon simplex Hedley.

590

Trophon (Enatimene) metungensis (?) Chapman & Crespin

Trophon (Anatimene) metunvensis, Chipman & Crespin, 1833, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic., 4 (1),

(ns.) p. 71, pl. 5, fy. 0, Crespin, 1943, Min. Res. Surv. Bull., 9, p. 99-

Diagnosis—An Enatimene, large for the subgenus, with a prominent pre-

tocouch of two smooth, inflated whorls. Adult whorls three, somewhat angulate

at the shoulder and convex anteriorly, with seven rounded axial costae per whorl,

crossed by strong spiral lirae, four on the penultimate and nine on the bady

whorl, and fine axial growth striae,

Dimcrusions—Height 14, diameter 6-5, length of aperture 4-2, Jength of

canal 4:5 mm.

Type Locality—No. 1 Borc, Parish of Bumberrah, East Gippsland.

Stratigraphical Range—-Kalinnan-(?) Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Viec.-Adelaide, South Australia.

Genus Beprva Iredale, 1924

Bedeva lrodale, 1924. Proc. Linn, Soc, N.S.W,, 49 (3), 197, pp, 193-273.

{ Grades Tredale, 1931, Ree. Aust. Mus., 18, p. 231,)

Wilningia Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy, Sou. $., Aust., 65 (1), p. 95.)

Type species (a.d.) Trophon hunleyi Angas.

Bedeva crassiplicata (Ludbrook)

Wiel: einai; Ludhrook, 1941. Trans. Rey. Soo. S. Aust. B5 (1), p. 85, pl 4,

Diaainaig—A large Bedeua, elongate-fusiforn with a lugh, large pauci-

spiral apex of onc-and-a-half smooth. turns; adult whorls six, body whorl large,

Sculpture of seven plicate axial costae per whorl, Whorls evenly sculptured

with numerous spiral lirae, about twelve on the penultimate whorl crossed by

numerous crowded imbricating lamellae which undulate sharply backwards and

forwards over the rae and interspaccs respectively, Aperture elongate-ovate.

anterior canal long, oblique, partially closed when well-preserved, outer lip with

two rows of small clongate denticles; umbilical fissure wide in gerontic specimens,

Dimensions—Height 40, diameter 17, length of aperture 12, length af canal

11 min.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Hololaype—Tate Mus, Coll.,. T1627,

Cbservations—Atter examination of a range of species of Bedeva the writer

is convinced that this species for which the genus Widningia was created is 4

large Bedeva, probably ancestral ta the Recent B. paitae living in southery

Australia, and that Widningia should be reduced to synonymy with Bedleva.

Material—Holotype and 12 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore, 1 specimen, Wey-

mouth's Bore.

Shratigrephical Range—Dry Crock Sands.

Geographical. Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymeuth's bores, Adelaide.

Cems Trews Montfort, L610.

Tyas Montfort, 1810. Convh. Syst. 2, po GM.

Type species (monulypy) Afurex tubifer Bruguiére.

Subgenus Tyruis s, str,

(Hirlalyphis Joussoumme, 1890, be Nak, b (43), p. 336.)

Typhis (‘Lyphis) laciniatus Tate

Tuphis leginiatus ‘Late, L888, “Lrans, Roy. Soe. 8. Aust, £0, 9. 93, pl. L, fig LO: Tate & Den

nimt, 1893, fe, 17 (1), p. 318; Morris, L807, Cat. Tert. Moll. Brit. Mus. 1, p. U7ds

Deunant & Kitson, LW03, Ree. Geol. Surv. Vie 1 (2), p. 105; Tanlbrook, 141) Veans

Roy. Soe. 8. Aust.. 65 (6), p. 100; Crespin, 1943, Min, Res, Sury, Bull, 9, p. 99,

Diugnosis—A_ Typhis with a conspicuous protoconch of onewnd-a-hulf

smooth, convex whorls and four adult whorls which are gradated, narrow, and

Hattened posteriorly, with a prominent row of tubular spires on the shoulder.

Body whorl subangulate below the suture, with four lamellifurm, wing-like

adpressed varices with jagged edges ylternating with the tabular spines.

Dimensions—Height 11, diameter 4-8, length of aperture and canal 7 mm.

Type Locality—Muddy Creek, Vie.; Miocene,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., T 4638.

Material—2 specimens, Abattoirs Bore. Two topotypes, Muddy Creek,

B.M, Coll.

Stratigraphical Range—Miocene-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic-Adelaide, South Australia,

Family MAGILIDAE

Genus Latraxis Swainson, 1840

Latiaxts Swainsin, 140, Treat, Malac., pp, 82, 306,

‘Type species (monotypy) Pyrula mawae Gray.

Latiaxis dissitus Cotton

Latiaxis dissitus Cotton, 1947, Rec. 8. Aust. Mus,, 6 (4), p. 667, pl 21, figs. 9, 10,

Diagnesis—A Latiaxis of moderate size with spire depressed belaw the

posterior part of the body whorl; body whorl carinate at the shoulder, the carina

being abruptly rounded with a single row of large nodules. Sculpture of close,

irregular, wrinkled spirals which are obliqne on the posterior portion of the

body whorl, Aperture small, narrowly ovate, canal long, almost closed.

Dimensions—Height 40, diameter 33 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Location of Holotype—S. Aust. Mus. Coll., P 8327-

Observations—Portion of the body whorl of a second example of this species,

based on the unique holotype, was recovered from Kovyonga Bore, The spcci-

men is of the same size as the holotype, which suggests that the holotype may

be fully grown, although Cotton considered it “not quite adult” (lie. p. 667).

The species is almost without doubt a Lafiaxis, of which the type species L.

maivae Gray is an extreme form. The genus is limited to the Indo-Pacific at

the present time.

Material—Fragment, Kooyonga Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical. Distribution—Abattoirs and Kooyonga Bores.

Superfamily BUCCINACEA

Family PYRENIDAE

Genus Mirrect.a Risso, 1826

Mitrclla Risso, 1626, list. Nat, Fur, amerid., 4, p,

247.

Type species (s.d, Cox, 1927) Murex flaminea Risso = scrigta Linné.

Subgenus DentimirReLta subg. nov,

Subgeneric Characters—Shell small, elongate-fusiform with a moderately

elevated spire about equal to the body whorl, Whorls smooth, suture linear,

hase ribbed. Pratoconch elevated and smuoth, of two or more convex whorls.

Aperture fairly short and narrow, columella with a flat groove within more or

less denliculate, generally where the callus passes aver the ribs on the hase;

outer lip usually varicose, strongly and conspicuously denticulate within. An-

teriur canal short, rather narrow, oblique.

Type species Columbella lncolnensis Reeve.

Ohservations—The subgenus is created for species such as lineolnensis

Reeve, menkeana Keeve, austrina Gaskoin, pulla Gaskoin, bidentata Menke,

semicontexa Lumarck, rosacea Reeve, yorkensis Crosse, and tayloriana Reeve,

and the fossil species muscula Ludbrook, which in South Australia were lately

classified under Zemitrella. The South Australian group differs markedly from

the New Zealand Zemitrella, which is typically spirally ribbed, has a broader

aperture with a widely open anterior canal, and is without the denticulations on

the onter lip which are generally strong and conspicuous in the South Australian

specics, In this respect the group for which Dentintitrella is created appears

vlusest Lo the subgenus Alilia (type species Columbella suffusa Sowerby) which

has a smooth columella and is typically axially costate.

The related subgenus Ademitrella was introduced by the writer for a

stmilar shell lacking Uhe denticulations of the outer lip and having a protoconch

nfa dillerent type.

Mitrella (Pomtinisire ta) lincolnensis (Lieeve)

Cuolumbelly Tincolnensts Reeve, 1859, ona tote Ui, ol. 29, fs. 184 a, by Min, 1921,

Gheak List Moll, Tas. p, 83; May, 1023, UL dnd. pl. 3G. fig. 25; Cotton & Codfresy,

1932, S. Aust. Nat, HB (3), p. 100,

Zemitrella lincolnetsis Reeve, Cotton & Gadtrey, 1938, Mal Soc. §. Aush. 1, p. 23; Ludbrook.

O41, "Trans, Roy. Soc. & Aust, G5 (1), p. 100.

Zenitrella menkeana Reeve, Lrilbrook, ibid.

Diagnosis—A slender Dentiniitrella of moderate size with an elevated, smooth

protoconch of three convex turns; adult whorls six, gradually increasing, sides

flat, suture linear. Body whorl about half height of shell, aperture short; narrow

with a short, rather narrow, oblique anterior canal, Outer lip with seyen con-

spicuvus denticles, Columella elongately S-shaped with six denticles on the

callus at the position of the lirae on the base, Body whorl much constricted at

the buse, with about eight spiral lirae on the base; lirae pass a short distanve

on to the columella at the position of the denticles on the callus and then

abruptly terminate.

Dimensions—Licight 10-5, diameter 3-5, height of body whorl 6, height

of aperture 3:5 mm,

Type Locality—Port Lincoln, South Aust. Recent.

Location of Holotype—B.M. Coll.

Location of Hypolype—Tate Mus, Coll, F 15400,

Observations—The species is not uncommon as a fossil in the Dry Creek

Sands and has appeared in almost all the borings under present consideration.

The specimens previously classiled as Zemitrella menkeana are merely sonve-

what stouter examples of Jincolnensis.

Material—Holotype and one topetype; the figured hypotype, Alsittoirs

Bore; 9 specimens, Abattoirs Bore; 11 specimens, Llindmursh Bore; 5 specimens,

Weymauth's Bore,

Slratigraphical Renge—Dry Creek Sands-Recent.

Geographical Distribution—Southern Australia and ‘Uasmania.

Mitrella (Dentimitrella) muscula (Ludbrook)

Zemitrella museula Ladbrook, 1941. ‘Trans. Roy. Sow. S, Aust, 65 (1), p. 96, pl 5, fie, 12.

Diagnosis—A very small, bluntly fusiform solid Dentimitrella; with a pra

Woodueh of one-and-a-half small globose, smooth turns; adult whorls four, body

whorl somewhat swollen. Suture well impressed, somewhat canaliculate.

Whorls smooth except for from six to ten incised striae at the base. Outer lip

with five conspieuous denticles, somewhat flexuous notched above, at first ex-

panded and then inflected below.

Dimensions—Height 4-2, diameter 2 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adclaice.

Location of Holatype—Tate Mus. Coll., T 1657.

Obsertations—The very small species. with its somewhat swollen body whorl

occurs in small numbers in most of the bores under present study, The shell

is solid in appearance and has a charactcristically rugged appearance ta the

outer lip. Abattoirs Bore specimens on which the species was based are some-

what eroded and the diagnosis has heen amended from a well-preserved speci-

men from ITindmarsh Bure,

Material—Four paratypes, Abattoirs Bore; one specimen, Hindmarsh Bore;

three specimens, Weymouth’s Kore.

Strativraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Adelaidc District.

Mitrella (Dentimitrella) sp,

Zemitrefla of, tayloriana (Reove), Ludbrook, 1941, ‘Trans. Roy. Sov. §. Aust., 65 (1), p, LOU,

Observations-—A single specimen trom Abattoirs Bore was. previously com-

pared with tayloriana (Reeve). It has now been compared with the holotype

and. is seen to be specifically distinct. The spire is narrowly attenuated and

the protoconch more elevated.

Description of the species is deferred until further material is available,

Subgenus Anemrrreta Ludbrook, 1941

Ademitrella Ludbrouk, 1941. ‘Yrang. Roy, Soc. S. Aust. 65 (1), p. U6,

Type species (monotypy) Ademitrella insolentior Ludbrook,

Mitrella (Ademitrella) insolentior (Ludhrook)

Adeunereila insulentior Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. $. Aust., 65 (1), p. 196, pl. 5,

Diagnosiy—A small Ademitrella with a fairly short spire and a long aperture.

Proteconch subconical, pointed, consisting of one-and-a-half smooth turns, of

which the first is small and the tip eccentric, Adult whorls four, flatly conyex,

body whorl Jong and compressed at base. Aperture elongate; both outer lip

and columella smooth.

Dimensions—Height 6-2, diameter 2-1 mm,

Type Localityj—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Loeation of Halotype—Tate Mus. Coll., 'T 1669,

Observations—The strong teeth which characterize species of Dentimitrella

are absent in this species of Ademitrellu, so far unique, which, except for one

specimen from Hindmarsh Bore with a slight ridge within the lip, has no

denticles within the outer lip. The protoconch, which is pointed with an

eccentric apex, is unlike that of any species of Denfimitrella.

Material—Two topotypes, Abattoirs Bore; 2 specimens, Weymouth’s Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores, Adelaide,

Family BUCCINIDAE

Genus PHos Montfort, 1810

Pix, Montfort, 1810, Conch. Syst., 2, p. 494.

(Rhinedomus, Swainson, 1849, ‘Treat. Malan, p. 80.)

(Rhinodomus, Swainson, 1840. Treat. Maluc., p, 305,)

Type species (monotypy) Murex senticosus Linné,

Subgenus Pos s, str,

Phos gregsoni Tate

pl. 2, figs, 7, 8

Phos gregsont Tate, 1888, Trans, Roy. Soo. S. Aust., 10, p, 168, 1889, id., 11, pl. 4, fig, 5:

Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Ree, Geul. Sury. Vie, I (2), p, 137; Crespin, 1943, Min. Res.

Surv. Bull, 9, p. 98.

Diagnosis—A typical Phos of moderate size, with a high multispiral pro-

toconch uf 3% smooth turns, followed by a half turn with four brephic axials,

Adult whorls 8, strongly and sharply sculptured with eight axial plicae per

whorl sharply tuberculate at the angle of the whorl in the last three whorls,

axial sculpture crossed by frequent strong primary lirae with secondary lirae

between. On the body whorl six conspicuous bands surmounted by the lirae

on the anterior two-thirds, but absent on the coneave posterior one-third. Three

equal lirae on each band and from four to five lirae on the interspaces. Aper-

ture with a very short anterior canal, strongly recurved; outer lip with about

eight long denticles within,

Description of Hypotype (Hindmarsh Bore )—Shell of moderate size for the

wenns, thick, strong, elongate, fusiform, spire elevated. Protucouch damaged

in the hypolype, adult whorls. eight. strongly angled at the posterior one-third.

No varices on the carliest whorls, but one varix per whorl on the last three

whorls. Sculpture of prominent, sharp axial plicae, eight per whorl, sharpl

tuberoulate on the angle of the whorl, dying out on the concave posterior third,

bul persisting with nearly consistent strength to the shoulder and dying out

on the base of the body whorl. Axial scnlptnre crossed by strong primary

spiral lirae with weaker geben lirae between; about 14 primury lirac on the

penultimate whorl, Body whorl with six conspicuous bands. surmounted by

lirae on the anterior two-thirds, but absent on the posterior third; three equal

lirae on cach band and from three ta five lirae on the interspaces, Aperture

subovate, angulate posteriorly and produced into a short and sharply recurved

vanal anteriorly. Outer lip with a varix behind and eight long denticles within.

Columella dwisted, without denticles, but with a faint groove at tho anterior edge.

Dimensions—eight 28-5, diameter 16-5, height of aperture and canal

(obliqne measurement) 15 mm,

Hypoparelype F 15402—A juvenile with protocouch intact. Proloconch

(pl. 2, fiz, Sa) high, raultispiral, of four turns of which the first 3 are smooth

und shining, the last half bearing brephic avials.

Dimensions of Holotype (Tate)—Height §, diameter 8-5, length of canal

and apertire §-5 mm.

Type Locality—Jemmy's Point, Gippslaud. Vic,, Kaliuman,

Tovation of Uolatype—Vate Mais. ColL, T5940.

Locality of Hypotypes—Hindmarsh Bore, Adelaide, 450-457 ft.

Lacation of Hypolypes—Tate Mus, Coll, F 15401, F 15402,

Obsernations—-This. typical Phos is very close indeed to the type species

FP. (P) senticosns [vom the Philippines which seems to grow to a larger size

than P. (P) gregsoni. Adelaide specimens of gregsoni are larger and broader

than those from the type locality and are sculptured similarly to Charonia

(Austrosassia) tortirostris (Tate); they are recognizable by Ue short anlerior

canal and high multispiral protoconch.

Material—Hypotype and hypoparatypco, three juvenile specimens [ind-

marsh Bore. One specimen each from Thebarton Bore, Tennant’s Bore; four

juveniles Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Kalimnan-Dry Creck Sands.

Geographical Distrthulion—Gippsland, Vic.-Adelaide, South Australia.

Family NASSARIIDAE

Genns Hinta Gray, 1847

Hinia Gray ex Teach, 1847, Aun, Mac. Nut Hist, 20, p. 269.

(TTima. Teach, 1852. Syn. Moll. Grt. Brit, p. 123.)

‘type. species (4,d. Cossmann, 190L) Buccinian reticulatim Linneé,

Subgenus Rerictmassa Iredale, 1936

Reticuneassva Ireduly, 1936, Rec, Aust. Mus. 19 (5), p. S82,

Type species (o,d,) Nassa paupera Gould.

Hinia (Fretierm ssn) subcopiosa sp. nov.

pl. 3, fig, 1

Nassa tatei 'T.-Woods, Tate, 1890a, Trans. Roy, Soc, 5, Aush, 13 (2), p. 176; Demmant é&

Kitson, 1903, Rec. Geol, Surv, Vic, 1 (2), yp. 143.

Nassarius tatet L.-Woods, Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soe. §. Aust, 65 (1), p. 100.

Diagnosis—A small Reticunassa with a prominent protoconch of three

smooth convex turns followed by a half tutn with brephie axials. Adult whorls

four, sculptured with prominent axial costac increasing Irom twelve on the first

to 18 on the penultimate and body whorls erossed and tuberculated by four

flat. spiral cords abont equal to the interspaces on each whorl; body whorl with

10 spirals on the whorl and 5 closely sct and less sharply defined spirals on

the base.

Description of Holotype—Shell small, ovate, with conical spire; protovonch

prominent and moderately elevated of three smooth convex turns followed by

a half turn with brephic axials; adult whorls four, moderately convex, sculp-

tured with prominent uxia) costae, inereasing from 12 on the first ta 15 an tHe

penultimate and body whurls, which are crossed and tuberculated by four dat,

spiral cords, about equal to the interspaces on each whorl; body whorl with 1)

spirals on the whorl and 5 closely set and less sharply defiued spirals on the

base. Suture impressed. Aperture subovate, angled above and chatnelled

below; outer lip varicose, somewhat sinuous in profile, with 8 denticles within.

Columella arenite, inner lip reflected over columella with seven denticles, those

at the anterior and posterior ends being more strongly developed: columella

with an anterior plait,

Dimenstons—Height 8, diameter 4 mm.

Type Locality—Oindmarsh Bore, 459-487 ft.

Location ef Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll, F 15403.

Observations—Vhe sculpture of KR. (4) subcapiosa is distinct from that of

Hf. (Ri) tatet with which it has previously becn identified. The spirals on H,.

(R) tated ave more nurnerous and narrower than the interspaces; the whorls

are more convex and the prataconch, although of the same type, is broader and

Jarger than that of H. (R) subcopiosa.

Material—lfolotype and numerous paratypes [indmarsh Bore.

plan ll ee Runge—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distvibution—Adelaide District,

Hinia (Reticumassiz) spitalatahes (Chapman and Gabriel)

. 5, fiz, 2

Nusaa spiraliieabra Chapman & Cabri 1414, ‘Proc. floy. Sue. Vie, 26 (2) (nus), 1 B25,

pl. 28, fe. 34; 1916, Rec. Geol. Surv, Vie. 3 (4). pl 71, fiw. 34.

Nassurius spiraliscabrus Chapman & Gabriel, Chapman, Creepin & Keble, 1928, Rec. Gvol,

Surv, Vie., 5 (1), p. 1G4; Crespin, 1948, Lin, Res. Sury, Bull, 9, p. 98.

Diagnosis—A small Relicunassa with a prominent apex of three smooth

turns, the first very small, followed by a half tam with brephic axials, Adult

wharls four, sculptured with about 20 narrow and rather sharp costac per whorl,

slightly tuberculated posteriorly, and crossed by conspicuous spiral striae, five

on the penultimate whorl and about 15 on the badly whorl becoming closer to-

wards the base, where there are about 10 narrow and crowded threads. Outer

lip varicose slightly Hexuous in profile, denticulate within; columella arcuate,

with a long denticle at the posterior and anterior and an anterior plait,

Dimensions—Height 10-5, diameter 35-25 mm.

Type Cocality—Mallee bore No, 8, Western Victoria, 199-209 ft.

Location of [olotype—Vic. Mines Dept, Coll,

Location of Hypotype—Tate Mus, COoll,, F 15404,

Matlerial—About sixty examples, imany of which are neanie, Weymouth’s

Bore; 12 examples Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—? Bookpurnong Beds-Dry Crock Sands.

Geographical Distribulion—Gippsland, Vie,-Adclaide, South Australia.

Family FASCIOLARIIDAE

Subfamily Fasctonarnwar

Genus FaAscrocanra Lamarck, 1799

Fasefolaria Lamarck, 1799, Mem. Soc. Hist. Net., Paris, p. 73.

Type species (monotypy) Murex tulipa Linné,

Subgenus Piera Finlay, 1930

Pleig Finlay, 1930, Trans. N.Z. Inst.. 61, p, 60,

Type species (o,d,) Fascivluria decipiens Tate.

Fasciolaria (Pleia) sp.

Specific Characters—A neanic specimen with a large paucispiral, smooth

proloconeh of one-and-a-half turns and four adult whorls sculptured with 12

axial plicae per whorl, crossed by spiral threads which are weaker in the concave

posterior third of the whorl where they are from 3 to 8 in number, and stronger,

generally alternately primary and secondary oyer the convex anterior two-thirds,

where they number about ten.

Aperture subovate, angled posteriorly and anteriorly. Outer lip thin, crenu-

lated by the spiral sculpture and denticulated within by the spiral threads.

Columella arcuate, with two plaits at the base, Anterior canal long, narrow,

gently recurved.

Observations—The single specimen obtained from Weymouth’s Bore is not

described in full in view of its juvenile state, It appears to be closest to J’.

concinna Tate, and may possibly belong to that species which, however, has a

longer and more acuminate spire,

Subfamily Fusinrwaz

Genus Fusivus Rafnesque, 1815

Fusinus Rufinesqne, 1815. Analyse, p. 145, nn. for Pusue Lamarck.

(Fusus Bruguiére, 1789. Eney. Math (Vers), 1, non Helbling, 1779,)

Type species (s.d. Children, 1623) Murex colus Linne,

Subgens Fusrnus s, str.

(£xilifusis Gabb, 1876. Prac. Acad, Nut. Sei, Philad,. p. 278, non Conrad, 1865, )

(Pseudofusus Monterosato, 1884. Nom. Conch, Medit., yp. 117,)

Fusinus (Fusinus) dictyotis Tate

Fusus dictyotis Tate, 1888, Trans. Roy. Sow, $, Aust., 10, p, £35, pl, 7, figs. 2. 6; Tate &

Dennant, 1595, el, 17 (1), p, 219; 1895, id. 19 (1), p. 111: 1897, Cat. Tert. Moll. Brit,

Mus., 1, p: 132; Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Rec, Geol, Surv, View £ (2), pe 10

Fusitus dictyotis Tate, ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy, Soc. $8 Anst., 65 (1). p. 100.

Diagnosis—An elongate Fusinus with a high gradatcd spire and more or

less angulated whorls. Protoconch of two globose turns aud several adult whorls

in a height of 82mm. Whorls with about seven axial plicae per whorl, generally

ungulate at the shoulder, crossed by alternately primary and secondary spiral

lirae of which there are about 6 on the posterior portion and 7 on the anterior

portion of the whorl, inchiding the two keels,

Dimensions—Ileight 52, diameter 24, height of aperture 16, width of aper-

ture 11, length of canal 35 mm.

Type Locality—Schnapper Point, Vie.; Miocene,

Location of Holotyjpe—Tate Mus. Coll, T 480A,

Material—Several broken specimens, Abultoirs Bure; one specimen with

body whorl incomplete, Weymouth’s Hore; two specimens, Muddy Creek, Vie,,

B.M. Coll., No, C9485; oue specimen (of var.) Table Cape, Tas., B.M. Coll,

No. € 89747,

Strativraphical Ranve—? Oligocenc-Dry Creek Beds,

Geographical Distribution—Cippsland, Vic,-Adelaide, South Australia.

Superfamily VOLUTACEA

Tamily OLIVIDAE

Subfamily Oxwinan

Genus OLIvELLA Swainson, 183]

Oltvella Swainson, 1831. Zool. Illust, ser. 2,2 (13), pl, 58,

Type species (s,d, Dall, 1909) Oliva purpurata Swainson = Oliva dama Mawe.

Subgenus Curmotaya Iredale, 1994

Cupidoliva Tredale, 1924. Prov. Linn. Soc. N.5.W., 49 (3), 197, pp. 183, 259.

Type species (o.d.) Olivella nympha Adams & Angas.

Olivella (Cupidoliva) nymphalis (Tate)

> 3. 6

Oliva mprphalis Catc, Dennant, 1889. Pant He . Soe. S. Aust. 10, p. t3 (non. nudinn).

Olina nymphatis Tate, 1889, ihid.. p. 145, pl. 7, Ae. 7.

Okivella nymphalis ‘Vale, Cossmanu, 1889b, Annuaire Ceol. Univ., 5, p. 1090; Harris, 1897,

Cat. ‘Vert. Moll, Brit, Mus.. 1, p. 72; Dennant & Kitsun, LODS, Kee, Geel. Surv. Vie, 1

(3), p. 137; Ludbrdok, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 65 (L), p. LOO, Crespin, 1943,

Min, Res. Sury, Bull, 9, p. 98.

Diagnosis—A Cupidolivu of moderate size with a small subglobose proto-

conch followed by four adult whorls which overlap the canaliculate suture,

Body whorl Jarge, rather narrow with a spiral sulcus near the middle of it and

a spiral striation at the anterior one-quarter. Columella with three close-set

plicae at the anterior end.

Description of Hypotype (Muddy Creek )—Shell clongate-ovate with a small

subglobose protoconch of one turn, Adult whorls four, flatly convex, overlap-

ping at the canaliculate suture. Body whorl large, three-quarters total height

aft shell, gently convex with a medial narrow spiral sulcus and a spiral striation

at the anterior one-quarter. Aperture elongate, onter lip smmewhat iniflexed

posteriorly and slightly flexuous in profile. Columella gently arcuate, with three

close-set folds at the anterior end.

Dimensions—Height 10-5, diameter 4, height uf body whorl 7-5, height of

aperture 6 mm,

Type Locality—Gippsland (? Jemmy’s Point), Vic.; Kalimnan.

Location of Holetypé—Tate Mus, Coll,, T 616C.

Observations—No turther examples of the species have been found since it

was recovered from Abattoirs Bore. The species has not previously been com-

pletely described.

Material—The hypotype (B.M. Coll, © 39650) and nine specimens

C 39651-4, C9368, B.M, Coll, 39 specimens Ahattoirs Bore,

Stratigraphical Range——-Miocene (Bairnsdale substage)-Dry Cieek Sands.

Ceosraphical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic.-Adelaide, South Australia.

Genus Anca Lamarck, 1799

Anetla Lamarck, L799, Mem, Soe, d*Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 70.

Type species (monotypy) Voluta basi constricti Martini = Voluta

ampla Gmelin.

Subgenus Barysrma P. Fischer, 1885

Baryapira P. Fischer, 1885. Man. de Conch, p. G00.

Type species (s.d, Finlay, 1927) Ancilla australis Sowerby.

Ancilla (Baryspira) tatei Marwick

1.3, fie. 4

Aneillaria mticronaty Sowerby, Tenssoue Woo, » 1876, Proc. Noy. Soc. Tas, for £875, p. 17:

Johuston, 1877, dd. for 1876, pp. 83, 86; Johnstou, 1888; Geol. Tas.. pl 31, fig. 12+ Tete,

1885, Proc. Noy, Soc. Tas. for 1884, p, 308.

Ancillaria hebvera Hatton, Late, 1889, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust,, Ll. p. 147, pl. 7. fig. 5;

Tate & Dennant, 1893, Trans, Ray. Sac. §, Aust, 17 (1), p. 220.

Ancilla, psetiduustralis var, Tate, ibid.. p. 148, pl. 6, fig. 13.

Aneillaria proonclauspralte Pritchard, 1896, Proc. Roy. Sou, View, 8 (nei). p. 104.

Ancilla hebera Witton (sp.), Harris, 1897, Cat. Tert. Moll. Brit. Mus. 1, p. 76; Tate, 1899s,

‘Trans, Roy, Soc, $, Aust. 28 (1). p. LOB: Dennant & Kitson, 19035, Rec. Geol, Surv.

Vie. 1°(2), pp. 99, 137, Chapman, 1916, Rec. Geol. Sury. Vic, 8 (4), p. 378.

Aneilla tutet Marwick, 1924, Aust. AVAS,, LA p. 319, pl. 5, fig. 3.

Baryspira tatei Morwick, Luctbrook, 1941, Trans, Ray. Suc, $, Aust, 63 (1), p. 100.

Anitla hebrit (Tate), Crespin, 1943, Min. Hes. Surv. Bull, 9, p. 95.

Diagnosis—A Baryspira of moderate size. Aperture a little more thau half

height of shell, fairly broad posteriorly and not projecting beyond the columella

wuteriurly. Columellar callus ascending from the middle of the inner lip ver-

tically to nearly the top of the body whorl where it spreads on to the spire

callus and forms a thin pad. Basal portion of columella long with five basal

spirals set at a high angle.

Description of Hypotype—Shell of moderate size with a short, thick spire

bluntly vounded at the apex, Aperture a litte more than half height of shell,

fairly broad, elongate-ovate, gradually narrowing posteriorly and fairly wide

anteriorly where it does not praject beyond the columella. Columella broadly

angulate, basal portion long, with five basal spirals which are set at a bigh

angle. Spire covered with thick callus, more or less punctate; columellar callus

usconding from the middle of the inner lip vertically to nearly the top of the

body whorl where it spreads on to the spire ealfus, forming w# thin pad,

Rase with three spiral grooves, the lower two covered by the Gavi callus,

which extends upward to the limit of the miedian spiral, Body whorl where

not callonsed with frequent ayial. striae.

Pimensions—Height 30, diameter 13 mm.

Locality—River Murray Cliffs, 4 miles south of Morgan, Lower Miocene,

Location of Hypatype—B.M. Coll. G 9376.

Dimensions of UWolotype (Marwick, 1924)-——Height 17, diameter 7 suri,

Tipe Locality—Muddy Creek, Vie, Miocene,

Location of Holotype—Nat. Mus., Melbourue.

Obsercations—The only Adelaide specimens available are a broken juvenile

from Weymouth’s Bore and a worn gerontie specimen from Thebarton Bore.

This species has not previously becn completely described, although Marwick

in separating it from the New Zealund A. hebera pointed out its diagnostic

features. In view of the condition of the Weymouth’s Bore specimen, selection

of a hypotype bas been made from material in the British Museum, The sub-

genus ueoirs in the Enrepean Tertiary and in the Indo-Pacific, Australian and

New Zealand Regions m Recent times, [t would appear to have reached Aus-

tralia iy the early micd-Tertiary.

Materiel—One broken juvenile. Weymoutl’s Bore; the hypotype and three

other snecimens G3876, R, Murray Cliffs, B.M. Coll: 9 specimens G 39825-9,

Table Cape, B.M. Coll.

Sixatigraphical Range—?Oligocene-Dry Creck Sanils,

Geographical Distribution—Gippslaud, Vie-Adelaide, South Australia,

Subgenus ToHrRAncitna Martens. 1903

Turrineila Martens, LOGS, Wiss. Ergobn. tech. Trefeee Expo, Fa lt, p, 719,

Type species (monotypy) Aneille. (Turrancilla) lanceolata Martens.

Aneilla CTurrinedlla) adtkidttngis sp. Woy,

pl, 3, fig.

Aveilla preucteustealis Tate, V9, Trains. Moy Sov. S Aust, 18 (2). p. HBr Dena &

hitsen, 1903, Ree, Geol. Sur. View 1 (8), p. dete.

Buryspira pseudaustyalis Tate, Tadhrooly, 19dt. Vrans, Hoy, Sam 8, Anh, A Ch) p LAO

Piaghasis—A small Trrrancilla with a rather blunt apex. Body whorl three-

fftis eight of shell Aperture elongate, only moderately bread, narrowing

gratlually posteriorly and slightly anteriorly. Columella gently concave with

a thin calls ascending nearly vertically to join the spire callus, almost vertical

anteriorly with several marrow folds set at a high atigle.

Description of Holotype—sShell small, elongate-ovate, with a fairly high

Spire tenninating in a blunt apex. Spire covered with thin callus, Body whorl

threetifths height of shell, mocerately convex. Aperture elongate-ovate, moder-

ately broad, narrowing gradually posteriorly and slightly anteriorly, not pro-

jectig beyond the columella. Columella slightly concave with a thin callus,

ascerling nearly vertically fo join the spire callus, almost vertical anteriorly

with about five narrow folds set at a high angle, Base with three spiral grooves

covered with callus to the medial groove, Body whorl where not callouse

with mumerous fine axial striae.

Dimensions—Height 9, diameter 3-5, height of body whorl 6°5, height of

uperture 5, width of aperture 1-5 umn.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 810-330 ft,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll., F 15405.

Observations—This small species is not Aneilla pseudanstralis. (“dwarfed",

Tate Lc., p. 176), a large Miocene species, more tumid im shape. It is somewhat

like Ancilla semilaeuis Tenison-Woods, which has a more attenuated spire with

constrictions on the suture and a very thin spire callus. The holotype is not

fully grown, a larger broken cxample from Weymouth’s Bore reaches dimen-

sions, height 12-5, diameter 4°5 min,

Material—Holotype, 14 paratypes Weymouth’s Bore; 2 paratypes Hind-

marsh Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribulion—Adelaide District.

Family MITRIDAE

Subfamily VExILinas

Genus AusTaomiTRA Finlay, 1927

Austromitra Finley, (927, Yrans. N.Z. list. 57, p. 410.

Type species (0.d.) Culumbella rubiginosa Mutton

Austromitra angusticostata I udbrook

Ansteore anjiusticostata Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy, Sac, S. Aust, 65 (1), p. HG, pl 4,

E- y

Diagnosis—A small, rather narrow Austromitra with a conspicuous proto-

conch of one-and-a-half smooth convex turns followed by five adult whorls

sculptured with prominent narrow axia) costae sharply arcuale in the posterior

half, about 12 but slightly variable in number. Columella with four sharp and

stout plicac; base with six spiral lirae.

Dimensions—Height 8, diameter 3 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore; Pliocene.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll, T 1655.

Observalions—Wenz (1941, p. 1285) has placed Austromiira in synonymy

with Peculator Iredale as a subgenus of Pusia Swainson, While agrecing that

Peculator is comparable with Pusia and is perhaps subgeneric to it, the writer

considers that Austromifra belongs to a different stock and should be separated

generically from both Pusia and Peculator. It is well represented in the Aus-

tralian and New Zealand late Tertiary and Recent, and is represented in the

Indo-Pacific hy capensis Dunker. turriger Reeve, kowiensis Sowerby, capricornia

Hedley.

Material—l4 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore; 3 speciraens Weymouth's Bnre.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands;

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s. Bores.

Austromitva mawsoni sp. nov.

pl. 3, fig. 6

Austromiitra schomburgkt ( Angas), Ludbrook, £941, Trans, Roy, Soc. S, Aust, 65 (1), p. 10D.

Diagnosis—A small elongate Austromilra with a famly high spire, Proto-

conch elevated, of one-and-a-half nearly straight turns, nucleus eccentri¢, small,

sides nearly flat. Adult whorls sculptured with twelve axial ribs per whorl, anly

slightly arcuate and alternating from whorl to whorl; ribs wider than inter-

spares and broadening from posterior to anterior, Columella with four oblique

plaits.

Description of Holotype—Shell small, clongate-ovate, rather narrow, spire

fairly high. Protoconch elevated, of one-and-a-half smooth turns with a small

eeeentric nuclens and nearly flat sides, Adult whorls four, sculptured with

twelve axial ribs per whorl, only slightly arcuate and alternately disposed frarm

whorl to whorl; ribs wider than interspaces and broadening from posterior to

anterior; both ribs and interspaces finely axially striate. Suture impresscd,

scalloped by the ribs. Body whorl small, with ribs increasing in frequency but

decreasing in strength towards the aperture. Base constricted with about eight

spiral striae. Aperture elongatc-ovate; outer lip inflexed posteriorly, convex in

profile; columella gently oblique with four strong oblique falds,

Dimensions—Height 8, diameter 8+3, height of body whorl 5 mm.

Type Locality—Weymouth's Bore, 310-330 ft,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., F 15406,

Observations—Previously identified with the Recent A. schoniburgki

(Angas) this species differs in having a protoconch which is high and strafghr-

sided; the protoconch of A. schonburgki is flat and the tip is immersed. A.

schomburgki is a more twinid shell, In other respects the two species are very

similar,

The species is named in honour of Sir Douglas. Mawson, Emeritus Professor

of Geology in the University of Adelaide:

Muterial—The holotype und @ paratypes, Weymouth’s Bore; 13 paratypes,

Hindmarsh Bore; 3 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Adelaide District.

Austramitra puciplicuta sp. nov.

Dod, Tf

Austromitra sealariformiy, (T.-Wands), Ludbrook, Thal, Trans, Koy, Soe. 8. Ast, 65 (1),

p. 100.

Diagnosis—A small Austramitra with a prominent protoconch of onc-and-a-

half turns, the nucleus small and eccentric, sides nearly flat, Adult whorls five,

sculptured with 9 to 10 axial costue per whorl; ribs generally narrower that

interspaces, but widening from posterior to anterior. Body whorl rather small,

Columella with three strong and a fourth weak anterior plait. Outer lip with

about 10 long, weak denticles far within,

Description of Holotype—shell small, elongatc-ovate, rather narrow, spire

high, Protogonch moderately prominent of one-and-a-half smooth turns with

a smal] eccentric nucleus, the sides nearly flat. Adult whorls five, sculptured

with 9 axial costae per whorl; ribs prominent and thick, particularly in the

early whorls, generally nartower than the interspaces and somewhat increasing

in wilh from posterior to anterior, Suture impressed, gently undulating, Body

whorl small, ribs decreasing in strength towards the aperture; Lasce constricted,

with 10 strong spiral lirae, Aperture elongate-ovate; outer lip slightly expander

medially, inflexed posteriorly and hearing about 10 weak elongate denticles far

within. Columelli slightly urcuate with three strong plaits and a fourth weak

anterior plait,

Dimensions—Heiyht §, diameter 8, height of body whorl 5 mm.

Type Locality—Ahattoirs Bore,

Location of Holotype—Yate Mus, Coll., F 15407.

Observations—Although in several respects this species resembles A. scalari-

formis with which it was previously identified, it has fewer axial costae per

whorl; A. sealariformis has twelve.” The protoconch is rather less prominent

than in A, scalariformis,

Material—Uolotype and two paratypes. Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geogruphical Distrihution—Abattoirs Bore.

Austromitra mulliplicata sp, nov.

ph 3, fig, 8

Diagnosis—A small Austromitra with a high spire. Protoconch elevated,

pointed, of one-and-a-half smooth turns with a small eccentric nucleus. Adult

whorls Gye, sculptured with 16 slightly oblique axial costae per whorl, about

equal to the interspages, Costae of equal width over the whorl and converging

ou the constricted base of the body whorl. Aperture rather narrow; outer lip

with about 10 long denticles within; columella somewhat Hexuous, with three

streng and a fourth weak auterior plait.

Description of Ifolofype—Shell small, elonvate-ovate, rather narrow, with

a high spire, Proteconch elevated, pointed, of one-and-a-half smooth turns

with a small eccentric nucleus. Adult whorls five, sculptured with 16

axial costae per whorl, extending evenly from suture to snture, about

equal to interspaces, slightly oblique, converging on the constricted base of

the body whorl. Aperture oblique, rather narrow, outer lip oblique tu the

right in profile, with about 10 long denticles, fairly deeply within. Columella

somewhat flexuous with three strong plaits and a weaker fourth anterior plait.

Base constricted, with about 10 irregular spiral lirac,

Dimensions—Height 8-3, diameter 3, height of body whorl 5 mnt.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-380 ft,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., F 15408,

Observations—The species is readily distinguishable by the mure frequent

aaial costae which extend evenly over the whole of cach whorl,

Malerial—Holotype and 2 paratypes, Weyiouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide.

Subfamily Mrrumas

Genus Mrrrarta Rafinesyue, 1815

Mitrariu. Rafinesque, (815, Analyse, p. 145, am. for Mitra Lamarek, L798,

(Mitra Tamorek, 1798, Ency. Meth. (Vers.), Tabl. 2. ol, 369, non Martyn, 1784, }

(Papalaria Dall, 1915, Bull. U.S. Nat, Mus., 90. p. 60,)

Type species (s.d. Children, 1823) Voluta episcopolis Linné.

Subgenus Eumirka Tate, 1889

Ku-Mitra Tate, 1889, Trans, Roy. Soc, S. Aust., 11, p. 135,

(Vicimitra Iredale, 1929b, Aust. “Zool., 5, p, 342°)

Type species (here designated) Mitra alokiza Tenison Woods.

Mitraria (Eumitra) glabra (?) (Swainson)

Mitra wabra Swainson, Ludbrook. 1941, Trans. Ray. Soc. S. Aust., 65 (1), p. 100.

Observations—Three broken specimens referred to this species wern ve-

corded from Abattoirs Bore, Identity cannot be established on the material, and

the speciflo name should be regarded as tentative only until better material

can be obtained.

Mitraria (Eumitra) coxi sp, nov.

pl, 6, fiz, 4

Diagnosis—A fairly large Eumitra, rather broad, with a comparatively short

aperture, Protoconch small and rather flattened, of one-and-a-half smooth turns,

Adull whorls six, smooth but for growth striae; body whorl large, gently convex

and subangulate at the shoulder; base constricted with faint converging growth

lines, Suture impressed. Aperture rectangularly elongate, angulate posteriorly;

uuter lip and columella nearly parallel over most of their length; outer lip

nearly vertical in profile; columella slightly oblique, with five plaits.

Dimensions—Height 61:5, diameter 17, height of body whorl 36, height of

aperture 25 mm,

Type Locality—MeDonald’s Bank, Muddy Creck, Victoria, upper beds.

Location of Holotype—B.M, Coll., G $9670,

Observations—At first glance this species might appear to be a smoath

form of M. (E.) alokiza (Tenison-Woods), Jt is, however, stouter than alokize,

the spire is shorter, and althongh the body whorl is of the same length the

aperture is shorter, The holotype and one paratype in the B.M, Collection

from Muddy Creek and both without spiral sculptnre; Adclaide specimens are

sometimes faintly and distantly marked with punctate spiral striae, The specics

is named in honour of Dr. L. R. Cox, F.R.S., of the British Musenm (Natural

Listory).

Material—Holotype G 39670, paratype G 30669, B.M. Coll, Muddy Creck,

Viotorlas one paratype Kooyonga Bore; one paratype Thebarton Bore; six puna

types Abattoirs Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Kalimnan-Dry Creek Sans.

Geographical Distribution—Muddy Creck, Western Victoria, Adelaide,

South Australia.

Mitraria (?Eumitra) sp.

Misa vhodlel 2), Meove, Ladhrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc, 8. Aust. 65 (1), p. 100.

Observalions—Two possibly juvenile specimens from Abattoirs Bore were

doubtfully referred to M. rhodia Reeve. These are eertainly not juveniles of

M, rhodia and are only doubttully Eumitra.

Mitraria (Eumitera) diductua (Tate)

pl. 4, fxs, 3, 6

Mitra diegua ‘Tate, 1889, ‘Trans. Roy. ‘Suc. S. Anst, EL, p. 138 (pars), ph 4, Gg. 9, nan

TeWouds,

Mitra diductuas Tate, 1899, ‘Yraus, Roy, Soc, $. Aust., 23 (1), p. 108,

Mitra fodinatis Tate, 1899, dhid,

Diagnosis—A fairly large Eumitra, moderately broad. Protoconch small

and flattened with tip immersed, of two turns the first small and flat, the secoud

rapidly expanding. Adult whorls eight, strongly impressed at the suture, very

shghtly convex in profile. Sculpture variable but generally almost smooth on

the whorls except for thin spiral threads on the shoulder, faint axial growth

striac and micxoscopié spiral striae with about 20 strong spiral ridges. Colur

mella with one or two weak anterior tolds.

Description of Holotype—Shell elongate-fusiform, solid, spive shorter than

body whorl, aperture of rnoderate height. Protoconch small and flattened, of

two turns, tip immersed; first whorl yery small and narrow, the second rapidly

expanding and fairly high. Adult whorls seven, suture decp and strongly

impressed, somewhat izregular. Whorls sinooth exeept for about four spiral

threads on the shoulder, microscopic spiral striue and faint axial growth lines.

Base constricted, about 20 strong spiral ridges extending [fairly evenly over buse

and canal, Columella slightly arcuate, with one strong posterior fold and two

weak anterior fokls, Outer tip broken,

Dimensions—Height 35, diameter 15:6, height of budy whorl 34, height of

aperture 22 ram.

Type Locality -Well-sinking ‘Tareena, N.8.W. (“Murray Desert”).

Location of Moalotype—Tate Mus, Coll... 't 638.

Paratype—Tate’s original tablet contains a second specimen, Jarger and

more complete than the holotype. The aperture is rectangularly elongate, with

the outer lip and columella nearly parallel over most of their length. Outer

lip almost vertical in profile,

Dimensions—Height 61, diameter 17, height of body whorl 37, height of

aperture 27 mm.

Observatious—There seem to be no diagnostic features to distinguish Tato’s

species Mitra fodinalis from the present species. M. fudinalis was never fully

described or figured. The intersutiral sulcus on which Tate separated it fram

aida is a broad constriction present in two specimens but nut a constant

eature.

Material—Holotype and paratype of M. ciductua; five specimens labelled

“Mitra fodinalis” Tate 1899, four of which are M. diductua and one M. coxi; 23

examples, either juvenile or imperfect, Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Bookpurnong Beds-Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Range—Tarcena, N.S.W.-Adelaide, S.A.

Family VASIDAE

Genus Tuvrc.a Riding, 1798

Ludicla Riding ex Bolten, 1798, Mus, Bolt., 2, p. 145,

ahi Swainson, 1835, Elem. Conch., p. 21.

Spirtllus Schliter, 1838, Kurzg. syst. Verz. Coneh,, p. 21.)

(Pyrenella Gray, 1857, Guide Moll. Brit. Mus,, 1, p. 11.) :

Type species (s.d. Fischer, 1884) Murex spirillus Linné.

Subgenus Tupic1a s. str.

Tudicla (Tudicla) sinotecta Ludbrook

Tudicla sinotecta Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc, 8. Aust., 65 (1), p. 97, pl. 5, fig. 14,

Diagnosis—A small Tudicla with a very short conical spire. Protoconch

large, of two bulbous turns Hat on top with tip immersed, Adult whorls: (hree,

very rapidly increasing with slightly concave sides. Body whorl concave, pos-

teriorly acutely angulate at the periphery where there are about 12 sharp angular

ridges. Ridges shown on the suture of the spire whorls as deep undulations.

Sculptire of fine and irregular spiral threads crossed by frequent fine growth

striae. Columella with a single twist.

Dimensions—Height 23-5, diameter 15, height of aperture and canal 20 mm,

Type Locality—Ahattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll, T 1639,

Observations—No further examples of this species have been found since

it was. originally described, It is close to the Indo-Pacific type species T. (T.)

spirillus (Linne). The gems appears to be fairly widespread from Europe

through the Indo-Pacific to Australia and to North America,

Material—Holotype, portions of three paratypes, Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Family HARPIDAE

Genus Hanra Roding, 1795

Harpa Riding ex Bolten, 1798, Mus. Bolt. p. 146,

(Cithara Herrmannsen cx Klein, 1846. Ind. Gen. Mal, p. 239.)

Type species (s.d. Children, 1823) Harpa ventricosa Lamarck = Buccinn

harpa Linné.

Subgenus AustRoHARPA Finlay, 1931

Austrolierpa Finkiy, 1931, Trans. N.Z Tnst., 62, p. 13.

(Deniharpa Iredale, 1931, Res. Aust. Mus., 18 (4), p, 230.)

(Tremeharpa Tredale, 1931, ibid.)

(Palumharpe tredale, 1931, ibid.)

Type species (o.d.) Harpa pulligera Tate.

Harpa (Susteghisps) talei (Finlay)

4 5

Austroharpe tutet Finlay, 1931, Trans. NE. Tnist. 69, p. 14.

Austraiorna stilcosa Tate var, Cotton & Woods, 1933, Rec. §. Aust. Mus., 5 (1), p. 43.

Austraharpa sulcosa Vate, Ludhrook, 1941, Trans, Ray, Soc. 8. Aust., 63 (1), p. 100,

Diagnosis—A._ small, slender Austroharpa with protoconch of 24 turns and

3 adult whorls flattened on the shoulder and bluntly rounded on the periphery.

Spire whorls with low spiral bands developing to ten on the body whodl, aver-

ridden by 33 narrow, sharp, axial lantellae,

Description of Holotype—Shell small, rather thin; protaconch somewhat

pitted, paucispiral, of 2) turns, the first dome-shaped with immersed tip, the

second with steep sides, Adult whorls three, Hattened on the shoulder, roundly

angulate on the periphery. Axial sculpture dominant, of sharp, narrow lamel-

fac, 33 on the body whorl, extending frorn suture to suture, weaker on the

shoulder and broadly angulate en the periphery, Axial interspaces with very

fine, irregular growth striae. Spiral sculpture of gradually developing weak

bands cqual to the depressed interspaces, Ten spiral hands on the body whorl,

each band with about four weak spiral lirae between but not crossing the axial

lamellae; interspaces smooth but for axial growth lines.

Aperture narrowly oyal, outer lip only slightly thickened and retlected,

gently curved.

Dimensions—Height 26+5, diameter 17, height of body whorl 22, height of

aperture 20, width of aperture 5 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adclaide.

Rae of Holotype—Finlay Collection, No. 67, Auckland Museum, New

Zealand,

Observations—Harpa (Austroharpa) tatei Finlay is very close to Harpa

sulcosa Tate, It is less angulate on the periphery, somewhat higher, and its

spiral sculpture is more valid than in suleosa, In H. sulcosa there are 38 axial

lamellae on the body whorl.

Materiel—The holotype, kindly lent by Dr. A. W. Bf. Powell, Assistant

Divector, Auckland Museum,

Stratigraphical Ranye—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distributiun—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Harpa (Austroharpa) cassinoides Tate

pl. 4, fig. 4

Harpu cossinvides Tate, 1889, “Truus. Roy. Sow $. Aust., 11, p. 150, pl. 6, fg. 4; Dennant &

Kitson, 1903, Ree. Geol Surv. Vie. 1 (2), p. 99) Finlay, 1931, Trans. N.Z. Tast., 62,

May, yr. 12: Tredale, 1931, Rec. Aust. Mus., 18 (4), Tune, p, 280,

Austroharpa-cassinoides (Tate), Cotton & Woods, 1933, Rec. 8, Aust, Mus, 3 (1), p. 47.

Diagnosis—A small, stout Austroharpa with a low spire; protoconch dome-

shaped, of twa tarns, Adult whorls two, each sculptured with 12 broad axial

lamellae which are more or less tuberculated by three indistinct angulations

on the periphery.

Dimensions—Height 29, diameter 22, height of aperture 27 mm.

Type Locality—Well-siuking, Tareena, N.S,W. (“Murray Desert”),

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll.. T 692.

Material—Holotype; one example from boring Id. Munno Para, See. 4251,

238-256 feet (1955).

Stratigraphical Range—(?) Bookpurnong Beds-Nry Creek Saads,

Ceographical Distribution—Tareena, N.S.W.-Adelaide. S.A.

Vamily VOLUTIDAE

Subfamily Vouutivar

Genus Cymer ia Swainson, 1431

Cymbivla Swainson, 1831, Zool, Wl, ser. 2, 2 (18), pl. 83,

(Ausobe UW. & A. Adams, 1553, Cen. Ree. Moll, Lp. 160.)

Type species (tautonymy) Voluta cymbivlu Sowerby ex Chemnitz.

Subgenus Cyarrrona §. str.

Cymbiola (Cymbiola) tabulata (Tate)

1. 6, fig. 2

Voluta tabuluta Tate, 1888, Trans, Roy, Soc. $, Aust., 10, p- 13, fig. 3: 1889, éd., 11, p, 198.

ei 23 (1), p. 104; Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Rec. Ceol, Surv, Vie, 1 (2), por

O0-1 397.

Aulica tullata Tate, Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 65 (1), p, 100.

Netonalita tabulata Tate, Cotton, 19494, Rec, $, Aust, Mus,, 9 (2), p. 194,

Diagnosis—A Cymbiolu with a moderate-sized protoconch of two-and-a-

half smooth, gently convex whorls separated by deep impressed sutures. Spire

rather short, Adult whorls angulated at the anterior one-third, each whorl

bearing ten axial costae which are sharply raised into angular tubercles on the

keel, Columella with four approximately equidistant folds.

Dimenstons—Height 36, diameter 17, height of aperture 26, diameter of

pullus 2-5 mm.

Type Locality—Well-sinking, Tareena, N.S.W. (“Murray Desert’).

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll., 'T 611A.

Observations—The species belongs to a group of Cymbiola characterized

by the moderate spire, by the sharply tuberculate costae on the whorls and by

the protoconch, which is fairly elevated and has deeply impressed to canali-

vulate sutures, Axial costae are completely absent or obsolete an the proto-

conch. The species does not appear to be related to Cymbiole (Notovoluta)

kreuslerae type species of Notoveluta Cotton, which has an elevated spire, al-

most smooth costae on the whorls and a smooth protoconch with relatively

weak sutures, The nearest allied species is C. (C.) pulchra (Sowerby) of

northern Australia.

Material—The figured hypotype F 15409 and six specimens Kooyonga Bore;

three neanic specimens Weymouth's Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—?Bookpurnong Beds-Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Tareena, N.S,W,-Adelaide, $.A.

Subgenus Auticiva Rovereto, 1899

Audiciie Rovereto, 1899, Alli, Suc, Ligust, 10, p. LOG (nom. ace. tor Vespertilia March,

1652

(Vespertilio March, 1852, Cat. Yaldi, 1, p. 123, non Linné, 1758.)

(Scupha Gray, 1647, Proe. Zool, Sou, 15, p. 141.)

Type species (s.d. Fischer, 1887) Voluta vespertilio Linné.

Cymbiola (Aulicina) uncifera (Tate)

Volta wncifera Tate, 1888, Trans. Bay. Sov. S. Aust. 10, pl. 12, fig, 10; 1889, id. p. 124;

Tate & Dennant, 1893, id., 17 (1), p. 220; Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Rec. Geol, Surv.

Vie. 1 (2), p, 100; Ludbrook, 1641, Trans, Roy. Soc, S. Aust., 65 (1), p. 100.

Diagnosis (from juvenile and incomplete specimens only)—An Aulicina

with a very large, broad, dome-shaped protoconch of four whorls, each with

about 16 axial costae, somewhat angulate on the periphery. Adult whorls with

from 8 to 11 axial ribs raised into sharp, low spines on the periphery. Columella

with four conspicuous folds.

Dimensions—Height. 84, diameter 20, height of apertnre 22, diameter of

pullus 10 mm.

Type Locality—R, Murray Cliffs, near Morgan; Miocene.

Location af Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., T 394B,

Material—Holotype and paratype; fragments, Abattoirs Bure.

Stratigraphical Range—Miocene-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—River Murray-Adelaide.

Genus Amora Gray, 1555

Amoria Gray, 1855, Proc, Zavl, Soc,, 23, p. 64,

Type species (s.d, Harris, 1897) Voluta turner? Gray.

Subgenus Amortra-s. str.

(Relegamoria Iredalo, 1936, Rec, Aust Mus. 19 (5), p, 314.)

Amoria (Amoria) grayi Ludbrook

pl. 6, fig.

Voluta pallida Gray, 1834, in Griffith’s Cuvier, pl. 30, fig, 4, p. 601 (non Voluta pallida

Linné, 1767); Kiener, 1839, Coq. viy. Genres Volute, p. 51, pl. 48, fig. 1 Sowerby, 1844,

Thes. Conch,, part 5, p. 196 (pars), pl. 53, fig. 91; Chenu, 1859, Man, de Conch, 1,

Poas\" fig. 951; M, Smith, 1940, World Wide Sea Shells, sp. 873, p. 65 (file Smith,

Volute volva Chemnitz, Reeve, 1549, Conch. loon., 6, Voluta sp. 24, pl. 11, fig. 24; Crosse,

1871, Jowm. de Conch,, 19, ser. 3, 11 (4). p. 200; Kobolt, 1877, Jahrb. Midak, Gesellseh,,

p. 807; Petterd, 1879, Journ. Conch., p. 343,

Amuriv tumeri Gray, 1855, Proc. Zool, Soe. p. G4 Cpun's.).

Amorie lurneri pallida Gray, 1864, Aun, Mag, Nat, Hist, ser. 3, 14, p, 237.

Voluta (Amoria) nolue Chemnitz, Angas, 1664, Proce. Zoul. Soc, p. So,

Volete (Amoria) cole Ginelin, Tryon, 1882, Man, Couch., 4, p, 03, pl. 28, fig 99.

Seaphella volva, Cmelin, Hedley, 1909, Aust. Assoc, Ady, Sei, p. 362; teedale, 1814, Proa

‘oul, Soc. p, 667.

Ameria pallida pallida (Gray), M. Simith, 1942, Rev. Volutidue, p. 52, pl a fig, 33, pl 5,

Win, 45; Gettin, 1940, Tec. S. Aust. Mns., 9 (2). p. 193.

Amoria ( Anoria) grayi Ludbvook, 1954, Proc, Vii Soe., 30, p. 136, pl. J4, figs, 4,4,

Diugnosis—A large Amoria with a rather attenuated spire and polygyrate

pipillale proteconch with a sharp tip. Whorls generally constricted above suture;

suture cnamelled over. Body whorl large, rather narrow, gradually tapering an-

teriorly.. Aperture narrow posteriorly, widening gradually anteriorly. In the

unbleached living shell colour creamy white, generally tinted above the sutnre

of the adult whorls with brown; hody whorl encircled with obscure light brown

colour bands,

Dimensions—Height 92, diarneter $1, height of aperture 62, greatest width

of aperture (at anterior one-thirdl) 14 ami.

Type Locality—Mouth of River Swan, Western Australia; Recent,

Location of Holotype—B.M. Coll.. 1952, 3.21.1.

Obsertations—The synonymy and identity of this species has been pub-

lished elsewhere (Ludbrook, 1954, p. 136), It ais most unexpected to discover

the species in the Pliocene of South Australia, hat the identity seems mndoubted.

Material—the figured hypotype 115410, Kooyonga Bore; Recent material

listecl Ludbrook, 1934, pp, 136-7.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands-Recent.

Geographical Distribytion—Pliocene-Adelaide, Revent—Perth to Cane

bridge Gulf, Western Australia.

Subfamily ScAPUELLINAR

Genus ErnicusaA H. & A. Adams, 1855

Ericuse Vi. & A. Adams, 1858, Gen. Bee, Moll. 2. p, 619.

Type species (s.d. Cotton & Godfrey, 1932) Voluta fulgetrun Sowerby.

Subgenus Entecusa s. str,

Ericusa (Ericusa) ellipsoidea (Tate)

Voluta ellipsoidea Tate, 1888, Trans. Ray. Spe. S. Aust, U0, pl 13, die, 4; L889, fe., 11, p.

137; Dennant & Kitson, 1903. Rea. Geol. Surv. Vie L (2), p. 100; Ladbyaok, 1941,

Trans. Rov, Soa, S, Aust, €5 (1), p, 100,

Volute (Aulicu) ellipyoidea ‘Yate, Harris, 1897, Cut. Tert. Moll, Brit. Mus,, 1, p. 105,

Diagnosis—An Ericusa of moderate size, narrow with an clongate spire.

Pratoconeh high, of three-and-a-half smooth whorls separated by a deeply im-

pressed suture, Nucleus central, somewhat sunken. Adult whorls four, of

which. the first neanie whorl is narrower than the last embryonic whorl. Body

whorl clongate and only slightly inflated, Columella. with four stout, oblique

folds, Spire and body whorls sculptured with mamerous fine spiral lirae crossed

by frequent crowded axial growth striae.

Dimensions (Ilypotype }—Lcight 62, diameter 28, height of aperture 42,

width of aperture 7, height of protoconch 6, diamctcr of protoconch 6 mm,

Type Locality—Lower beds, Muddy Creek, Vie.; Miocene.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Goll., T 601C-

aye M paren our portions of spires, Abattoirs Bore; specimen G 4255, juvenile,

LM. Goll,

Stratigraphical Range—Miocene-Dry Creck Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Port Phillip Bay, Vie-Adelaide, 5. Aust.

Ericusu Ericuss) ancilloides (Tate)

& fies 1, 2

Volute aucilloides Tate, 1889, Trans. Toys age S, Anst., 11, p, 126, pl. 3, fig. 7; Dennant &

Kitson, 1903, Ree. Geol. Surv. Vie. 1 (2), m. 100,

Fulgararia ancillotiles (Sate), Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. $. Aust, 65 (1), m 100.

Hrituss acide Tate, Cotton, 1949; Kec, S, Aust. Mos, 9 (2), p. 186, pl 14, figs. anei-

AVL,

Diagnosis—A large solid Ericusa with a yery large globose protoconch of

ome-and-a-halt whorls with laterally immersed tip, Adult whorls 3 in a. total

height of 75 mm. Adult shell microscopically sculptured with fine axial growth

striae, about 6 per mm. crossed particularly in the first whorl by fine spiral

lirae about G per mm, Columella very arcuate with three oblique folds set

well within the aperture. Outer lip thickened, almost vertical in profile.

Dimensions—Veight 75, diameter 28, height of sperture 47, height of pro-

toconch 6, diameter of protoconch § mm.

Type Loeality—Schnapper Point, Victoria; Miocene:

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll,, T 896D.

Materlal—Holotype and three paratypes; 12 broken specimens, Abattoirs

Bore: one specimen complete but for protuconch, Bore, IId. of Munne Para,

Sec. 4251, 238-256 ft; several protoconchs, Tindmarsh Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—(?) Oligocene-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Schnapper Point, Victoria, to Adclaide, Suuth

Australia,

Family CANCELLARITDAR

Genus ApHpra H. & A. Adams, 1854

Aphera Ti, & A, Adams, 1854, Gen. Rec, Moll, p. 277.

Type species (monotypy) Cancellaria tessellata Sowerby.

Subgenus Sypaprrera Ivedale, 1929

Syduphera Iredale, 1929, Aust. Zool, 5 (4), p. 341.

Type species (o.d.) Sydephera renovata Tredate,

Aphera (Sydaphers) jyontiinants (Tate)

Canvelluria wunnonensis Tate, Dennitut,. 1889, Trans, Roy, Soe, S. Aust, 11, p. 44 (nem,

nna); Tate, 1889, Vrans. Roy, Soc, S. Aust, 11, p, 156, pl. 8, fig, 11; 1890a, ted, 13

(2), p. 176: Harris, 1897, Cat. 'Tert. Moll. Brit. Mus. 1, p. 66; Dennarit & Kitson,

1903, Ree, Geol Sury, Vie. 1 (2), pp. 98, 137, 142; Crespin, 1943, Min. Tes, Surv,

Bull., # p. 96.

Diagnosis—A. fusiformly oyate Sydaphera, with acuminate spire, proto-

conch subeylindrical, of two-and-a-half turns, Adult whorls roundly shouldered

just below the suture, sculptured with about 12 narrow, obliquely arched more

or less elevated axial ribs per whorl and close axial growth lamellae on both

ribs and interspaces. Spiral sculpture of conspicuous Hat spiral lirac, generally

primary and secondary. Columella with three, and in senile examples four,

tolds. Outer lip crenulated by the spiral lirae on the margin.

Dimensions—Length 29, breadth 17, length of aperture 20, width 9 no..

Type Locality—Upper beds, Muddy Creek, Victoria; Pliocene,

Location of Molotype—Tate Mus, Coll, T 725C.

Ohservations—The specimens from Thebarton Bore, though typical in other

respects, are lirate within the outer lip.

Muaterial—The figured hypotype F 15411 and three other specimens, The-

barton Hoke One specimen Tennaut’s Bore, Topotypes G 4259, G 5524, G 9474,

H.M. Coll.

Stratigraphical Range—Kalimnan-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic.-Adelaide, South Australia.

Genus CaNcELLAPHERA Iredale, 1930

Cancellaphera Tredale, 1930, Mem. Old. Mus., 16 (1), p. 80.

Type species (monotypy) CGancellaphera ainasia Tredale.

Cancellaphera caphenan sp. TOV.

- r,s

Oamiutruta tate? Cassinann, Ludbravk, i941, Trfias, Roy. Soc, $. Aust, 65 (1), p, 100.

Diagnosis—A small Cancellaphera with a Wigh, cumspicuous protucanel

of 2 flatly convex whorls separated by deep sutures. Adult whorls deeply

ebannelled at the shoulder, sculptured with 13 axial ribs per whorl crossed and

tuberculated by spiral ribs of which Here are 5 on the first adult wud 11 on

the bedy whorl, Cohimella with three folds of which the median two are

stronger than the anterior fold.

Description of Holotype—Shell small, subovate, whorls tabulate at the

shoulder, protoconch high and conspicuous, two smooth, Hatly convex whorls

soparated by deep sutures. Adult whorls two, deeply channelled at the shoulder.

seulptured with 15 axial ribs on each whorl crossed and strongly tuberculated

hy spiral ribs, of which there are five on the first adult whorl and eleven on the

body whorl; interspaces deep, subrhombic,

Aperture about half height of shell, subtriangular, columella nearly straight,

with three folds of which the two medial are stronger than the third at the

aulerior extremity, Outer lip broken in the holotype. Umbilicus small, mar-

eined with a thickened cord supporting three spiral ribs and partly closed by

the reflected inner lip.

Dimensions—lUcight $. diameter 5, height of body whorl 6 mm.

Type LCocality—Weyiouth’s Bore, 310-330 feet.

Location of Holotype—late Mus. Coll, F 15412.

Obsérvations—lt is interesting to find a second species of this. hitherto

monotypie genus from Queensland among the Adelaide matevial, The present

species strikingly resembles the type species. The protoconch appears ta be

relatively larger aud higher and the sculpture is coarser. The holotype is some-

what immature; one incomplete specimen from Abattoirs Bore has 24 adult

whorls and is 10 mm. high.

Material—Holotype, Weymouth's Bore; one incomplete paratype and pine

frayments, Abattoirs Bore.

Sprasiasaph ice fianue—Dry Creck Sunds.

Geographical Distribution—Alattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores, Adelaide,

Family MARGINELLIDAE

Genus Manrcinenna Lamarck, 1799

Marginella Limmarck, 1799, Mem. Soo, Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 70.

(Marginellarius Dumeril, 1806, Zool, Analyst. p. 338.)

(Marginellus Montfort, 1810, Couct. ‘Syst, 2, p. 558.)

(Poreellana Sowerby, 1830, Conch. Man., p. 87, aon Mueller, 1776.)

(Pseudomurginella Maltzan, 1880, Nuchrbl. dtsch, Maluk. Ges., 12, p. 108.)

Type species (anunvtypy) Volvta glabelle Linnd,

Subgenus Exwromra Weinkanif, 1879

Erutoiled Weinkaull, 1879, in Martini & Chemnitz, Syst. Canch. Cal, 5 (4), 284, p. 144.

( Denticuloulabella Saeco, 1890, Mem. Accad. Sei. ‘lotto, ser. 2. 40, p. 317.)

Type species (s.d. Cossmann, 1899) Marginella margarita Kener,

Marginella (Eratoidea) glaessneri sp, tiov.

pl, 3, tig, £1

Marginella muscarioides Tate, Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy, Sac. S, Aust, 65 (1), p, LOO,

Diagnosis—A very small Eratoidca with a moderately high spire and a

fairly Jarge, stout and solic body whorl, Outer lip heavily thickened and strongly

incurved, from about the posterior one-third, then gradually sloping to the

anterior margin. Anterior margin of aperture straight and not excavate dorsally.

Description of Holotype—Shell very small, pyriform, smooth, solid, shining.

Spire of moderate height, apex flattish and covered with enamel. Adult wharls

three, gradually increasing, body whorl large, swollen in the middle and con-

stricted anteriorly. Sutures inconspicuous, linear, cuvered with enamel, Aper-

ture of moderate length, attached well below the summit of the body whorl,

oblique outer lip heavily thickened and strongly incurved from about the

postcrior one-third then gradually sloping to the anterior margin. Columella

nearly straight with four stout, cqually-spaced, slightly oblique, short, stout folds.

Anterior margin of aperture straight.

Dinensions—Height 8, diameter 2, height of aperture 2-4 mm.

Type Locality—Hindmarsh Bore, 450-487 feet,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll., F 15413.

Observations—This is a very small species, very like M. muscaricides Tate,

with which it was formerly identified. It is apparently always less than halt

the size of M, muscarioides; its spire is less clevated and less constricted at the

sutures, The species is named in honour of Dr. M, F. Glaessner, Reader in

Palaeontology, University of Adelaide.

Materiai—Holotype, Hindmarsh Bore; nincteen paratypes, Weymouth’s

Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Hindmarsh and Weymouth's Bores,

Marginella Reratnddes) weatwerthh Tenison Woods

, 3, fig, It

Marginella wentwarthit Tenison Woods, 1877, Pap. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1876, p, 100; R.

Ktheridge, jun., 1878, Cat, Aust. Foss, p. 16%; Ty, 187s, Trans. Phil. Soc. Adel,

1877-8, p92; Johnston, 1885, Geol, Tas., pl. 31. figs. 5, Sa; Dennant, 1889, Trans,

Roy. Soe. $, Aust., 11, p. 43; Tate & Denannt, 1893, id.. 17 (1), p. 220; Tate & Den-

nit, 1893, id, 19 (1), p. LIL, Harris, 1887, Git. ert. Moll. Brit, Mus., 1, p. 82;

Deonant & Kitson, 1903, Ree, Coal. Surv, Vie, L (2), p, 99; Chapman, Crespin &

heble, 1026, Rec. Geol. Surv. Vie., 5, p, 165; Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy, Soo. 8. Aust.,

65 (1), p. 100, Crespin, 1943, Min, Res. Surv, Bull, 9, p. 97; Chtton, 1949, Ree S.

Aust. Mis, 9 (2), p. 217, pl. 17, fiz, wentworthi,

Pauruinelta falininse Chapman & Crespiu, Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Aust, 65

» p. 100,

Diagnosis—A small, somewhat clongate Eratoidea, with protoconch of one

barely distinguishable, flattish, smooth turn. Spire moderately high, body whorl

slender with tendency to angulation at the periphery, aperture relatively short

and somewhat expanded in the middle; outer lip thickened and tlenticulate, the

pasterior denticle being generally, but not always, larger and more prominent

than the remainder; anterior canal wide, anterior margin convex, Columella

with four stout folds,

Dimensions—Heivht 6, diameter 3:3 mm.

Type Locality—Table Cape, Tasmania; ? Oligocene.

Location of Holotype—(?) Mobart Museum, Tasmania.

Observations—M, (E.) wentworthi appears to be a very long-ranying and

widely-dispersed species in the Tertiaries of sonthern Australia, The species

needs closcr study from a greatcr selection of material. Adelaide specimens

are small, but otherwise similar to examples fram Muddy Creck (lower beds).

Specimens previqusly recorded from Abattoirs Bore (Ludbrook, 1941, p, 10)

as M. kalimnae are not juveniles of that species as previously considered.

Material—The figured hypotype F 15414 and four other specimens, Hind-

marsh Bore; nine examples, Abattoirs Bore; 3 examples Weymouth’s Bore; 14

examples (G 4218, G9341), Muddy Creek, Victoria, B.M. Coll; two topo-

types, Table Cape, Tasmania.

Stratigraphical Range—? Oligocene-Dry Creek Sands.

Ceographical. Distribution—Cippsland, Vic-Adelaide, S. Aust.; Tasmania.

Marginella (Eratoidea) meta Cotton

Muryinella meta Cotton, 1949, Rec. 8, Aust, Mus, 9 (2), p. 213, pl. 18, Sg, meta,

Diagnosis—A small, rather narrow Erafoidea with a blunt protoconch and

a long spire,

Dimensions—Height 4, diameter 2 mm.

Type Locality—Bore 21, Adelaide Plains, at 400 feet.

Location. of Halotype—S. Aust, Mus., No. P 8795,

Observations—It is extremely doubtful whether this monotypic species,

founded on an immature specimen, should be separated from M. wentworthi,

Sufficient materia] is not available for precise definition of either species, or of

M. crista, below.

Material—Holotype.

Stratigraphical Range—Diy Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Bore 21, Adelaide.

Marginella (Eratoidea) crista Cotton

Marginella crista Cotton, L940, Ree. &. Aust. Mus, 9 (2), p. 216, pl. 18, fig. crista.

Diagnosis—A small, elongate Eratoidea with a high spire and a blunt pro-

toconch. Aperture short, a litte more than half height of shell.

Dimensions—Weight 4-8, diameter 2 mm.

Type Locality—Weymouth's Bore, 450 feet,

Location of Holotype—S. Aust, Mus., No, 8791.

Observations—A monotypic species, probably identical with M. meta.

Material—Molotype only.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical. Distribution—Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide.

Genus Gipperuta Swainson, 1840)

Gibherula Swainson, 1840, Treat. Malac., p. 325.

Type species (monotypy ) Gibberula zonata Swainson = Volvaria oryza Lamarck.

Gibberula clima (Cotton)

pl, 3. fiz, 13

Marginella clima Cotton, 1949, Ree, S. Aust. Mas., 9 (2), p. 213, pl. 18, fig. clima.

_ Diagnosis—A small, globose Gibberula with a small spire, flatly rounded at

the apex. Body whorl large, constricted anteriorly, Aperture of moderate width.

Outer lip thickened, wider medially,

Dimensions—Height 5:2, diameter 3°7 mm.

Type Locality—S.A. Mines Department Bore 21, at 400 feet.

Location of Holotype—S. Aust. Mus., No. P 8797,

Material—Holotype and paratype.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribtition—Bore 21, Adelaide,

Gibberula talla (Cotton)

pl, 3; fiz, 14

Marginella talla Gotton, 1949, Ree. S, Aust, Mus., 9 (2), p. 213, pl. 18, fig. tall.

Marginella cassida Cotton, ibid., p. 216, pl. 18, fig. casaida.

Diagnosis—A narrow Gibberula with a short and rather small spire. Body

whorl long, rounded at shoulder and gradually tapering anteriorly. ‘Outer lip

narrowly thickened, slightly sinuous, without deriliculations aud attached at the

suture of the body whurl. °

Dimensions-—Height 5, diameter 8 mm.

Type Locality—sS. Aust. Mines Department Bore 21, at 400 fect.

Location of Holotype—S. Aust. Mus., No, P 8796.

Observations—There is apparently a typographical error in the height of

the shell as given in the original description. The holotype of cassida is almost

identical with that of talla,

Material—IIgletypes only of talla and cassida,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Bure 21, Adelaide Plains.

Genus Crosta Gray, 1857

Closia Gray, 1857, Guide Syst. Moll. Brit. Mus., p. 36,

Type species (monotypy) Marginella sarda Kiener,

Subgenus Costa s. str.

Closia (Closia) moana (Ludbrook)

Marginella moana Ludhbrook, 1941, ‘Trans. Roy. Soc. 5. Aust., #5 (1), p. 97, pl. 5, fiz. 15;

Cotton, 1949, Ree. $. Aust, Mus. 9 (2), p 22D, pl 17, fig, mate,

Diagnosis—A sinall, solid pyriform Closia with a long, narrow aperture

raised aboye the immersed apex. Outer lip finely and weakly denticulate within,

columella generally with four folds of which the anterior two are generally

stronger, and sometimes with a fifth weak fold situated well within the shell;

columella concave anteriorly,

Dimensions—Ieight of whorl 4-1, height of aperture 4-3, diameter 3-1 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Lovation of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Uniy. of Adelaide, T 1642.

Observations—Cotton (1949, p. 220) has drawn attention to the fifth fold

to which reference was not made in the original deseription—the writer pleads

guilty to oversight in this matter—and which is not shown in the original figure.

This fold is present in some specimens only, including the holotype, and can be

viewed only by rotating the shell so that the columellar interior is well ex

posed. The appearance of the columellar fold in normal view is as given in

the original figure and not as in the fignre accompanying Cotton’s note (Catton,

he pl. 17, fig. moana), where five folds of approximately equal strength are

shown.

Material—Ilolotype and four paratypes, Abattoirs Bore; eleven specimens,

Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dyy Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores.

Closia (Closia) arena (Cotton)

pl 3, fig. 16

Mavginella arena Gatton, 1949, Ree, §. Aust. Mus., 9 (2), p. 214) pl. 18, fiz. atena

Diagnosis—An ovate Closia with a slightly depressed spire. Columeila and

outer lip regularly convex, aperture crescent-shaped, Columella with six folds,

outer lip narrowly thickened, without denticles.

Dimensions—Height 3, diameter 2 mm.

Type Locality—S. Aust, Mines Department Bore 2], Adelaide Plains,

Location of Holotype—sS. Aust. Mus., No. P 8794.

Material—Iolotype only.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Bore 21, Adelaide District,

Closia (Closia) Planilabrum sp. nuy,

1, 3, fig. 12

sane aecyinns Chapman & Creapin, Tadbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy, Soc. §, Aust, 65

Dp .

‘apsiosis—A very small, globose, pyriform Closia with a flat or only slightly

convex spire, Apertnre reaching to the apex bnt not extending beyond it, at-

tached almost horizontally at the suture. Thickening of the onter lip, flat

within and convex on the outer edge; lip without denticulations. Columella

wilh seven folds, the interior two of which are stronger.

Description of Holotype—Shell very small, globose-pyriform, smooth, solid,

spire flatly conyex but not immersed, body whorl globose, constricted anteriorly,

Aperture long, gently arcuate, reaching almost to the apex but in the holotype

not extending beyond it, attached almost horizontally at the suture of the body

whorl. Outer lip moderately thickened, fattened within, convex on the outer

edge, without denticulations. Columella with seven folds, the anterior two of

which are longer and more prominent than the remainder, Behind the lowest

fold which borders the anterior canal there is a narrow depression.

Dimensions—Height 2-1, diameter 2-0 mmi.

Type Locality—Weymouth's Bore, 310-330 feet.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., F 15415.

This species. differs in shape and in the number of columellar folds from

the Miovene globiformis with which it was originally identified, The aperture

is shorter relative to the shell than it is in globifermis. It is more sharply con-

stricted anteriorly than arenu,

Material—The holotype and six paratypes, Weymouth's Bore; one paratype,

Hindmarsh Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Adelaide District.

Closia (Closia) doma (Cotton)

pl, 3, fig. 18

Marginella doma Cotton, 1949, Reo. §. Aust. Musi, 9 (2), p. 213, pl. 18, fig. dome.

Diagnosis—A fairly large, elongate Closia with spire not extended beyond

body whorl. Columella with five folds; outer lip finely denticulate,

Type Locality—S.A. Govt. Bore 28, 360 feet.

Lucation of Holotype—s. Aust. Mus.. No. F 8793.

Material—The holotype, the figured hypatype F 15416, and two other speci-

mens, Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 fect; 2 worn specimens, doubtfully belonging

to the species, Hindmarsh Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands-

Geographical Distribution-—Bore 28 and Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide,

Genus Szepnatra Jonsscaume, 1875

Serrata Toausscaume, 1875, Bev. Mag, Zool, ser, 3, 3, pp. V7, 230,

Type species (tantonymy) Marginella serrata Gaskain,

Serrata charma (Cotton)

pl. 3, fig. 19

Marginella charma Cotton, 1949, Kec. 5, Aust, Mus,, ¥ (2), @. 214, pl. 18, flu. charma.

Diagnosis—A small, thick and solid Serrata, somewhat cassid shaped. Spire

short, body whorl large, constricted anteriorly. Columella with four folds, the

anterior of which is stronger than the remaining three. Outer lip denticulate.

Dimensions—Height 4, diameter 3 mm.

Type Locality—S.A. Govt. Bore 28, 360 feet.

Location of Holotype—sS, Aust, Mus,, No, P 8783,

Observaltions—The figure accompanying the original description of this

species is at some variance with the description, and the relative measurements

are not in conformity with those given fur the holotype. The species is less

elongate than would appear from the original figure.

Material—The holotype and paratype; the fgured hypotype F 15417 and &

other specimens, Weymouth’s Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands.

Geographical. Distribution—Bore 28 and Weymouth's Bore, Adelaide Plains,

Serrata metuly (Cotton)

pl. 3, fi. 17

Margtnella. metila Cotton, 1949, Rec. S. Aust. Mus., 8 (2), p. 214, pl. 18, fig, metula.

Diegnosis—A rather narrow, fairly large, clongate-ovate Serrata with a de-

pressed spire. Aperture narrow, gently arcuate; outer lip thin, with numerous

elongate and weak denticles within; columella with two strong folds at the

_anterior and as many as ten weaker folds, the number, disposition and strength

varying with individuals, posterior to these. Base calloused to about the posi-

tion of the third denticle from the anterior.

Dimensions—Height 5-2, diameter 3-2 mm,

Type Locality—S. Aust. Govt. Bore 21, Adelaide Pains, 400 feet.

Location of Holotype—S. Aust. Mus., No. P8782. -

Material—Holotype, paratype; figured hypotype, F 15418, and two other

specimens, Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 feet.

Stratigruphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Bore 21 and Weymouth’s Boro, Adelaide.

Serrata bicrassiplicata sp, nov.

ph 3, fg, 31

Diagnosis—A small, rather narrow Serrata with a small conical spire.

rounded at the apex. Aperture long, gently increasing in width anteriorly;

columella with two very stout and prominent folds anteriorly, the lower of

which is subtriangular, the upper elongate and prominent, and above these two

narrow, slender and widely-spaced folds. Outer lip smooth but not ridged

without, denticoulate well within,

Description of Holotype—Shell small, moderately narrow, elongate-ovate,

with a small and short conical spire, rounded at the apex. Body whorl large,

gradually narrowing anteriorly, aperture long, reaching nearly to the suture of

the body whorl, increasing somewhat in width anteriorly, Columella very

gently convex, with four folds; the anterior fold is large, prominent and sub-

triangular in shape, the second fold is large, long and prominent; above these

are two narrow, slender and weaker folds; widely spraced. Outer lip scarcely

thickened, smooth and not ridged without, finely denticulate well within the

margin, Anterior canal excavate dorsally.

Dimensions—Height 8-9, diameter 2-25 mm,

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 Feet.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll, F 15419,

Observations—The nearest related species appears to be S. patria (Cotton)

Recent from Western Australia. The fossil species differs in the nature of the

columellar folds and in the shape of the aperture, including the manner of

attachment of the posterior extremity.

Material—The holotype and 21 paratypes, Weymouth's Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Weymouth's Bore, Adelaide,

Serrata weymouthensis sp. nov.

pL 3, fig. 20

Diagnosis—A subovate Serrata with a short conical spire. Body whorl fairly

large and rather broad, somewhat constricted anteriorly, Aperture attached to

body whorl at the shoulder below the suture. Columella with six folds inereas-

ing in length towards the anterior. Outer lip almost straight, only very narrowly

ridged without, denticulate within, anterior canal excayate dorsally.

Descrivtion of Holotype—Shell small, subovate, of moderate width with

a short conical spire rounded at the apex, Body whorl fairly large, moderately

constricted anteriorly; aperture of moderate length, attached to body whorl at

the shoulder and well below the suture, widening slightly towards the anterior.

Columella gently convex, with six folds increasing in length from posterior te

anterior. Outer lip almost straight and gently incurved posteriorly; thickened

without but ridged only very narrowly over the anterior portion uf its length;

denticulate within. Anterior canal excavate dorsally, ~

Dimensions—Height 3-9, diameter 2-7 mm,

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 feet,

Location of Holetype—Tate Mus. Coll, F 15420.

Material—Holotype and twelve paratypes, Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide.

Genus Vorvarina Hinds, 1844

Volourina Hinds, 1844, Proc. Zool. Soc., 12, p. 75.

(Porcullanella Conrad, 1862, Pree. Acad, Nat. Sci, Philad., p, 564.)

Type species (o.d.) Marginella avena Valenciennes

Volvarina (?) incommoda sp. nov.

3 f

pl 2, ng, 15

Marginella sp. Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Ruy. Sou, S. Aust. 65 (1), p. 97.

Diagnosis—A small marginellid possibly belonging to Volvarina with a high,

blunt spire and whorls separated by deep sutures. Body whorl of moderate

size, gently convex. Aperture a little more than two-thirds height of shell,

increasing in width anteriorly and separated from the whorl by a marked

channel posteriorly, Outer lip slightly sinuous and incuryed in the posterior

medial portion. Columella with four folds at the anterior. Base with a spread

of callus up to the position of the fourth fold.

Description of Holotype—Shell small, stout, elongate-ovate and rather pupi-

form. Body whorl of sriodarate size, elongate and gently convex, Apex roundly

depressed, spire blunt; Adult whorls separated by deep and conspicuous

sutures, Aperture a little more than two-thirds height of shell, inereasing in

width anteriorly and separated from the whorl posteriorly by a definite channel.

Outer lip not thickened, slightly sinuous, incurved above the middle, finely

denticulate within. Columella with four folds. Outer lip callus spreading for-

ward over the base to the position of the fourth fold,

Diegnosis—Iieight 6-3, diameter 3-3, height of aperture 4:65 mm.

Type Localiity—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Lacation of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll,, F 15421.

Observations—This species was not named or figured in the original re-

ference, although it was almost completely described. No further material

has been obtained. but as the well-preserved specimen seems to be of a unique

type in the Australian Tertiary it is here named and figured, Its affinities are

obscure. Generically it seems closest to an Indo-Pacific group represented by

“Marginella” sarcodes Tomlin and “Marginella” serri Bavay, which may helong

to Volvarind.

Material—Holotype only,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Ahbattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Superfamily CONACEA

Family TURRIDAE

Subfamily Turrinag

Genus Xexuroturnis Iredale, 1929

Xenurothrris Tredale, 1929, Mein. Old, Mus, 9 (3), p. 385.

Type species (0.1.) Xenuroturris levitima lredale.

Subgenus Vexutugris Powell, 1944

Veruturris Powell, 1944, Ree. Auck. Inst. Mus,, 3 (1), p. 9.

Type species (o.d.) Xenuroturris (Verulurris) quadricarinalus Powell.

Xenuroturris (Veruturris) tomopleuroides Powell

pl 5, lig. &

Xenuroturris (Veruturris) tomopleuroides Powell, 1944, Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus., 3 (1), p. 11,

g. 3,

Veruturris tomopleuroides Powell, Cotton, 1947, Conch. Club S, Atist., 4, p, 3,

Diagnosis—A small Veruturris with a broadly rounded protaconch of 2

smooth whorls, followed by three-quarters of a whorl with brephic axials,

Aduit whorls sculptured with two spiral threads below the suture, a moderate

cord at the posterior one-fourth and a strong cord or carina on the periphery

followed by a spiral bordering the lower suture. On the body whorl a fourth

song spiral cord emerges near or just beneath the top of the aperture. About

18 weaker cords on the base and anterior canal. Interspaces marked by growth

lines indicating the outline of the sinus which is broadly V-shaped with apex

on the uppermost of the strong cords,

Dimensions—Height 17:5, diameter 5:5 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, 400-500 feet, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Finlay Collection, Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Mafterial—Figured hypotype F 15422, Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 feet,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands:

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide.

Xenuroturris (Veruturris) bisculptus Powell

pl. 5, fg. 1

ef. Filodrilla sp. Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy, Soc. 8. Aust., 65 (1), p, 100,

Kenuroturris (Verutureis) disculptus Powell, 1944, Rec, Auck, Inst. Mus,, 8 (1), p. 11, pl. 1,

fig, 4,

Veruturris biseulptus Powell, Cotton, 1947, Conch, Club §. Anst,, 4, p. 3.

Diagnosis—A small Verufturris with a proteconch of two broadly rounded,

smooth whorls followed by a whorl of brephic axials, Adult whorls flatly in-

creasing, sculptured on the upper half of each whorl with 17 fold-like axials,

crossed generally by three spiral cords nodulose at the intersections with the

axials, and on the lower half of each whorl with two to three conspicuous and

heavy, closely-spaced spirals. Base and anterior canal with 18 spirals, Length

of anterior canal less than half total height of aperture.

Dimensions—Height 13-9, diameter 4-5 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide, 400-500 feet.

Lecation of Helotype—Finlay Collection, Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Material—The figured hypotype F 15423, Weymouth's Bore; one topotype,

Abattoirs Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores, Adelaide.

Genus Epmimona Iredale, 1931

Epidirona Iredale, 1931, Reo. Aust, Mus., 18 p. 225,

(Epidrona Cotton, 1947, Conch. Chib S. Aust., 4, p. 14, lapsus calami for Epidirana }

Type species (0,d.) Epidirona hedleyi lredale.

Epidirona adelaidensis (Ludbrook)

Bathytoma adelaidensiy Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy, Soc. §. Aust., 65 (1), p. 97, pl. 5, fg. 17,

Epidirona adelaidensis (Ludbrook), Powell, 1944; Heo. Auck, Inst. Mus, 3 (1), p, 16,

Epidrona adelaidensis Ludbrank, Gotton, 1947, Conch. Club S, Aust., 4, p. 5 Clapsus calard

for Epidirena).

Diagnosis—An Epidirona of moderate size, with a moderate-sized proto-

conch of two smooth, bluntly rounded whorls. Adult whorls gradually increas-

ing, sculptured with 2 close spiral cords on the shoulder; posterior to these about

five fine spiral lirae crossed and somewhat tuberculated by axial growth lirae

following the outline of the V-shaped sinus, the apex of which is on the shoulder;

beluw the shoulder one or two fine, spiral ribs, which extend over the hase of

the body whorl where they are ten in number, Whorls earinate at the shoulder;

concave above and below the carination,

Dimensions—Height 20 mm., diameter 8-5 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Location of Holotype-——Tate Mus. Coll, T 1622.

Material—Numerous paratypes, Abattoirs Bore; one specimen, Weymouth's

Bote.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geogruphical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores, Adcluide.

Epidirona powelli sp. voy,

pl. 5, fiz. 3

Epidiruna suppressa (Finlay), Powoll, 1944, Hee. Auck. Inst. Mus. 3.(1), p. 16.

Epidrona suppressa Finlay, Cotton, OAT, Conch, Club S, Aust, 4p. 5 (lapsus calamt for

Epidirune).

Diagnosis—An Epidirona. of moderate size, solid, Protoconch of two broad,

smooth, subglobose turns, Adult whorls sculptured iu the early whorls with

from five to eight fine spiral lirae which become obsolete or die out on the fifth

and sixth whorls, All whorls showing frequent crowded axial growth striae with

a conspicuous sinus at about the middle of the whorl.

Description. of Holotype—Shell of moderate size, broadly fusiform, solid.

Protoconch of two broad, smooth subglobose turns; adult whorls. six, gently

convex, gradually increasing, sculptured at first with from five to eight fine, spiral

lirae on the early wharls, becoming obsolete or dying out on the fifth and sixth

whorls, which are relatively devoid of spiral sculpture and are polished, All

whorls with frequent crowded growth striae which are conspicuously sinused

at about the middle of the whorl, ‘Suture impressed. Aperture and canal about

half height of shell; outer lip broken in holotype; inner lip calloused; anterior

canal twisted and notched:

Dinensions—Height 80, diameter 12, height of aperture and canal 14:5 mm,

Type Loculity—Weymouth’s Bore, 810-530 feet.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll, F 15424,

Olwservations—Comparison of the three specimens available from Wey-

mouth’s Kore with authentic examples of Epidirona suppresse (Finlay) from

Muddy Creek shows that although there is a strong superficial resemblance

between the two, the protoconch of E, potvelli is larger and differs somewhat

in shape from that of E. suppressa, where the protoconch is high and the early

whorls are more attenuated than the later mes. There is more gradual increase

in the shell from the embryonic to the ephebie in E, powelli than there is in

LE. suppressa. The sculpture appears to be somewhat variable in E. powelli; it

is stronger in the neanic stuges and becomes relatively obsolete in the cphebic

stage, The species is named in honour of Dr. A. W, B. Powell of Auckland

Museum, who revised the Australian Tertiary Turridac.

Material—Holotype and two paratypes, Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth'’s Bores, Adelaide.

Genus Linaronmna Powell, 1949

Edvatomiinn Powell, 1042, Bull, Auck. Inst. Mus., 2, p 72.

Type species (a.d.) Bela seulptulis Tate.

Tiratomina adclaidensis Powell

Liratumina udelaidenvis Powell, 1944, Ree. Aust. Inst. Mus., 3 (1), p. 7, pl. 7, fiz, 3.

Tamitoming adelaidensts Powell, Cotton, 1947, Couch, Club S. Aust. 4, boy

Diagnosis—A moderately large Liralumina, with a large, smooth anil

rounded proloconch af 1% whorls, Whorls prominently shouldered, with broad

and deeply excavated shoulder; whorls polished, with distinct and slightly

raised spiral sculpture consisting of seven to nine spiral threads in the posterior

sinus area and seven to eight broad, fattened spiral cords with weakly incised

linvar grooves between, extending from shoulder to anterior suture, Spirals

stronger and more widely spaced on Jower part of base,

Dimensions—Height 32,6, diameter 16 mm.

‘

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Location of Holotype—Finlay Coll., Auck, Mus., N.Z,

Observations—This species is not known to oecur except in Abattoirs Bore

material in the Finlay Collection.

Material—Holotype.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Subfamily CLavinaE

Genus Inguisrron Hedley, 1918

Ingitisitor Hedley, 1918, Jour. Roy. Sac. N.S.W., 51, supp, p, M, 79.

Type species (v.d.) Pleurotoma sterrha Watson,

isitor detritus Ludbrook

Tnquisitor detritus. Ludbrpak, 1941, Trans, Roy. Soc. §, Aust, 65 (1), p 98, pl 5, fiz. 18;

Crespin, 1943, Min. Res. Sury. Bull., 9, ys. 97; Powell, 1944, Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus, 3

(1), p. 27; Cotton, 1947, Conch. Club 'S. Anst., 4, p. 10.

Diagnosis—A. small, narrow Inquisitor with 2 protoconch of two flattened,

convex, smooth turns. Adult whorls slightly angled just above the middle and

sculptured with about eleven prominent, narrow costae per whorl, extending

from just aboyo the angle of the whorl to the anterior suture; one conspicuous

spiral rib per whorl just below the suture followed by numerous crowded lirae

to the angle of the whorl, then by about five strong striae crossing axial ribs

and interspaces.

Dimensions—Ieight 12, diameter 3-8 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adclaide.

Location of olotype—Tate Mus. Coll., T 1670.

Observations—No further examples of this species have been recovered

from borings in the Adelaide District, but the species has now been recorded

from the Kalimnan of Gippsland (Crespin, 1943, p. 97).

Material—8 paratypes and portions of 5 others, Abattoirs Bore, all some-

what eroded, ;

Stratigraphical Range—Kalimnan-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic.-Adelaide, §. Aust.

Inguisitor sp.

Observations—A small Inquisitor somewhat eroded and not belonging to

I. detritus occurs in Hindmarsh Bore material, Diagnosis of the species is de-

ferred until more material in a better state of preservation is available,

Genus SPLENDRILLIA Hedley, 1922

Splendrillia Hedley, 1922, Ree. Aust. Mus,, 13, p, 250)

Splendrilla Thicle, 1935, Handh, Syst. Weicht, 1. p. 357 (err. pro, Splendrillia Hedley),

Type species (o.d,) Drillia woodsi Beddome,

Splendrillia trucidata (Ludbrook)

Austrodrillia tructdata Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy, Suc. $, Aust. 65 (1), p, 98, pl. 5, fiz. Sty

Crespin, 1943, Min, Res. Surv. Bull., 9, p. 95.

Splendrilla trucidata (Ludhrqok), Pawell, 1944, Ree, Auck, Inst, Mus. 3 (1), p. 31,

Diagnosis—A Splendrillia, large for the genus, with a protoconch of moder-

ate size, consisting of two smooth, flatly globose turns. Adult whorls sculptured

with twelve axial costae per whorl abruptly terminated at the shoulder, which

is high on the whorl and excavate. Spiral sculpture absent except for fine and

rather flat ribs on the base. Aperture a little over one-third total height of shell;

outer lip with a strong, almost rectangular notch; inner lip calloused, parietal

callus thick and elevated into a tooth-like prominence.

Dimensions—Height 15, diameter 5, height of aperture and canal 6 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll., T 1625.

Observations—Since it was described from Abattoirs Bore material the

species has been recovered also from the Kalimnan of Gippsland, Victoria

(Crespm, 1943, p, 95).

Material—2() paratypes and portions of 4 others, Abattoirs Bore; one speci-

men, Weymouth's Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Kalimnan-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic-Adelaide, S. Aust.

Splondsallia adelaidae Powell

Splendriltia adelailae Powell, 1946, Rec. Auck. Lust. Mus., 8 (1), p. 31, pl. 2, fiz. 6.

Diagnosis—A moderately large Splendrillia sculptured with 12 vertical

axials per whorl which are sharply terminated at the peripheral angle and

deeply incised spirals, of which there are six on the spire-whorls and about

26 over the body whorl to the anterior border. Shoulder deeply concave, sub-

sutural fold strong.

Dimensions—Height 11-8, diameter 4-25 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Finlay Coll. Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Observations—The species does not occur among material at the writer’s

disposal.

Material—Holotype.

Strutigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Genus SyNromopriti1a Woodring, 1925

Syntamodrillia Woodring, 1928, Carnegie Inst, Pub., 385, p. 160.

Type species (0.d,) Drillia lissotropis Dall,

Syntomodrillia decemcostata (Ludbrook)

Austredrillia. decemcostata Tadbrook, 1941, Trans. Hay. Soc, S, Aust, 65 (1), p. 98, pl, 5,

fig. 19: Grespin, 1943, Min. Res. Surv. Bull., 9, p, 95.

Syntumodrillia decemcostate (Laulbyook), Powell, 1944, Ree. Anck. Inst. Mus, 3 (1), p. G45

Cotton, 1947, Gonch. Club §. Aust, 4, p. 11.

Diagnosis—A Syntomodyrillia of moderate size with protoconch of one-and-

#t-halt globose, smooth turns, Adult whorls angulate on the spire, becoming less

so with the age of the whorl, Sculpture of 10 oblique axial costae per whorl,

extending from suture to suture and more prominent in the middle of the

whorl, Whorls otherwisc smooth except for four axial growth striae arid six

short spiral lirae on the anterior end of the base, Toner lip calloused, parietal

callus pad heavy.

Dimensions—Height 7-2, diameter 2-2, height of aperture 2-2 mim.

Lype Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location ef Halotype—Tate Mus. Coll., T 1672.

Observations—This specics also has been recorded from tho Kalimnan of

Gippsland, if has not ocenrred in any numbers in any olber boring than the

Abattoirs.

Material—25 paratypes, Abaltoirs Bore: three specimens (two juveniles),

Hindmarsh Bore; 1 specimen, Weyrnouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Kalimnan-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—-Gippsland, Vic-Adelaide, $. Aust.

Syritomadriltian lndtwockae Powell

Syntomodvillia ludbrookae Powell, 1944, Teo. ake Inst: Mus., 3 (1), p. 4, pl 2, fg, 10;

Cotton, 1947, Conch. Club S. Aust,, 4, p, UL,

Diagaosis—A. Syntomodrillia of moderate size with a conspicuous, bluntly

rounded protoconch of two smooth whorls; adult whorls sculptured with 15-16

axial ribs per whorl, thickened at the middle on the carly whorls, narrow crested,

ficxuous over the body whorl and dying out over the base. Anterior with five

spirals,

H Dimensions—Height 7, diameter 2-7 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Finlay Coll, Auck. Mus,, N.Z.

Observations—The specimen F 15425 figured ( Ph 5, fig. 4) shows a more de-

finite peripheral angle than that described in the holotype. In other cts, how-

ever, the specimens from Weymouth’s Bore are in agreement with the original

description.

Material—The figured hypotype and 4 other specimens.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical. Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores.

Genus Tomorreura Casey, 1904

Tomopleura Casey, 1904, Trans. Acad. Sei, St. Louis, 14 (5), p. 238.

ype species (o.d,) Pleuratoma nivae Philippi.

Tomopleure yr te dl Powell

pl. 5, fig. 5

Fllodritis asiectoides Chap, & Gab., Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy. Soc, S. Aust, 6S (1),

Tombpleura Iudbraokae Powell, 1944, Rec, Auck, Tast. Mus, 3 (1), p, 38, pl 2, fig 4;

Gotton, 1947, Conch. Club S. Aust., 4, p. 11.

Diagnosis—A slender Tomopleura with a tall, narrow protoconch of 4

whorls; adult whorls carinate just below the middle, with a strong cord on

the carina, two spirals submargining the suture, two or three threads on the

shoulder and 2 strong cords below the carina, Interspaces finely sculptured

with closely spaced, flexuous, axial threads. Body whorl! with about 23 spirals,

Dimensions—Height 14-9, diameter 4:6 mm.

Type Locality—Ahattoirs Bore, Adclaide.

Location of Holotype—Fimlay Coll, Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Material—Hypotype F 15465 and one topotype, Abattoirs Bore; 2 Wey-

mouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymiouth’s Bore, Adelaide.

Genus MaoriToMeELLA Powell, 1942

Maoritomella Powel, 1942, Bull Auck. Inst. Mus,, 2, p, 113.

Type species (o.d,) Pleurotoma albula Hutton,

Maoritomella nutans Powell

pl. 5, fig.

P Asthenotoma subtilinie Medley, Ludbroak, 1941, ‘Trans. Roy. Soc. &, Aust., 65 (1), p, 100,

Muuritomella tutans Powell, 1944, Rec, Auck, Inst, Mus.. 3 (1), p. 30; Cotton, 1947, Canch.

Club S, Aust, 4, p. 12

Diagnosis—A Maoritomella of moderate size with a somewhat pagodi form

spire, Protoconch large, paucispiral, of two smooth whorls, followed a half

whorl with brephic axials. Adult whorls with a slight carina at the anterior

one-fourth, sculptured with four fine lirae above the carina, a spiral cord on

the carina, one of equal strength below it, and a third cord emerging from

the suture on the body whorl.

Dimensions—Height 12-2, diameter 4-3 mm.

Type Locality—Ahattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location uf Holotype—Finlay Coll., Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Observations—The two specimens from Abattoirs Bore previously dovubt-

fully reterred to Asthenotoma subtilinea belong to Maoritomella nutans, since

described by Powell, and distinguishable largely by the globular paucispiral

proteconch from species of Tomopleura to which Maoritomella is closely related.

Maierial—Hypotype F 15426 and one topotype, Abattairs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore.

Subfamily MANGELUNAE

Genus GunaLeus Hedley, L91S

Guraleus Hedley, 1918, Journ, Roy, Soc, NvS.W,, 51, supp, p.M. 79.

Type species (o.d.) Mangelia picta Adams & Angas,

Subgenus GuRALgus s. str.

Guraleus Sunde) chapplei Powell

, Oo, fig.

Guraleus chapplet Powell, 1944, Ree. Auk, ‘Mus, 3 (1), p. 47, pl. 4, fin. 1) Cotton, 1947,

Conch. Clib $. Aust. 4, p. 14.

Diagnosis—An elongate fusiform Guraleus with angled whorls sculptured

with 10 axials per whorl, extending from upper suture over base. Peripheral

angle just above the middle.

Dimensions—Height 12-5, diameter 8-9 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Finlay Coll., Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Observulions—This specics is known to the writer only from a specimtn

doubtfully identified as such. It is close to the species G. ludbrookae from which

it differs principally in the number of ribs per whorl, the apparently greater

validity of the spirals and in the more elongate shape.

Material—One. eroded specimen doultfully belunging to the species, Wey-

mouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sarids,

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Guraleus (Guraleus) fadheopheas Powell

oy, tig.

Geraleus ludbrookae Powell, 1944, Ree. Ruck Toa, Mus, 3 (1), p. £7; Catton, 1047, Conch,

Club 8. Aust, 4; p. 14.

Diagnosis—An ovate-fusitorm Guraleus with a polygyrate, dome-shaped

protoconch of 8 whorls; shell ovate-fusiform, whorls rownded, sculptured with

axials extending from upper suture over basc, 12 per whorl. Spirals numerous,

thread-like, 4 weak primaries on spire whorls.

Dimensions—Height 7-8, diameter 3 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Finlay Coll., Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Material—The figured hypotype F 15427, Hindmarsh Bore; 3 specimens,

Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands.

Geographical Distribirtion—Ahattoirs and Hindmarsh Bores, Adelaide.

Subgenus Eucurateus Cotton, 1947

Euguraleus Gottem, 147.8. Aust. Nat, 24 (3), p. 15.

Type species (a.d.) Euguraleus anisus Cotton,

Guraleus (Euguraleus) subnitidus Ludbrook

Guraleus subnitidus Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Sou. 8. Aust., 65 (1), p. 99, pl. 5B, fv. 22;

Powell, Ly44. Rec. Auek. Mus., 3 (1), 48.

Enguralens subnitidus Ludbrook, Cotton, 1947, Conch. Chib 8. Aust, 4, 7. 15.

Diagnosis—A very small Guraleus with a polygyrate protoconch of 8 very

small, smooth whorls with a minute, exsert tip, followed by one-third whorl with

brephic axials. Sculpture of 1 axial ribs_per whorl, crossed by spiral grooves,

cutting the surface into broad, Hal cords, of which there are four from the

periphery to the anterior suture. Periphery subangulate.

Dimensions—eight 4-8 diameter 1-8 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Material—48 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore; 22 specimens, Weymouth’s Bore.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll. T 1664.

Sratieraphitcal Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores, Adelaide.

Guralcus {Euguraleus) adclaidensis lowell

1. 5, ig. 10

Gtaleus adelaidensis Puwell, 1944, Rev Anck. Tit, Mus., 3 (1), m. 2?,

Euguraleus adeludensts Powell, Cotton, 1947b, Conch. Club S. Aust. 4, p, 15,

Diagnosis—A very small Guraleus, with a polygyrate proteconch of 3k

smooth whorls with a minute exsert tip, followed by a whorl of strong,

vertical, brephic axials. Whorls carinate at the periphery, sculptured wi

spiral grooves, cutting the surface into broad, flat cords, of which there are

3 peace the periphery and the anterior stiture. Axial sculpture of 10 ribs per

whorl.

Description of Hypotype—Shell very small, solid, fusiform, with carinate

whorls, Proteconch elevated aud prominent, polygyrate of 3 smooth whorls

with a minute exsert tip, followed by a half whorl with brephic axials. Adult

whorls 3, carinate at the periphery; suture irregular, impressed. Axial soulp-

ture of 10 strong costae per whorl: spiral sculpture of incised grooves, cutting

the surface into fat cords, of which there are three from the periphery to the

anterior suture on the whorls, and 19 on the base. There are 5 distinct lirations

on the shoulder or sinus area. The wppermost of the three cords on the spire-

whorls forms the sharp median peripheral carina, Aperture oblique, of

moderate width with a bluntly rounded sinus below the suture. Colnmella

somewhat sinuous; fmer lip cullentsed.

Dimensions of Holotype—Height 4:8. diameter 2-1 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll, T 16640,

Location vf Holotype—Finlay Coll. Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Location of Hypotype—Tate Mus, Coll,, F 15428,

Observations—The species is here more fully described from a fopntype.

Tt is, as stated in the original description, closely related to subnitidus, but dillers

in shape and in sculpture detail, although the general form of the sculpture is

the: seme in buth species.

Material—Figured hypotype and 6 topotypes, Abatioirs Bare,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs. Bore, Adelaide.

Guraleus (Euguraleus) powelli sp, nov,

. 5, is.

Guraleus ct. tasmanicus (T,-Woods ) Ludbrook, 1941. Trans. Roy. Sov. S, Aust., 65 (1), p. Dal.

Diagnosis—A_ thin, elongate-fusiform Guralens with a polygyrate proto-

couch of 3 whorls with a minute exsert tip, followed by a third whorl with

brephie axials; whorls subangulate to convex at the periphery, seulptured with

16 narrow aud sharp axials on each whorl which eontinue from suture to suture

un the spire whorls, but die out towards the base on the body-whorl, Sinus

area with moderately fine, spiral lirae, remainder of whorl with 7 primary livae

with a very fine secondary thread hetween.

Description of Holotype—Shell thin, elongate-fusiform, spire high, whorls

rounded at the shoulder except in the first two adult whorls. which are sub-

angular. Protoconch large, prominent, polygyrate, of 8 whorls, with a minute

exsert tip, followed by a third whorl with narrow, nearly vertical brephic axials.

Adult whorls 4, sculptured with 16 narrow and sharp axials which are concavely

curyed in the subsutural or sinus area, extend from suture to suture on the spirc-

whorls and die out towards the base of the spire-whorls. Sinus area with six

moderately fine spiral lirae, rest of whorl with about seven primary lirae with

a very fine secondary thread between, Body whorl with about 21 primary lirac

from periphery to base and & fine linear spaced threads at the neck, Suture

deep, impressed. Aperture elongate-pyriform, outer lip thia, columella gently

cincuve, mneér lip thinly callonsed.

Dimensions—Height 9, diameter 3, height of aperture 5:1 mm.

Type Lecality—Weymouth's Bore, 310-330 feet.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll, F 15429.

Observations—The adult whorls of two species are similarly shaped and

sculptured to those of the recent G, tasmanicus (Tenison-Woods), The pro-

toconch is, however, larger and more prominent than that of tasmanious.

Material—Uolotype and two paratypes, Weymouth’s Bore, onc paratype,

Abattoirs Bore.

Straligraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Ceographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores, Adclaide.

Guraleus (s.1.) sp,

Observations—A single worn specimen from Weymouth’s Bore is not re-

ferable to any of the foregoing species. The sculpture is of the type of CG, (F.)

subnitidus and G. (E.) adelaidensis, ic. of spiral grooves, cutting the surface

into broad, flat cords. As in subnitidus, there are four cords from the periphery

to the lower suture. The shell is, however, much more attenuated than sul

nitiddus and the whorls are only slightly convex. There are about 12 almnst

obsolete axial ribs on cach whorl.

Subgenus Panacurateus Powell, 1044

Paraguraleus Powell, LH44, Rec, Auck, Inst. Mus., 8 (1), p. 49.

Type species (o0.d.) Guraleus (Paraguralens) balcombensis Powell.

Guraleus (Faragaralens) abbreviatus Powell

. 5. fig, 12

Curatousy (Paraauralous) akbreviatus Pawell, i944, Ree, Auck, Tost, Mus., 2 (1), p. 50, pl.

Dd, .

Porazuriots abhreviatus Pawell, Cotton, 1947b, Conch. Club S. Aust., 4, p, 15.

Diagnosis—An_ ovate-fusiform Paraguraleus sculptured with 12-14 aaxials

per whorl and regular, closely-spaced, fine, spiral threads.

Diimensions—Height 5-9, diameter 2-3 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide; Dry Creek Sands,

Location of Holotype—Finlay Coll., Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Observations—No examples of this species are known to the writer.

Material—Holotype.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Guraleus (Paraguraleus) incisus Powell

lL. 5. Ge, LL

Ghaales, \Pardguraleus,) incisus Powell, 1944, Ree. Auck, Tost, Mus, 3 (1), p. 51, pl 5,

Parisenevtlinee inetsus Powell, Cotton, 1947b, Conch, Chib S$, Aust. 4, p.. 15,

Diagnosis—An elongate-fusifurm Paraguraleus with 18 axial ribs per whorl,

crossed by incised spirals cuttmg the surface into fine threads,

Dimensiony—Ileivht 9-8, diameter 3-5 mm,

Type Lacality—Abattoirs Bore.

Location of Holotype—Finlay Coll,, Auckland Mus... N.Z,

Observations—The dimensions of the figured hypotype are similar to thase

of the figured paratype measured by Powell; height about 15 mim, diameter

5 mm. The hypotype figured from Hindmarsh Bore is a well-preserved cx-

ample of this rather elegant species.

Material—Figured hypotype, Hindmarsh Bore, F 15430,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Hindmarsh Bores, Adelaide

District.

Guraleus (Paraguraleus) sp.

Obsertations—A single specimen of Paraguraleus from Abatloirs Bore is

distinct from any previously described fossil species of Paraguraleus, Its sculp-

ture is of the balcombensis type, i.e. of narrow primary spiral cords with inter-

mediate threads crossing strong, obliquely curved axials, of which there are

eight in the Abattoirs Bore species, in contrast with sixteen per whorl in bal-

combensis. The specimen is somewhat eroded, and complete description is

deferred until the species can be confirmed.

Genus Marrincta Ludbrook, 1941

Mappiugia Ludbrook, 1941, ‘rans, Roy. Spc. S, Aust, 65 (1), p. 99,

Type species {monotypy) Mappingia acutispira Ludbrook.

Mappingia acutispira Ludbrook

Mueppingia acutispiru Ludbeook, 1941, Trans. Ray. Sac 5. Aust., 65 (1), p. 9, pL 3, fiy. 25;

Cotton, 1947, Conch. Club 8. Aust., 4, p. 16.

Diagnosis—A small Mappingia with a high and conspicuous protoconch

of three elevated turns with a small, slightly exsert tip. Adult whorls sculptured

with eight oblique axial ribs per whorl, set in sharp relief and stronger on the

early whorls and weakening on the body whorls, where they die out on the

base. Spiral sculpture of incised grooves cutting the surface into flat cords

vurying in width but approximately equul te the imterspaces on the spire, and

well on the hase where the grooves are linear. Outer lip with about ten

denticles, of which the anterior one is generully larger and more prominent.

Dimensions—leight 3:5, diameter 2. mm.

Type Locality—Ahattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location. of Holotyne— Tate Mus. Coll., T 1671.

Materiul—Six complete and 3 broken paratypes, Abattoirs Bure; 5 complete

and 1 broken specimen, Weymouth’s Bore.

Sivatigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores, Adelaide

District.

Mappingia matronalis sp. noy,

pl 5, fig. 15

Diagnosis—A solid and rather stout Mappingia with a fairly promincet

protocanch of 3 flatly convex tums with a minute, slightly exsert, tip, Adult

whorls sculptured with 13 nearly vertical axial ribs per whorl, crossed by

narrow, incised grooves, which cut the surface into flat cords, about 8 per

whorl on the spire whorls and about 80 ou the body whorl. Outer lip fairly

thick, with 7 denticles within,

Description of Holotype—Shell elongate-fusifona, solid, rather stout, spire

fairly high, whorls convex. Protoconch fairly prominent, of three flatly convex,

smooth turns, with a minute, slightly exsert tip, separated by well-marked, fairly

deep sutures, followed by a half turn of brephic axials. Adult whorls 4, rounded

and constricted at the sutures, seulptured with 13 axial ribs per whorl, which

are nearly vertical and gently curved, crossed by narraw but not linear incised

roaves which cut the surface into flat cords about 8 per whorl, The cords

ordering both sutures are generally separated by a wider groove than the

others. Base with about 380 cords, from suture to anterior, the 10 on the neck

being narrower and lincar-suparated. Body whorl abuut three-fifths of total

height, aperture rather short, onter lip fairly thick, but not markedly thickened

al the murgins, sinuous in profile, bearing 7 denticles within, Columella con-

cave, anterior canal short, ohliqie to the left,

Dimensions—Height 7:5, diameter 3, height of aperture 3-8 am,

Type Locality—Uindmarsh Bore, 450-187 feet.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll,, F 15431.

Observations—The stouter and more convex appearance of the shell, to-

gether with the sculpture, readily serve to separute this shell from the previous.

The ribs are never oblique as in eeniispira and the protoconch is smaller in

relation to the adult whorls.

Material—Holotype and four paratypes, Hindmarsh Bore; 6 puratypes,

Abattuirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Hindmarsh Bores, Adelaide

District.

Genus Ersema Hedley, 1918

Etromy, Hedley, 1918, Journ, Roy. Soe. N,S.\V\. 51, supp. p.m. 79.

Type species (o.d.) Mangilia (Glypostoma) aliviag Melville & Standen.

Etvema weymouthensis sp. nov.

pl. 5, fig. 16

Diagnosis—A broadly fusiform Etrema with inflated whorls and a distinct

shoulder. Sculptured with 10 axial folds per whorl; 6 fine spirals on the shoulder

and 6 cords of variable width, generally with a secondary thread in the inter-

space pes the periphery on thé penultimate whorl. Parictal callus with two

denticles.

Description of Holetype—Shell of moderate size, broadly fusiform, whorls

inflated, with shoulder well mnarked and periphery rounded, Protoconch pauci-

spiral of two turns with flattened nucleus, the first globose and the second

carmate, Adult whorls 5, depressed on the shoulder, inflated below the shoulder,

sculptured with 10 broad axial folds per whorl, spiral sculpture of six fine,

flattened, eqnal lirae on the shoulder and abont six cords of variable width,

generally with a secondary thread in the interspace, from the periphery to the

anterior suture, each cord widened on the summit of the axial folds, Body

whorl with six flattened, equal Jirae om the shonlder and 20 cords, with a second-

ary thread of variable width in cach interspace, {rom shoulder to base, and cight

fairly wide linear-spaced cords at the auterior end. Aperture widely opencd,

outer lip thickened with a varix and incurved sinus subquadrangular, broad,

fairly deep; columella gently concave, parictal callus with two small denticles;

anterior canal oblique aud somewhat reflected.

Dimensions—Height 12, diameter 6 mm,

Type Locality—Weymouth’s. Bore, 310-330 feet.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mns. Coll,, F 15432.

Obsertations—This is the Pliocene representative of the Etrema bidens

group of species which have not as yet heen differentiated (Powell, 1944, p. 53).

The four examples (G 4202) cited by Harris (1897, p. 59) are separable into

two and possibly three species, to none of which does E. weymouthensis belong.

The holotype of LE. bidens is in the Australian Museum, Sydney (No, F 1787)

and examination should clearly establish the diagnosis of the species,

Maierial—Holotype.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distributian—Weymouth’s Kore, Adelaide District.

Genus Erremorsis Powell, 1942

Etremopsit Yowell, 1942, Bull. Auck, Inst. Mus., 2, p, 151,

Type species (0.d,) Drillia imperfecta Sater,

EKtremopsis contigua Powell

pl. 5, fig, 1

Hteona jproepiieate Tudbrook, 1941, Trans. Boy. hoc. 5. Aust. 63 (L), p. 10L, nun Chapman

LES Pit.

Etremopsis onic Powell, 1944, Reo. Auck, Inst, Mus, $ (1). p. 5; Cotton, 1947b, Conch,

Cluh §. Aust, 4, p. 18,

Diaznosis—A small Efrenjopsis with 9 heavy, broadly rounded axials per

whorl, crossed by about 5 fine lirae on the shoulder and about 4 primary cords

from the shoulder to the lower suture, with a single intermediate thread in each

interspace on the penultimate wherl, Periphery angulate. Aperture with a

parietal tubercle.

Description of Hypotype—Shell very small, fusiform, spire tall and tur-

veted, Protoconch tall, polygyrate, broken at the tip in the hypotype, but

usually of 44 whorls with a minute tip; lower whorls carinate in the anterior

half and last whorl with strong brephic axials. Adult whorls 3, carinate at the

periphery, sculptured with 9 heavy, broadly rounded axials crossed by about 5

fine spiral Jirae on the shoulder and from 2 to 4 primary cords from the shoulder

to the lower suture, with a single intermediate secondary thread in each inter-

space, Eighteen primary cords on the body whorl, the last 8 closely spaced at

the anterior. Aperture oblique, with a deep sinus occupying the shoulder; outer

lip with a heavy yarix. Parietal tubercle conspicuous but not large.

Dimenstors—Height 4-3, diameter 2:1 mm,

Dimensions of Holotype—Height 4:1, diameter 2-1 mm,

type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Location of Holotype—Finlay Coll.. Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Location. of Hypotype—Tate Mus. Coll., F 15433,

Observattons—Sculptured similarly ta Etrema praespurca, the species is

teadily distinguishable by its multispiral protoconch, where it is preserved.

Material—-Two topotypes, Abattoirs Bore; hypotype and 12 other speci-

mens, [findinarsh Bore; 2 specimens, Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Ceographical Distribution—Adelaide District.

Genus Poopriuira Medley, 1922

Filodvillia Hedley, 1922, Rec. Aust Mn4., 18 (5), p. 220.

Type species (a.d,) Drillia tricarinate Tenison-Wonds.

Filodrillia peramoena (Ludbrook)

Etremu peramoena Vaudbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust,, 65 (1), p. 99, pl. 3, fig, 23.

Piladrillia permoena (Ludbrook), Powell, 1944, Bec. Anck. Inst, Mus. 3 (1). p. 56; Cottan,

1947b, Conch, Club S. Aust, 4, p. 1S,

Diagnosis—A rather broad Filodrillia about twice as high as long, the out-

line of the whorls being undercut below the strong keel. Sculptured with strong,

slender axials, crossing the shoulder, cancellated by spirals vf which there are

about eight closely set on the shoulder, and two primary strong spirals below

the periphery. Intersections sharply nodulose.

Dimensions—Ileight 4-1, diameter 2-1 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—VJate Mus. Coll., T 1645. ;

Observations—This species was established on an immature specimen, The

adult specimens now available reach dimensions of height 6-4, diameter 3 mm,

There are 4% adult whorls and the consequent attenuation of the spire clearly

placcs the shell away from the Etrema.

Material—Five examples, Weymouth’s Bore; one example, Hint!marsh Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Adelaide District.

Filodrillia ludbrookae Powell

1.5, fig, 14

Filodritlia ludbrookae Powell, 1944, Reo. Auek. Inst. Mus, 3 (1), p. 57, pl. 5, fig. 9: Cotton,

(947b, Conch, Clu 'S. Anst,, 4, p. £8,

Diagnosis—A_ slender Filodrillia, walls undercut on eaily whorls, but

rounded on body whorl; periphery angylate to subangulate. Axials very weak,

especially on shoulder; penultimate with 8 spirals below kecl

Dimensions-—Height 9, diameter 3:75 mm.

Type Locatity—Abattoixs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Finlay Coll., Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Observations—This species is known to the writer only from a brief inspee-

tion of the holotype in Auckland Museum. It {s apparently very close indeed

B85

to F. peramoena, All specimens examined have the angulate periphery per-

sisting on to the body whorl, and none have the rounded body whorl of hul-

brookae. The species is more slender than peramoena.

Muterial—Holotype,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adclaide District.

Subfamily DaprneLLiwakE

Genus Asperpapune Ledley, 1923

Asperdaphne Hedley, 1922, Rec, Aust. Mus., 13 (6), p. 338 (nom. nov. for Scabrelle Hedley,

TOI, mon Sacco, 1890).

(Scabrella Hedley, 1918, Journ, Ray. Soo. N-S.W., 51, supp. p.M. 79, nan Sacca, 1890.)

‘Type species (0.d.) Daphnella versivestifa Hedley,

Subgenus AspenTittA Powell, 1944

Asyrertita Powell, 1944, Rec, Auck. Inst. Mus, 3 (1), p. 60.

Type species (o.d.) Drillia legrandi Beddome,

Asperdaphne (Aspertilla) exsculpta Powell

pl. 5, fig. 13

Aspetdaphme (Aspertilla) exseulpta Powell, 1941, Ree. Auck. Inst. Mus., 3 (8), p. 60, pl. 6,

Aspertilla exseulpta Powell, Cotton, 1947b, Gonch. Club §. Aust. 4, p. 22.

Diagnosits—An Aspertilla with broad, angulate whorls sculptured with 10

heavy: axials per whorl, crossed by sharply raised spiral cords, of which there

are three on the spire whorls and six on the bedy whorl, each interspace with a

single interstitial thread, One additional thread on the concave shoulder above

the ippermost cord and eight closely-spaced cords on the anterior end,

Dimensions—Height 3-9, diameter 2-15 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Finlay Coll, Auckland Mus.,, N.Z.

Maferial—Figured hypotype F15434 and one other specimen, Weymouth’'s

Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide District.

Genus Neporma Fledley, 1918

Nepotilla Hedley, 1918, Journ. Roy, Soc, NS_W., 51, supp. p.M. 79.

Type species (o.d.) Daphnella bathentoma Vereo.

Nepotilla powelli sp. nov.

pl. 6, fig. 22

Diagnosis—A Nepotilla with papillate protoconch of Kyo moderately convex

turns, sculptured with 8 fine and undulating spiral lirae. Adult whorls strongly

carinate, sculptured with 3 eleyated, rounded, spiral cords, the median of which

on the carina is about twice as strong as the others, Body whorl with a minor

cord in the posterior half, major cord on the carina, one fine lira below the

earina followed by 2 minor cords, then 15 cords from the top of the aperture

fo the anterior border.

Description of Holotype—Shell small, solid, slender with strorigly carinate

whorls, decply excavated towards the sutures and predominantly spirally sculp-

tured, Protoconch papillate of two moderately convex whorls, the first siall

with a slightly suppressed tip, sculptured with 6 fine and undulating spiral

lirac, abruptly terminated at the junction with the first post-nuclear whorl,

Adult whorls 3, strongly medially carinate, sculptured with 8 elevated, rounded,

spiral cords, the medial of which on the carina is about twice as strong as

those on either side. Body whorl with the major cord on the carina, one minor

cord in the posterior half, ahove and below the carina, one fine lira in the

interspace between the major and first minor cord, then 2 minor cords to the

top of the aperture, followed by 15 cords decreasing in strength and increasing

in proximity. Interspaces crossed by widely spaced, narrow, fine axial threads,

Aperture oblique, elongate, subpyriform, outer lip thin, convex in profile. seal:

loped by the spiral cords; sinus sutural, fairly deep. Columella concave, an-

terior canal fairly long and gently oblique.

Dineusions—Height 3°73, diameter 1-65 mm.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 teet,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., F 15435.

Observations—This species appears to have features in common with both

Nepotilla and Asperdaphne (Aspertilla). The protoconch is typically that of

Nepotilla. and is not exsert in the manner of Aspertilla. The sculpture is pre-

dcminantly spiral, auy clathration being secondarily produced in the interspaces,

unlike the strongly clathrate sculpture of Aspertilla. The sinus is, however,

rather short for Nepotilia. The present species is very close to N. triseriata

Verco, from which it differs in length of sinus and in details of the sculpture,

Material—ITolotype,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands,

Geographical Distributiaon—Weymouth's Bore.

Genus Frnrstronaennes Pawell, 1944

Fenestroduphne Powell, 1044, Kec, Auck, Inst. Mus. 3 (1), a. 60.

Type spccics (monotypy) Fenestrodaphne pulchra Powell.

Fenestrodaphne pulchra Powell

aL. 8, fig. 1

Prestrodaphine pulchre Powell, 1944, Ree. "Auch. Ft. Mus., 3 (1), p. G1, pl. 6, fiz. 10:

Cotton, 1947b, Conch, Clb S. Anst, 4, p. 22,

Diaynosis—Shell small, with a paucispiral protoconch of [2 whorls with

tip unrolled, axially costate, crossed by two weak, spiral keels. Adult whorls

vouvex, sculptured with four narrow, primary, spiral cords, with an intermediate

thread in each interspace; ten primary cords on the body whorl with one or twa

threads in the interspaces. Anterior cud with 10 linear-spaced cords. Surface

fenestrated by closely-spaced axial threads crossing spirals.

Dimensions—Height 6-1, diameter 3 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Location of Holotype—Finlay Coll, Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Material—Holotype.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide District.

Genus VerrecuLtA Melvyill, 1917

Veprecula Melvill, 1917, Proc. Mab Soc., 11 (4), pp, 141-185,

Type species (o.d.) Clathurella sykesi Melvill & Standen.

Veprecula (*) edelaldenats Powell

‘al 5, fg. 17

? Veprecula adelaidensts Powell, 1944, Rev. ‘auc. Inst, Mus, 3 (1), p. GI, pl. 6, fig. IT.

Vepreeula adelaidensis Powell, Cotton, 1947b, Conch. Club §. Aust. 4, p- 23.

Diagnosis—A small turrid with a tall, polygyrate, narrowly conic, sinusi-

gezid protoconch, sculptured with delicate cancellations; adult whorls sculp-

tured with eight heavy, vertical axials per whorl and four primary spirals on

the spire whorls, 21 altogether on the body whorl; surface cancellated by sub-

sidiary spiral and axial threads. Whorls carinate, the third cord from the pos-

terior forming the peripheral carina,

Dimensions—Height 6-7, diamcter 8-5. mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Finlay Ooll., Auckland Mus., N.Z.

Observutions—This species is unknown to the writer except from a brief

inspection of the holotype. The genus Veprecula is generally limited to depths

of from 40 to 156 fathoms in recent waters.

Matertal—Holotype.

Siler pticd Hange—Dry Creck Sands.

Geographical. Distribtution—Abattous. Bore, Adelaide District.

Genus Psnupexomitus Powell, 1944

Psoudexomilus Powell, 1044, Rec. Atck, Inst. Mus, 8 (1), p. 61,

Type species (monotypy) Pseudexomilus caclatus Powell.

Pseudexomilus caelatus Powell

pl. 5, fig, 20 j

Pseudexomilus caclutus Powell, 1944, Rec, Auck, Inst, Mus, 3. (1), p, 62, pl. 6, fig. 12;

Cotton, 1947b, Coneh, Club S$. Aust, 4, p. 23.

Diagnosis—A_ tall-spired turrid, Terebra-like with a 2!%-whorled, blunt

protoconch, tip smooth, remaining two whorls radially costate. Adult

whorls sculptured with wavy, spiral cords, crossed by obsolescent axials about

10 per whorl. Sinus descending obliquely from the suture, more or less straight,

but narrowly rounded at the apex before descending obliquely forward below

the weakly defined shoulder.

Dimensions—Height 11-6, diameter 3:9 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Fiulay Coll, Auckland Mus,, 12.2.

Observations—This genus and species is unknown to the writer except

from a brief inspection of the holotype. The Recent species Drillia costicapitata

Verco placed by authors in Qilodrillia appears to belong ta the same genus,

Material—Holotype.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide District,

Family CONIDAE

Genus Conus Linné, 1755

Conus Linné, 1758, Svst, Nat., ed, 10, p, 712,

Type species (s.d. Children, 1823) Conus marmoreus Linné,

Subgenus FLoraconus Iredale, 1980

Floraconus Iredale, 1930h, Mem. Old, Mus,, 10 (1), p. 80.

Type species (o.d,) Conus anemone Lamarck.

Conus (Bigratanth) nae liilie Sp. nov.

pl, 6, fig, 3

Conus hamiltonensis Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy. Sov. S, Aust, 65 (1), p. 101, 1954, de,

77, p. B2 nan Tater

Diagnosis—A small Floraconns, biconical, with a fairly high gradate spire.

Protoconch of moderate size, mamillate, of one-and-a-half turns; adult whorls

with 3 spiral threads on the shoulder. Body-whorl smooth, except for 10 punc-

tate spirals, followed by 4 broad spirals, then 4 narrow spirals fehii about the

middle wf the whorl to the anterior.

Description. of Holotype—Shell small for the genus, biconical, spire fairly

high, gradate. Protoconch of moderate size, mamillate, of one-and-a-half turns;

adult whorls angulate, with & spiral threads on the shoulder. Body whorl

gonial with stright sides, smooth posteriorly, sculptured fram about the

middle, with 10 punctate spirals followed by 4 broad spirals, then 4 narrow

spirals ut the anterior extremity, Aperture rather narrow, attached below the

shoulder, outer lip thin, convex in profile.

Dimensions of Holotype—Height 22, diameter 11, length of aperture 17 mm.

Type Lecality—Weymouth’s Bore; 810-330 feet.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, F 15436,

Observations—The subgenus has an established lineage in the Australien

‘Tertiary, and occurs throughout Australian waters as well as in the Pacific today.

Material—Holotype and three paratypes, Weymouth's Bore, 310-330 feet;

several moulds in calcareous sandstone, outcrop, Section 5, Ifundred of Grace.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Disiribultion—Gippsland, Vic.-Adelaide, S$. Aust.

Family TEREBRIDAE

Genus Striotennsnum Sacco, 1891

Strioterebrum Saceo, 1891, Moll, Terr. Terz, Biem., 10,%p, 33.

Type specics (o.d.) Tercbra basteroti Nyst

Subgenus Pravecacia Iredale, 1924

Pernicavia Iredale, 1924, Frac. Linn, Sou N.S.W., 49 (3), 197, a, LS3.

Type species (o.d.) Terebra ustulata Deshayes.

Strioterebrum (Peryicacia} erassum (Tate)

nl. G, fig. 7

Terebra crassa Tate, 18561), Southern sdicnce Record, nis, 2 (1), p. 7 (fide Tate}; 188,

Trans, Roy. Soe. S. Aust., TI, p. 161, pl. 9, fiz. ¥: Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Rec, Geol.

Sury. Vie, 1 (2), p. L837, _

Diagnosis—Shell with flat whorls, sculptured with 20 axial costae per whorl

which are interrupted by a linear suleus im the posterior-third, Suture slightly

impressed—indiulating,

Dimensions—About 10 whorls in a length of 17 mm,; diameter of last whorl,

4-5 mm.

Type Locality—Oyster beds, Aldinga Bay, $, Aust.

Location of Halotype—Tate Mus, Coll., T 688C.

Observations—In creating the genus Pervicacia Iredale made no reference

to the genus Noditerebra, created by Cossmann for the Kulimnan Terebra geni-

culata Tate, and synonymized by Wenz with Pervicucia, which he reduced to

2 subgenus of Strinterebrum (Wenz, 1948, p. 1481). In the writer's opinion,

Pernicacia is a well-marked lineage differing Bom Noditerebra in that the sulcus

at the posterior-third is generally, though not always, linear. The linear sulcus

is similar to that of Strioterebrum, which Pervicacia closely resembles except

for the absence of spiral sculpture. The broad sulcus in Nociterebra interrupts

the costae to the extent that the upper portion resembles a row of nodules. ‘The

peotoconch of Pervicacia is large and pancispiral, of Noditerebra tapering ancl

polyzyrate.

Material—Hypotype F 15487 and 12 incomplete specimens, Abattoirs Bore.

Seetigrapnicas Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Aldinga Bay-Abattoirs Bore, Sth. Aust.

Strioterebrum Wexvitacis) subspectabilis (Tate)

. 6, fig. 8

Terebra subspectabilis Tate, 1889, Trans) Roy, Soc. 5, Aust.. 11, p. 162, pl. 9, fig, 11, Lud-

brook, 1941, Trans. Ray. Sow S. Aust. 65 (1), p, 101.

Huryta subspectabilis Tate, Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Rec, Geol. Sury. Vie, 1 (2), p. 297,

Diagnosis—Shell broad, axially plicate throughout, about 20 stout plicae on

penultimate whorl. Plicae interrupted in the posterior-third by a broad shallow

sulens. Protoconch blunt of one-and-a-half turns,

Dimensions—Height 18, diameter 5 mm.

Type Locality—Upper beds, Muddy Creek, Vie; Kalimnan.

Location of H olotype—Tate Mus. Coll,, T 672A,

Ohservdations—tt is doubtful whether Abattoirs Bore specimens belong ta

this species, The ribs are fairly stout, are interrupted hy the broad suleus and

the protoconch is typical, but the shell is not sa broad as typical specimens of

subspectabilis, The species is an example of Pervicacia in which the posterior

suleus is not linear; in this it resembles S. (P.) assecla Tredale.

Material—Hypotype F'15488 and 4 specimens, Abattoirs Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Kalimnan-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Western Victoria-Adelaide, Sth. Aust.

Genus Hastuna H. & A. Adams, 1853

Hastula. 1. & A, Adams, 1853, Gew. Hee, Moll,, 1, p. 225.

Type species (s.d. Fischer, 1887) Bueveinum strigillata Linne.

Subgenus Norovengeva Cotton, 1947

Notaterehra Cotton, T047e, Ree. S. Aust, Mus,, & (4), p, G67.

‘Type species (o.d.) Terebra albidu Gray.

Hastula (Natotetebra) Veriteori} (Finlay)

6, fin §

Terebra simplex Tenison-Woods, 1876, Pap. Roy. Soc. Tas, J875, p, 2b, pl. 2, fe, 1, non

Conrad, 1830; Tate, 1889, Trans. Roy. Soc. S$. Aust., 11, p. 62; Tate & Dennant, 1893,

id., 17 (1), p. 221; Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Ree. Geol, Surv, Vie., L (2), pp. 95, 137;

Tredale, 1925, Kee, Aust, Mus.. 14 (14), p. 265: Crespin, 1843, Min. Res. Surv. Bull, 9,

. O89, Cotton, 1947, Rea. S. Aust. Mus. & (4), pp. 66-7.

Terebrg. tenisoni Finlay, 1927, Trans, N.Z, Inst. il p. 320 (non, now. for LT, simplex

Venison-Woods).

Terebre angulosa Tate, Ludbrook. 1941, Trans. Roy. Soe. 5S. Aust. 65 (1), p, LOL

Diagnosis—Shell of moderate size for the subgenus with a paucispiral pro-

toconch of 2 convex, smooth turns. Whorls flat with a broad subsutural suleus

developing in the anterior whorls. Sculpture of fine, curved, low axial folds or

wrinkles which become obsolete anteriorly. Base gently convex, anterior canal

retroflexed.

Dimensions—Height 50, diameter 11 mm.

Type Locality—Table Cape, Tasmania,

Loavation of lalotype—(?) Royal Society Collection, Hobart, Tasmania,

Observationx—Adelaide examples previously placed in the closely-related

monotypic and doulsttully separable angulosa, appear not to have the diagnostic

angular whorls, and are here placed in H, (N.) tenisoni, the changed name

tor which appears to have been overlooked by authors in Australia. The specific

name simplex has been used several times for Terebra, the first of which is that

by Conrad. The fossil species differs from the Recent albida, type species of

the genus, in having more valid axial folds or wrinkles, particularly on the

eatly whorls. In this the species closely resembles species of Hastula from

the Italian Pliocene. Hastula s. str. is validly ribbed on all the whorls, the ribs

being linear-separated.

Mateviul—The two fragments figured F 15439 and 3 other fragments, Abat-

toirs Bore; one fragment, Hindmarsh Bore; 6 hypotypes (Tate) Holotype of

T. angidosa Tate.

Stratigraphical Range—Oligocene-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic-Adelaide, Sth. Aust.

Terebra (s.1) sp.

Terebra adtlitoides V-Woods, Ludbrook, 1941, trans. Ray. Soe. §. Anst., 65 (1), p, 101,

Observations—The three examples identified as additoides ave fragmentary

ant] worn, and accurate determination is impossible.

Terebra (s.1) sp,

Trrehracsy.,, Tudbrook, 1941, Traus, Roy, Sew, S. Aust, 65 (1), m 1OL,

Observations—Iwo specimens of an uallenualed and possibly smooth

Terebra from Abattoirs Bore ure too croded to diagnose or describe. The

protoconch is large, globose, and paucispiral, the whorls Hal and the spire alinost

straight in profile.

Subclass OPISTHOBKANCHIA

Order BULLOMORPIIA (= Cephalaspides)

Suborder BULLACEA

Tamily ACTEONIDAE

Subfamily Actroninan

Genus Acrron Montfort, 1810

Acteom Montlort, 1810, Goneh, Syst, 2, yy. 314.

ctacon Goldfuss, 1820, Hundb. Zool. Typ. 681 (for Actean Moutfort).

LOY

| Foreopelia Lamarck, 1822, Anim. S. Vert., 6 (2), p- 231A.)

Speo Risso, 1826, Hist. Nat Eur, 4p. 235.) .

Type species {monotypy) Voluéa tornatilis Linne.

Acteon scrobiculatus Tenison Woods

pl. 6, fig.11

Actcon serobiculatus ‘Ténison Woods, 1877, Pap. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1876, p. 108.

‘Acteon scrobiculatus Ienison Woods, Harris, 1897, Cat. Tert, Moll. Brit, Mus., Lp. 7: Cozs-~

miinn, 1897, Trans. Roy, Sov. S, Anst., 21, p.1, pl. 1, figs. 1-3; Dennant & Kitson, 1903.

Rec, Geol, Surv, Vics 1 (2), p. 95; Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy, Soc. 5. Aust, GS (1),

», LOL.

Tornuitella scrobienlata T—Woods, Dermant, 1889, Trans. Roy. Soc, §. Aust, 11, p, 49; Tate

& Dennant, 1893, ‘Trans, Roy. Soe. S. Aust, 17, p. 223.

Diaynosis—A small Acteon with a smooth protoconch of one-and-a-half

whorls, the tip prominent and heterostrophic, Adult whorls 5; body-whorl

large, four-fifths height of shell, moderately convex and rather narrow, Seulp-

ture of spiral grooves, the hollows of which are crossed by fine growth lamellae;

4 grooves on the penultimate and about 30 with occasional secondary grooves

between on the body-whorl. Columella with a long, thick, oblique fold an-

teriarly, above which it is excavate.

Dimensions of Hoigtipe—Heigat 6, diameter 6, height of aperture 6 mm.

Dimensions of Hypotype (Table Cape)—Height 8, diazneter 3-75 mm.

Type Locality—Table Cape, Tasmania-Janjukian.

Location of Holetype—(?) Royal Society Collection, Hobart, Tas,

Location of Hypotype (Table Cape)—Cossmann Collection, Sorboane,

Paris.

Location of Hypotype (Muddy Creek, Tarris, 1897)—B.M. Call,, G 4296.

Location of tfypotype (Hindmarsh Rore)—Tate Mus, Coll, F 15440.

Observatiuns—Specimens from Iindmarsh Bore are identical with the hypo-

type from Muddy Creek in the British Museum. The species is apparently very

long-ranging and widely distributed,

Material—The figured hypatype and 6 other specimens, Flindmarsh Bove;

2 specimens, Weymouth’s Bore; hypotype, B.M. Coll. G 4296, fig'd Harris, 1897;

1 specimen, G 39559, Muddy Greek. Kalimnan, B.M. Coll.

Stratigraphical Range—? Oligocene-Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distributtion—Gippsland, Vic.-Adelaide, S. Aust.

Actean sp.

Observations—A single specimen from Weymouth’s Bore of a stout Acreon

with the anterior portion of the outer lip broken. It is closely related ta A. diana

Adams from Japan, but complete diagnosis is deferred until further material

is available,

Genus Sentiacraron Cossmann, 1889

Semlactaegon Cassmann, 1889, Ann, Soc. Mal. Belg., 24, p, 304.

Type species (monotypy) Actacon sphaericulus Deshayes.

Semiaclaeon tardior sp. noy.

it SF

L. 6, fig,

qommae rant li Cossmann, Ludluook, “a4, Trans. Roy, Soc, S, Aust, 65 (1), -p,

pars. ).

Dingnosis—A small Semiactacon wilh markedly constricted and narrowly

canaliculate sutures; whorls sculptured with about 6 spiral grooves cutting the

surface into flat cords generally wider than the groaves, Grooves crossed by

etter axial growth lamellae, which are crowded and not spaced so as te

produce a-cancelluted groove, as in 8. mleraplocus. Outer lip convex, oblique to

the right in profile. Body-whorl constricted towards the umbilicus,

Description of Holotype—Shell small, ovate-conica!, whorls convex, spire

moderate, hody-whorl fairly large, three-quarters height of shell, Protoconch

smooth, of one-and-a-half turns, tip heterestrophic; adult whirls 3, canvex,

separated by fairly narrow, canaliculate sutures towards which the whorl is

102

constricted anteriorly; sculpture of 6 spiral grooves, one bordering the suture,

on each whurl and about 18 continuing over the body-whorl from suture to

base, Grooves crossed by frequent crowded growth lamellae Body-whorl

convex, rather sharply constricted towards the umbilicus. Aperture ovate, outer

lip narrowly incarved towards the suture and attached at right angles to the

body-whorl, about three-sevenths the distance up the whorl, oblique to the

right in profile, bevelled within, crenulated by the spire sculpture on the margin:

aperture narrowly sounded and somewhat everted below. Columnclla with a

small fold medially, callus narrow and rather thin, slightly turned over the

umbilical opening,

Dimensions—Height 6, diameter 3:2, height of aperture 3-1 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., F 15441.

Ohserngtions—Vhis species is very close to S$. microplucus Cossmanna, with

whieh it was formerly identified. It is, however, differently shaped. The body-

whorl is more roundly convex and more sharply constricted towards the wn-

bilicas, The spire whorls are more deeply constricted anteriorly. The sculpture

of the grooves differs from that of 8. microplocus which is cancedlate as a result

of the wide spacing of the axial lamellae of growth, There appear to be more

spiral zropves on cach whorl in the species §. tardior.

Muterial—Holatype, 11 topotypes and 8 fragments, Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide District,

Semiactaeon stratosculptus sp, nov.

pl. 6, fiz, 13

Bennucscan ppieeoetous Cossmann, Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Ray, Sov. $. Aust, 65 (1), P-

pars. ).

Diagnosis—A small Semiactaeon with a rather high spire and body-whorl

of moderate size only. Shell more gradually increasing than tardior, whorls

moderately conyex, sculptured with 10 fine spiral grooves per whorl, 25 con-

tinuing over the body-whorl from suture to base. Body-whorl not markedly

constricted to the umbilicus,

Description of Holotype—Shell small, elongate-oval, whorls moderately

convex, spire fairly high. Body-whorl of moderate size, about two-thirds height

of shell; protoconch smooth of one-and-a-lialf turns; tip heterostrophic; adult

whorls 3, convex, separated by impressed but not raarkedly canaliculate sutures;

whorls sculptured with fine spiral grooves, 10 per whorl on the spire whorls,

and 25 continumg over the body-whwrl from sutire to base: microscopic axial

growth lamellae crossing the grooves. Body-whorl moderately convex from

suture to anterior, not markedly constricted towards tho umbilicus. Aperture

ovate, outer lip convex. oblique to the right in profile, rather thin: cofnmells

with « small fold medially, callus narrow; aperture narrowly rounded and sou.

what everted below.

Dimensions—eight 6, diameter 8, height of aperture 3 mm.

Type Locality—-Abuttoirs Hore, Adelaide.

Lacation of Holotype—Tale Mus. Coll., F 15442,

Muferial—Holotype and 2 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—lvy Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adclaide District,

amily RETUSIDAE

Genus Rerusa Brown, 1827

Retuan Brown, 1827, WL Conch. G.B. & |, pl. 38, As |,

Type species. (s.d, Gray, 1847) Retusa obtusa Brown = Voluty glba

Kanmacher.

Subgenus SemmRetusa Thiele, 1925

Semiretusa Uhielo, 1925, Wiss, Ereehn. Deutseh. ‘Piefsee Exped., 17 (2), Gast. 2, p, 258,

Type species (s,d. Thicle, 1981) Retusa borncensis Adams.

102

Retusa (Semiretusa) canaligradata sp. nov.

pl. 6, fiz. 15

Retuse longispira (Cossn.) Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy, Sac, $. Aust, 65 (1), p, LOL.

Diagnosis—A small, fragile Semiretuse with a gradate spire about one-tenth

height of shell. Adult whorls 8, broudly channelled on the shoulder with a rim-

like border at the periphery and at the suture. Periphery sharply angulate.

Columella with a thin callus, without plaits.

Description of Halotype—Shell very small, thin, fragile, subcylindvical,

spire gradate, body-whorl high, nearly nine-tenths height of shell, Protoconch

slightly broken in the holotype; adult whorls 3, broadly channelled on the

shoulder with bordering rim at the suture and at the periphery. Periphery

sharply angulate. Body-wherl subcylindrical. Contracted posteriorly aboye

the feved ot the aperture, and in the anterior one-third. Aperture elongate,

margins parallel in the posterior half, widening and roundly expanding an-

teriorly. Outer lip thin, nearly straight, convex in profile, channelled at its

junction with the parietal wall, well helow the top of the whorl. Columella

short, concave, without folds, columellar callus thin, parietal callus absent.

Dimensions—Height 7-5, diameter 3-0, height of body whorl 6-75 mm.

Paratype—A juvenile, showing heterostrophic protoconch set practically

vertical of sné-arid-achalf turns with very small nucleus,

Type Localityj—Weymouth’s Bore, $10-330 feet.

Location of Holetype—Tate Mus. Coll., F 15443.

Observations—Some juvenile specimens of this species closely resemble

Cossmann’s figure of Tornatina longispira, but comparison of adults with wn-

doubted adults of longispira sufficiently establishes that there is no close re-

semblance between the two. The canalleulate shoulder and absence of

columellar fold are diagnostic of the species here described, The subgenus is

typically Indo-Pacific.

Material—Ilolotype, 11 paratypes, Weymuuth’s Bore; 14 paratypes, Hind-

marsh Bore.

Stratigraphical Rounge—Dry Creck Sands,

Geouraphical Distribution—Adelaide District.

Retusa (Semiretusa) apiculata (Tate)

pl G, fiz. 16

Usrriculus apiculatuy Tate, 1879, ‘Leis. Phil. Soc. S. Aust. lor 1878-9, pv, 138, pl. 15, fig, 3,

Retusn afetata Tate, Cotton & Cadfrey, 1993a. S$. Aust, Nat, 14 (3), p. 75; Cotton &

Godtrey, 1938, Mal, Soc. S. Avst., fp. 42; Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Boy, Sou. S. Anst.,

G5 (1), p. LOL

Diagnosis-—A large Retusa with a sunken spire and papillary protoconch

exserted beyond the level of the body-whorl. Upper part of body-whorl convex,

lower part tapering, Columella with a weak plait at the anterior extremity,

Description of Hypotype (Weymouth’s Bore)—Shell fairly large, subrect-

angular, Spire sunken, top of shell flat, with a papillary protoconch projecting

above the Ievel of the body-whorl. Adult whorls 4, spire quite flat with linear

suture, whorls sculptured between the sutures with crowded axial growth

striwe, Body whorl eqnal to height of shell except for prutuconch, outlines

straight but taperiug gradually in the anterior one-third, Aperture elongate,

margins parallel in the posterior half, gradually expanding anteriorly, everted

at the anterior. Columella oblique, with a straiyht fold at the anterior end.

Columellar callus thin.

Dimensions—Height 6, diameter 2-7 mm.

Dimensions of Holetype—Height 15-5, diameter 7 mm.

Type Lecality—King George Sound, W. Aust; Recent.

Location of Holotype—S, Aust. Mus.

Observations—Pliocene specimens are sinaller and more rectangular at

the shoulder than the typical Recent shell, but are the same in other respects.

Material—Hypotype F 15444, anid 12 other specimens, Weymouth’s Bove;

6 specimens, Hindmarsh Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands; Hecent-

Geographical Distribution—South Australia to Western Australia.

Retusa (Semirctusa) coxi sp. noy.

pl. 6, fig. 21

Diagnosis—A large Semirefusa with a sunken spire and siall protoconcli,

visiile at the bottom of the apical depression. Whor!s visible in apical depres-

sion, each whorl embracing previous: whorl; sculpture between the whorls con-

cave axial accremental striae. Body whorl larger than rest of shell, last half of

whorl protruding above level of first half. Columella with a moderate [old.

Description of Holotype—Shell large for the subgenus, subrectangular, spire

sunken aud somewhat gradate, each whorl larger than previous. At bottom of

apical depression the small globose protoconch is visible. Body whorl larger than

rest uf shell, increasing in height so that the last half of the whorl protrudes

above the Jevel of the first half. Whorls turned over towards the suture and

sculptured in the depressed portion with concave axial accremental striae fol-

Jowing the outline of the posterior sinus of the aperture. Body whorl smooth,

except for growth steiac which converge on the base. Aperture elongate, ex-

tending beyond the suture of the body whorl and reflected in a narrow concave

sinus outer lip convex in profile, parallel to the wher] in the posterior two-thirds

expanding ovately in the anterior third; columella short, with a moderate plait

situated rather high; columellar border calloused, rather thin and joined to the

budy-whorl at the top of the curve of the base.

Dimension—Height 9-5, diameter 3:5 mm,

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 feet.

Location of Halotype—Tate Mus. Coll., F 15445,

Observations—The more sunken spire with the protoconch not protruding

above the level of the spire easily distinguishes this species fron RB. (8.) apricte

lata (Tate), It is named in honour of Dr. L. BR, Cox of the British Museum

(Natural History),

Material—Holotype and 5 paratypes, Weymouth’s. Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide District.

Genus VorveLeLtta R. B. Newton, 1S9L

Voloulelia R. B. Newton, 1891, Syst. List Brit. Olig. Mac. Moll, p. 268, nom. new. for

Volcula Adams non Gisll.

(yore Adams, 1850, in Sowerhy, Thes. Conch., 2 (11), p, 558, nom Gist], 1848.)

Volwullella Bucquoy, Dautzenberg & Dollfus, 1894, Moll. Mur. Rouss., 2, p. 774, een pro

Valoulella, Newton.)

Volvulclla rostrata (Adams)

ul. 6, fy. 17

Bulla (Volotda) rostrata Adams, 1850, in Sowerhy, Thes. Conch, 2, p, 596, pl, 195, fig. 154;

Tate, 18900, Tris, Roy, Soc. S, Aust, 18 (2), p. 177,

Volwula rostrata Adams, Pilsbry, 1893, in Tryon Man, Conch. 15, p, 241, pl 26, fy. 60;

Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Ree, Geol, Surv, Vio, L (2), p. 143.

Rhizorns. yoxtratus Adams, Hedley, 1903, Mem. Aust. Mus., 4, 1.395, fig. 110, Hedley, 1978,

Journ. Roy, Soe, NS.W,, &1, supp. pM, 103: May, 1921, Check Last Moll, Tas., p. 19%;

Muy, 1923, 111, lad., p. 97, pl. 46) fiz. 9; Cotton & Godfrey, 1YS3a, 8, Aust, Nat, Ld

(3). p, 78,

Vitoria rostrate Adams, Colton & Godfrey, (038, Mal. Soc. S. Aust. &, p. 33; Ludbrook,

1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 65 (1); p. 10.

Diagnosis—A Volvulella of moderate size, contracted and narrowly per-

forate at the summit with long, narrow aperture, the margins parallel over most

of the distance, raised above the summit posteriorly and narrowly expanding

anteriorly, Base perforate, colimella short with a single fold.

Dimensions—Height 4, diameter 1-5 mm,

Type Localtty—Port Lincoln, $. Aust.; Recent.

104

Location of Holotype—B,M, Coll, 1951/10/9/ 1-2.

Muterial—Holotype and one paratype; figured hypotype F 15446 and 6

ather specimens, Abattoirs Bore; 1 specimen, Weymouth’s Rore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands-Reeent.

Geographical Distributien—N,S.W. to Western Australia.

Family SCAPHANDRIDAE

Genns Cyticana Loven, 1846

Cylichna Loven, 1846, Olvers, K, Vetensakad, Fiirh,, Stockhalm, 3 (5), p. 142,

Bulline Risso, 1826, Hist. Nat. Eur. Meric., 4, PY 51, non Ferussae, 1822.)

Cylinedrella Swainson, 1840, Treat, Malae,, p. 31], non Pfeiffer, 18401.)

Cytlina Gray, 1857, Guide Moll. Brit. Mus., p. 195, num Deshayes, 1850.)

(Bullinella R. B, Newton, 1891, Syst, List, Brit, Olig, & Eoc, Moll., p, 265, neni. nev, foe

Bulling Risso. & Cylichna Loven. ) '

( Adanmestia Iredale, 1936, Rec. Aust, Mus, 19 (3), p- 333.)

Type species (s.d. Buequoy, Dautzenberg, & Dollfus, 1886)

Bulla cylindricea Pennant,

Cylichna angustata (Tate & Cossmann)

pl. 6, ig, 18

Bullinella angustuta Tate & Cossmurin, 1897, in Cossuxann, Trans. Roy, Sac. 8. Aust. 21 p. LL,

pl. 1, figs. 1, 2; Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Rec. Geol. Surv. Vic., 1, (2), . D5.

Cuylirhnelta angustate Tate & Coss, 3p, Chapman, Crespin & Keble, 1928, id. 5 1}, p 168;

Crespin, 1943, Min. Res, Surv. Bull, 8, p, 96.

Coittnela ctr ain (Tate & Cossn,), Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy, Soc. S, Aust, 65

sp. ‘

Diagnosis—A Cylichna of moderate size, very narrow, summit truncated

and previous whorls visible to some extent down a narrow perforation, Body-

whorl conrpletely embracing all the shell, sculptured with spiral striae which

frequently alternate in relative strength, a little deeper at the extremities than

in the middle, Columella with a slight anterior fold.

Dimensions—Ilecight 10-5, diameter 4 mm,

Type Loeality—Adelaide.

Location of Helotype—Cossmann Coll, Sorbonne, Paris-

Observations—The reference of this and other Australian species to Cylich-

nella is incorrect. Cylichnella has a long columella with 2 folds, one anterior

and one posterior, Marwick (1931, p, 153) has already observed the Cyliehna-

type colimella in the Recent Australian C, thetidis. The genus Adamnestia was

introduced monotypically for a species A. peroniana Iredale almost with descrip-

tion- On shell characters it is inseparable from Cylichna,

Material—The figured hypotype f15447 and 20 specimens, Weymouth's

Bore; 16 specimens, all juveniles, Hindmarsh Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Tertiary.

Geogenphival Distribution—Gippsland, Vie,-Adelaide, Sth. Aust.

Cylichna anticingulata sp. nov,

pl. 6, fig. 19

Cylichnella cunepsis Ladbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Sar. 8. Anst., 63 (1), p, 10L

Diagnosis—A small Cylichna, cylindro-conical, finmel-shaped, truncated

posteriorly and perforated at the apex. Conical posteriorly, ovally rounded

anteriorly. Aperture narrow over posterior two-thirds of its length, Shell

smooth except for 8 spiral striations on the base.

Description of Holotype—Shell small, cylindro-conical, fannel-shaped, tun-

cated posteriorly and perforated at the apex; perforation deep and narrow,

showing the convolutions. Body-whorl embracing the shell, clongate-ovate.

Aperture longer than the whorl, narrow, with margins parallel over the posterior

two-thirds, suddenly expanding into an oval shape at the anterior; rounded at

the anterior margin. Outer lip thin, incurved narrowly over miost of its length,

curving over in a narrow arc at the posterior end. Columella short, without

106

plaits, columella margin narrow, curved. Surface of shell smouth except for

six conspicuous spiral striations on the base,

Dimensions—Height 6, diameter 2-7 min.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 feet.

Lecation of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll, F 15448.

Observations—The Miocene species C. cuneopsis to which Adelaide speci-

mens were fornicrly referred is slightly broader than anticingulata, which may

be at once distinguished by the well-marked striae on the base,

Muterial—Holotype and 8 paratypes, Weymonth’s Bore: 1 paratype, Hind-

marsh Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Hiudmarsh and Weymonth’s Bores, Adclaide.

Genns Damontretia Itedale, 1914

apumatia Tredule, 1918, Proc. Mal. Soe., 13, p. 37, nom. nau, for Ravania Gray, non. Kurtin,

834,

(Roxania Cray, 1847, Proc. Zool. Soc, 13, p. 161.)

Type species (o.d.) Bulla cranchi Fleming.

Damonieila bullactsanits (Cossmann)

. G, fig, 20

Roxania (7?) bullaeformis Cossmann, 1897, Trans. Roy, Soe. 8. Aust, 21, p. 47, ph 2, Ges.

21, 22; Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Ree, Geol. Sury, Vie., L (2), p. 95; Ludbrook, 1941,

Trans. Ray. Soe. §, Aust., 65 (1), p. 101; Crespin, 1943, Min, Res. Sury. Bull, 9 p. 8,

Diagnosis—A small, solid Damoniella with a moderately natrow and smoath

apical fuonel-like depression and an open umbilical perforation. Sculpture of

concise spiral striations over all the shell, generally deeper at the extremities.

Outer lip thick, bevelled within,

Dimensions—Length 4-25, diameter 2-5 mm.

T'ype Locality—lower beds, Muddy Creek; Miocene,

Location of Holutype—Cossmann Collection, Sorbonne, Paris.

Observations—This species appears to be rare. It has been previously re-

corded only from the type locality and from the Kalimnan of Gippsland. The

synonymy of the genus Damoniella is revised above, The name was introduced

by Iredale as a now. nev, for Roxunia Gray, which he considered a homonym of

Roxana Stephens. [t is nota homonym of Roxana which is spelt differently, but

of Roexania introduced in synonymy by Turton (ex Leach) for Bulla hyalina

Turton, now placed in synonymy with Diaphana minuta Brown,

Materidl—The figured hypotype F 15449 and 6 other specimens, Wey-

mouth’s Bore; 5 specimens, Hindmarsh Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Miocene to Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Gippsiand, Vic.-Adelaide, S, Aust,

Damoniella partiseulpta sp. nov.

pl. G, lige. M4

Diagnosis—A fragile, thin Darmoniella of moderate size, sculptured with

ahout 14 incised spiral striae at both the anterior and posterior of the body whorl

with a smooth buad between,

Description of Uelotype—Shell of moderate size, fragile, thin, ovoid, ven.

lrivose. Apex will aw narrow, funnelshaped perforation, Body-whorl embrac-

ing all the shell, broadly contracted postcriorly and more gradually contracted

anteriorly towards the umbilical cavily, Surface sculptured with about 14

incised spiral striac at both the posterior and anterior, the striae generally being

more closely spaced towards the extremities. Middle of the whorl smooth,

without spiral striae. Apertpre longer than whorl, arcuate, produced into a

quadrately rounded are at the posterior parallel to the ianer margin over nearly

two-thirds of its length, then gradually expanding to the narrowly-rounded,

anterivr border. Outer lip somewhat thickened, bevelled within; columella

106

with « slight twist, short; columellar callus short, joined to the base of the body

whorl and not extending oyer the base of the whorl,

Dimensions—Height 7-5, diameter 4-63 mm.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 feet,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll., F 15450,

Material—Holotype and portions of 5 paratypes, Weymoauth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical. Distribution—Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide.

Genus Scapuanpern Montfort, 1810

Scaphander Montfort, 1810, Conch, Syst, 2, p. 334, ,

Type species (monotypy) Bulla lignaria Linné,

Scaphander tenuis Harris

Scuphander tennis Uris, 1897 (March), Cat. Tert, Moll. Brit, Mus., L, p. 12, pl L, fees.

4 ae; Dennaul & Kitson, 1903, Reo. Geol. Surv, Vie., 1 (2), p. 95.

Scaphander tatei Cossmann, 1897, Trans, Roy, Soe. S. Aust, 21, p. 9, pl J, figs. 34, 35;

Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Ray, Soc. S$. Aust, 65 (1), p. 101; Crespin, 1943, Min. Res.

Surv. Bull,, 9. p. 98.

Diagnosis—A Scaphander of moderate size, with a thin test and a small

but deep apical umbilicus. Surface sculptured with deep, fine growth striae

with occasional fine striae in the intervals. Aperture large and open, constricted

posteriorly, rapidly dilating anteriorly.

Dimensions—Height 13-5, diameter 7 morn.

Type Locality—Muddy Creck, Victoria, Lower beds; Miocene,

Location of Holotype—B,M. Coll., G 4171.

Material—llolotype and 3 broken paratypes, G 4171, 5 topotypes, G 39155-9,

}}.M. Coll.; 8 damaged specimens, Abattoirs Bore.

Straligraphical Range—Miocenc-Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Cippsland, Vic.-Adelaide, Sth, Aust.

REFERENCES

(Ualy referenoes which were not cited in Part IV —Turvitellidae to Struthiolariidae —

are included. )

Apams, A., 1850, in Sowerby, G, B,, Thosaurms Canchyliorum, 2:

Aneas, G, F., 1809, Descriptions of twelve new species of Land and Marine Shells from

Australia and the Salomon Islands. Proc. Zool, Sac,, pp. 45-49, pl. 2.

Bramnvinne, Ho M.D. pe, 1826, in Dictionnaire des Scienves naturelles (ed, 3), 42.

Buown, T., 1827. Mlustrations of the Conchology of Great Britain and Ireland,

Brewton, ‘L., 1772. Zoologiae Fundamenta,

Cyarman, F., 1916. Gainozoic Geolozy of the Mallee and other Victorian Bores. Rev,

Geol. Sury. Vie., 8 (4), pp. 327-430,

Cirarman, #., and Cresrrn, L, 1933. New and Rare Tertiary Mollusca from Deep Borings

in Gippsland, Victoria, Trans. Roy, Soc, Vic., 46 (1) (ns.), pp, 66-76, pl. 5.

Carman, F., and Gantir,, C. J., 1914. Description of New and Rare Fossils ohtainod by

Deep Boring in the Mallee. Part 2, Mollusca. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic., 26 (2) (ns), pp.

301-330, pls. 24-28.

Cossarann, M.. 1889a, Catalogue Illustré des Coquille: Fossiles de lEocene des Environs

de Paris. Ann, Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg, 24, pp, 3-381.

Coyssrann, M., 1889b, Gustéropodes, in Carez & Dolyille, Annuaire Géologique Universe,

Paris, 5, p. L090.

Cossmann, M., 1897, The Gasteropods of the Older Tertiary of Australia—Les Opistho-

branches, Trans. Roy, Soc. 8, Aust., 21, pp. 1-91, pls, 1-9.

Cossstann, M., 1908, Essais de Paleoconchologie comparée, 5.

Gomnean, My, Sal Rectifications de Nomenclature Reyne Critique de Paléozoologie, 25

2). pp. 79-80.

Parra, B. C., 19473. Some South Australian Turridae, South Aust. Nat., 24 (3), pp.

Corton, B, C., 1947b, Australian Recent and Tertiary Turridae. Field Nat. Sec, Roy.

Soc, S. Aust. Conch. Club, Pub, 4

Corron, B.C., 1947. Seme Tertiary Fossil Molluscs from the Adelaidean Stage (Pliocene)

of South Australia. Ree. §. Aust. Mus., & (4), pp, 653-670,

107

Corton, B, C,, 1949a, Australian Recent and Tertiary Mollusca, Family Volutidae. Ree.

5. Aust. Mus., 9 (2), pp. 181-196, pls, 13-16,

Corron, B. C., 1949b. Australian Recent and ‘Vertiary Mollusca, Fivily Marginellidae,

Fig, 5S. Aust. Mus., 9 (2), pp. 197-224, pls, 17-20,

Corres, B. C., and Goormey, b’ K., 19391, South Australian Shells. Part 2. 8. Aust. Nat.,

13 (1), pp. 5-25.

Corros, B, Cy and Coprnauy, FF. K,. 1083p. South Australian Shells, Pore 7. S$. Aust. Nat.

_ 14 (3), pp. 72-108.

Covies, B,C, und Wooos, N. H., 1993. Remarks on the New Harpid (Mollusca) Genera

of inlay and Iredale, Rec. $, Aust, Mus, 5 (1), pp. 48-47,

Dan, W. H., 1915. A Monograph of the Molluscan Fauna of the Orthaulaxs pugnax zone

of the Oligocene of Tampa, Florida. Bull. OVS, Nat. Mus., 90, 173 pp,, 26. pls.

Dennony, J. 1889, Note¢ on the Muddy: Greek Beds, with brief Remurks on other Tertiary

Strata of South-Western Victoria. Trans. Roy, Soe, $, Aust., 1887-8, JL pp, 30-59,

Dumémi, Ac M, C.. L806, Zoologie Analytique.

Erexor, B., jun. 1878. A Catalogue of Anstralian PMossils. Camb. Univ. Press.

Fixtay, IT. J., aud Marwrek, )., 1937, The Wanwaloun and Associated Molluscan baunas

FE eealtuadolanttosn Island Subdivision, N.Z. Dept. Sei, tnd. Res. Cool. Surv. Branch

al. “ .

Gauu, W, M.. 1876. Notes on American Cretaceous Fossils, with Descriptions of some new

specins. Pror, Acad, Nat. Sei, Philac., pp, 276-324, pl. 17.

Gouper uss, G, A., 1820. Handbuch der Zoolouie, 1.

Guayr, U. S.. and Gane, TR. 1931. Catalogue of the Marine Plioeene and Pleistogene

Mollusca of California, Mem, San Diego Soc, Nat, Hist... 9.

Gnar. J. E., 1834, in Griffith’s Cuvier. The Animal Kingdom. Mollusca and Radiata,

Guay, J. E., 1840. Synopsis of the Contents of the British Museum, el, 43,

Chiay, |, Eu, 1655, Observations on the Species of Volutus—Volulidue, Veog, Zool, Soe,

83. pp, 50-65,

Una, Jo EK. 1887, Cnide to the Systematic Distribution of the Mollusew in the British

Museum. Part 1.

Guitoine, b, L837. Observations on Nautcina and Dentalium two Genera of Molluseous

Ammals. Trans, Linn. Sea. Lond. 17, pn. 29-35.

Hebrey, C, 1902, Studles on Austeallan Mollusca, Part VI Proce, Linn. Suc. N SAY,

27 (1), 105, pp. 7-29. pls. 1-3.

Hepiry, C., 1902-3. Scientitc Results Trawling Expenditlon H.MLC.S. Thetis off the Coast

of New South Wales. Mollusca. Mem, 4, parts 5 and 6, Aust. Mus., Sydney.

Heutey, C,, 1922. A revision of the Australian Turridae, Ree, Aust. Mus, 13 (6), pp.

213-359, pls. 42-50.

HmreniaAnnsen, A. N., 1846. Indicis Generem Malacozoorun, 1.

Inepaz, ‘T., 1915. Commentary on Suter’s Manual, ‘Trans. N.Z, Inst,, 47, pp. 417-497.

TrRepALE, T., 1918. Molluscan Nomenclatural Problems and Solutions. No. 1. Proc. Malac.

Soa, 13 (1), pp. 28-40.

InEpAtE, 'I’., 1927a. A Review of Australian Helmet Shells. Hee. Aust. Mus, LS (5), pp,

G2Z1-354, pls, 31-32,

Inrpare, T., 1928b. Strange Molluses in Sydney Harbour, Aust. Zool, 5 (4), pp. 337-352,

Inepane, 'I,, 1929e, Mollnsea from the Continental Shelf of Eastern Australia, Ree, Aust,

Mus., 17 (4), pp. 158-189.

TrebaLe, T., 1930, Queenslaad Molluscan Notes, No. 2. Mem. Qld. Mus. 10 (1), pp,

73-88, pl. 9.

Tneady, T.. ah Australian Molluscan Noles, No, 1, Bec, Aust, Mus, (8 (4), pp, 201-235,

pis. 22-25. .

Jornstow, Ro M,, 1877. Further Notes on the Tectiuy Marine Beds of ‘lable Cape, Proc,

Koy, Soc, Tas, for 1876, pp. 79-90,

PorsreN, 35 i \. 1688. Systematic Account of the Geology of Tasmania, pp. xxii, 408, 80 pls.

to, oburt,

jane ", eee Division Méthodique ce la Tamite des Purparides, Le Nat, 1

43), pp. 330-6,

Jovsseaums, #, L884, Etude sur Ja Famille des Cypracidea, Bull, Suc. Zool, de France,

19, pp. 81-100.

JoussrAunm, F°., 1858, Description des Mollusques Reeneillis par M. la Dr. Faurot dans le

Mex Rouge ct le Golfe d@Aden. Mem. Soc, Zool. de France, 1, pp, 165-223.

Kesvever, H. L,, 1902. Notes on Prosobranchista No, J—Lotorfum. Proc, Lian, Soc,

N.S.W., 27 (3), 107, pp. 443-483, pl. 17.

Kesixven, H, L., 1912, ‘The Comstitution of the Gastreupod Protoconch: We Value us a

Taxonomic Teature and the Significance of some of its Torms. Proe. Linn, Sor, N.S.W.,

87 (1), J45, pp, 49-82, ph 1

Leacu, W, E,, 1852. A Synopsis af the Mollusca of Great Britain.

Tank, 2. H. F,, 1897. Beschrerbung der Naturalicn= Sammlung der Universtitat zu Rostock,

(3), May, pp, L01-165.

108

Tavern, §. L., 1846. Index Molluseerum Jitora Scandinaviae occidentalia habituntinm.

Ofvers, Kony]. Vetensk. -Aknel. Farh., 3 (5). pp. 135-160.

Manrzan, F. von, 1880. Eine neue Molluskengattung. Nachr. deuts. Malak, Gesells,, 12

(10), pp. 06-109, ;

Martens, F. C. von, 1903. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsve Expedition

auf deni Dampfer “Valdivia” 1898-1899. Dia beschalten Gastropoden 1903-1904.

Manwick, J, 1924b. An Exaninatioa of same of the Tertiary Mollusca claimed to be cam-

inon ta Australia antl New Zedlund. Bep. Aust. Assac. Adv. Sei, 16, pp. 316-331,

Menvinn, J; C,, 1916, Notes on the Cenus Harpa. Jour, Conch., 15 (1), pp. 25-32; 15

(2), pp. 3a-40,

Meets, J. C., 1917. A Revision of the Turridae (Pleurotomidac) occurring in the Persian

Gulf, Gulf of Oman and Nord Arabian Sea, as evidenced mostly Uhrough the result: pf

the dredgiags carried ont by Mr. #. W. ‘Townsend, 1893-1911. Proc. Malae. Sec, 12

(4), pp. l4tu-20J, pls, 8410,

Menxr, C. T., 1830. Synopsis methodica Molluscorum, ed. .2.

Monterosato, 'T. A. ot, 1917. Molluschi viventi & qiuteravi raccalti mgo le costa dells

Tripolitania. Boll, Soc, Zoul, Ital, ser. 3, 4.

Newton, RB, B., 1841. A Systematic List of the Frederick E, Edwards Collection of British

Oligocene and Kovene Mollusca in the British Museum. (Natural History )-

Prorarrs, R. A., 1853. Handbuch der Conchyliologie und Malacozoclogiv.

Prusousy, H, A. 1893. ‘Trvon’s Manual of Conchology, 15.

TPowetn, A. W. B., 1933, Notes on the “Taxonomy of the Recent Cynrtiidae and Naticidse

uf New Zealanc, Trans. N.Z, Inst., 63, pp. 154-170, pl, 23.

Towrrt, A. W. B.,. 1942. The New Zealand Recent and Fossil Mollusea of the Family ‘Tur

ridue. Bull. Apek. Inst. Mus, 2:

Power, A. W. B,, 1844. The Australian Tertiary Mollusea of the Family Turridue. Ree.

Auck. Inst. Mus., 3 (1), pp. 18, 1-7.

Purrcmanp, GC, B., 1898. A Revision of the Fossil Fauna af the Table Cape Beds, Tasaninia

with Descriptions of New Species. Proc. Ruy. Sov. Vie. 8 (ns.), pp, 74-150, pls. S4.

Rarinesguz, O, $,, 1815. Analyse de fa Nature au Tableau de Univers et des Corps

arganisés, Palerme.

Herve, L. A, 1859, Conchologia Teoniea, London, 11. ;

Rovenzro, G., 1899. Prime ricerche sinenimiche sui generi dei gasteropadi. Att, Soe,

Ligust., 10, pp. 101-110,

Sacenm. F.. 1880. 1. Molluschi dei Yerrewi Terziarii del Piemonte @ della Liguria, Part 9,

Mem. Ageah Sei, Torina, sur. 2. 40. pp. 295-368, pl, 2 (reprinted and saparately

apinated ).

Sacco, F., 1890. 1. Molluschi dei terreni terziatii del Piemunte v della Liguria, Parte &

Nota preventiya, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp., 5 (86), pp. 21-43.

Sacco, F., 1991. Jed, pt 10.

Seuuwoen, F. A., $927. Revision der Gypracacea, Arch, Natargos., 91, A, 10, 1925, pp. 1-L71.

Scomprr, TF. A., 1932, in Possilium Catalogus, 55, Cypraeacea,

apn t yh 7 jin 1933, Monograph of the Subfamily Eratoinae. Proc. Malac. Soc, 20 (3),

pp, 244-253, ‘

Scupen, HY, A. 1935. Revision of the Tertiary Cypracacea of Austeuliq and ‘Tasmania,

Prec. Malac. Sou., 21 (6), op. 325-355, 5) figs,

Sant OTe. F,, 1838, Kurzgefesstes systemntisches Verzeichniss meiner Conchyliensammlang,

alle.

Scorots, A. 1777, Introductio ad Historiam Naturalem .. . Prugue,

Scuwvrn, §. H.,. 1882-4. Nomenclator Zoologleus, Bull, U.S, Nat, Mus, £9.

Sawegrsy, G. B,, 1839. A Conchological Manual.

Swainson, W., 1931-2. Zoological Dlastrations. Second Scries, 2.

Swatson, W,, 1832.3. Thid,, 3.

Swaixson, W,, 1835, he Elements of Moder Conchology,

Tate, Rey ae The Fossil Marginellidye of Australasia, Trans. Phil. Soc. Adel, for (877-8,

pp. 90-98,

Tave, R,, 1885. Notes of a Griticu! Examination of the Mollusca of the Older Tertiary of

rare ulleged to have living representatives. Proc. Roy. Sac. Tas, for 1884, pp.

207-214.

Tate, A, 1886. The Fossil Terebridue of Australia, Southern Science Record ns, 2 (1),

pp. 4-8 (fide Singleton),

‘tare. R., 1888, The Gastropods of the Older Tertiary of Australia {Part L), Trans. Roy.

Soc, S. Aust., 10, pp. 91-176, pls. 1-13.

Tatr, K., 1899. The Gustropuds of the Older Tertlary of Australia (Port 2). Id. LL, pp.

116-174, pls. 2-10.

Tats, R., 1899. On Same Older Vertiary Fossils of Uncertain Age from the Murray Desert,

Trans. Roy, Soc, S$. Aust, 23 (1). pp. LU2-Lit, pl, 4,

‘Tais, BR, and Dennani, J,, 1895, Correlation of the Marine Tertiarics of Australia. Part 2,

Victorian, Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 19 (1), pp. 108-121,

Log

THIEL, J, 1935. Handbuch der Systematischen Weichtierkunde, 2. Jena. Gustav Fischer.

Verco, |. C., 1895, A Revision of the Gastropods of South Australia. ‘Lrans, Roy, Suc 3.

Aust, 19 (1), pp. 94-107, pls. 1-3.

Wernxavrr, H. C., 1870, Cattongen Marginella und Eratn, in Martini & Chemnitz Syst.

Conch.-Cab., 5 (4), p, 286,

Woons, J, E. Tenrox, 1876. On Some Tertiary Fossils fram Table Cape. Prav. Roy. Soc,

'Yus. for 1875, pp, 13-26,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

TLATT |

Big. 1—Preterate (Cypracerato) sulaustrulia sp, roy, Holotype, F 15179, apertural view,

Fig. 2.—Proterata (Cypracerata) subaustralis sp, nov, Holotype, F 15179, dorsal view, x 5.

Fig. 3.—Polinices (Cunuber) subvavians (Tate). Hypotype, F 15180, dorsal view, x 1:4;

protoconch, * 8,

Fig, 4. Polintees (Conuber) sulvartans (Tate). Hypotype, F 15180, apertural view, x 1-5.

Kir, 5—Polinicus (Conuher) carninghamensis (fluris), Typotype, 15181, apertural

view, x 1,

Fig, C-Paltinces (Conuber) cunninghamensis' ( Harris). Hypoatype. F 15181, dorsal view,

Tig, 7.—Polinices (Conuber) balteatella (Tate), Hypotype, F 15182, aportural view, x 2

Fig. 8—Palinices (Conuber) balteatellu (Tate). Hypotype, F 15183, dorsal view, x S,

Fig. 9—Tanca hamittonensis (Tenison-Woods), Hypotype, F 15183, apertural view, x 2:

pratocomeh, x

Fig. 10.—TLanea hamiltonensts (‘Teoison-Woods ). Hypotype, F 15183, dorsal view, y 2.

Fig, L1\—Austrocochis: substolide (Tate), Hypotype, 215186, apertural view, x 1,

Fig. 12.—Austrocochlis substollu (Tats), Hypotype, IF 15186, dorsal view, x 1,

Fig. 13.—Leniella weymarehensis xp. nov. Holotype, 15184, apertural view, % 7,

Fig. 14.—Taniella weymouthensix sp. nov, Wolotype, F 15184, dorsal view, * 1.

Fig. Her-tiraehuhen mivronentigits sp, nov. Tolotype, F 15185, apertural view, x 3; prolo-

conch, x &,

Fig. 16.—Proxiuber uiterosculmum &p, nov. Holotype, F 15185, dorsal view, x 3,

Fig. 17.—Tusmutica madesting sp. nav. Itolotype, F 15188, apertural view, » 6; protoconch,

xf.

Fig. 18 Tasmaetion imudestina sp, nov, Holotype, F 15188, darsal view. x. 6.

Fig, 19.—Austrocnchlis substolida (Tate). Hypotyye, immature, F 15187, aperlural view,

* 3; proteconch, » 4,

Fig. 20—Austrocachlis substotida (Tote), Hypolype, immature, F 15187, dorsal view, x 3,

PLATE 32

Fig. 1,—Cassis fefypacasy} sulishuryensls sp, nov. Holotype, F 15189, dorsal view, x 1.

big. 3.-Cussis (Mypocassis) subisturyensy sp. nov. "18189, apertural view, x 1,

Fiz. I—Semicassis (Antephalium) muelleri Tate. Hypotype, F 15190, apertural view, x L.

Fig. 4.-Semicassis (Antepluliton) muclleri ‘Yate, Hypotype, F 15190, dorsal view, x. 1-

Fig, 5—Argobuccinum (Argohuccinum) husst Angas. Hypotype, F 15192, dorsal view, x 1-3.

Fig, 6.—Argohuccinum CArgobuccinum) bassi Angas. “Hypotype, F 15191, wpertural view,

xl,

Vig, 7. Phos gregsoni Tate. Hypolype, £15401, dorsal view, x 1-5.

Fig, 8—-Phos xregsoni Tate. Hypotype, F 15401, apertaral view, x LS. a. Hypotype,

F 15403, protoeonch, x 5,

Mig. 9.—Charonia (Auatrotritn) armuta | Tete). Hypotype, F 15193, dorsal view, x 1.

Wig. 10.—Charoniz susieprtiae, mmuta (Tate). Hypotype, F 15193, apertural view, x 1,

Mig, LL. -Charonia ( Austroteiton) radialis (Late), Protuconch and first whorl, » 6,

Fig. 12.—Lrophon ( Litozamia) goldsteint Tenison-Wonods. Tlypoatype. #15199, x LS.

Vig. 13..-Trophon (Litoxamia) goldsteini 'Tenison-Woods. Hypotype, F 151998, x 10.

Fig. Mh—Plerynotus (Pterochelus) trinodasus (Tate). Wypotype, F 15197, x 3.

Vig. 15. Texaplex (Murexsal) bicunicus (tute), Hypotype, £15196, x 1,

Vip, 16,—Truncaturiupsis peramangus (Lyudbronk), Typotype, TW IRT94, x 1,

Big. 17, Mexaplex (Murexoul) subortoponus sp. roy. Holotype, F 15195, x 1.

Tig, 18.—RHomolocanthu antecedens sp. nov. Holotype, f° 15108, x 1.

PLATE 3

Rig, 1—Hina (Reticunassa) subcopiova sp. nov, LUolotype, F 15403, x 4: protuvonch, ¥ 8.

Fix, 2—Hine (Reticunassa) spiraliscabra (Chapman & Gubriel).. Hypotype, 715404, x 5;

rotneonch, x 10)

Fig. 3.—-Olivella (Cupidilioa) nymphalis (Tate). Mypotype, G 39850, x 3.

Fig, 4--Anoilla (Batyspira) tater Marwick, Hypolype, G 9374, x 1.

Fig, 5.—Mirella (Dentimitrella) lincotnensis (Reeve). Typotype, F 15400, x 4.

Fig. 6.—Austromitra mausent sp. noy. Holotype, F 15406, x 4.

Fig. 7.—Austromitra pautiplicuta sp. nov. Holotvpe, F 15407, x 4.

110

Tig, 8.—Austromitra multiplicata sp. nov. Holotype, F 15408, x 4

Fig. 9.—Aneilla (Turrancilla) adelaidensis sp. nov. Wolotype, F 15405, x 3. '

Pig. 10.—Marginella. (Bratuielon wentworthi Tenison-Weods, Hypotype, W 15414, a 4,

Fig, 1L—Marginella (Pratoidea) elaexsnert sp. nov, Holotype, F 15413, x 10,

Fig. 12.—Closia (Closia) planilebrum sp. nov. Holotype, F 15413, x 1.

Fig, 13.-Gibberula clima (Cotton), Molotype, P 8787, x 6.

Fi, 14.—Gibberula talla (Cotton), Holotype, P8796, x 7-5,

Fig. 15.—Volearina (?) incommoda sp, nov. Holotype, F 15421, x 3.

Fig, 16,—-Clusia (Closiz) arena (Calton), UTolotype, P 8794, x 10.

Fig. 17.Serrata metula (Cotton). Hypotype, F 15418, x &,

Fie. 18.—Closia (Clasia) dema (Cotton), Hypotype, F 15416, x 5.

Pie. 19.—Serrata charma (CGptton), Hypotypc, F 15417, x &,

Fig. 20.—Serrata weymouthensis sp. nov. Holotype. F 15420, x 8.

‘ig. 21,—Serruta bicrassiplicata sp, nov, Holotype. F 15419, x §,

PLATE 4

Vig. L=Ericusu ot, aneilloides (Tate). Td. Monno Para, Sec. 425), x 0-9,

Fig. 2.—Ericusa ianeilloires (Tate), Holotype, 1 396D, x 1-3,

Pig. 3.—Mitraria (Eumitra) diductua (Tate). Paratype, x 153.

Fig. d-Harpa (Atstroharpa) cassinoides Tate. Lolotype, T 692, x 1-7,

Fig. 3.—Harpa ( Austroharpa) tatei Finlay. ffolotype, Finluy Goll. 67, x 1-3,

Fig. 6.—Mitrarta (Tumitra) diductua (Tate). Holotype, T 638, © 1:3,

PLATE. 5

Fix. L.—Xenuroturris (Verutarris) bisculptus Powell, Hypotype, ¥ 15423, 395,

Fig, 2,-XNepuroturris (Vertturris) tomoplouroides Powell Hypotvype, F 15422, x 2

Fig, 3.—Epidirona powelll sp. nov, Tholetype, F 15424, x 15,

Tig. 4.—-Syntornadrillia lucthraokae Powell. Hypetypa, ¥ 15425, 4 5.

Fig. 5.—Tomopleura ludbrookae Powell. Hypotype, F 15465, a +.

Fle, &—Mavritvmella nutans Powell. Hypotype. F 15426, x 6.

Fig. te Gurales (Guraleus) chapplei Powell, Iolotype, Abattoirs Bore, x 6 (redrawn alter

‘awell),

Fig. 8. —Curaleus (Guruleus) ludbrookae Powell. Typotype, 15427, x 7.

Fiv, 9-Guralous (Buguraleus) powelli sp, nov. Holutype, F 15429, « 7,

Fig. 1).—Gurideus (Buguraleus) adelaidensis Powell. Typotype, F 15428, x 10.

Fig. 1L.-Geraleas (Peragwraleus) ineisus Powell. Hypotype, 115430, x 3.

Fig. ere (Paraguraleus) abbreviatus Powell. flolotype. a &3 (rolrawn after

Powell),

big. 13,—Asperdaphne: ( Aspertilla) uxsculpta Powell, Hypotype, F 15434, x 10,

Fig. 14.—Viluilrillin Inethrookae Powell. Holotype, x 6 (redrawn atter Powell),

Tig. 14.—Mapningia matronalis sp. nov. Holotype, Ff 13431, x 7.

Fig, 16. -Etrema weymouthensis sp, noy. Holotype, F (5432, x 4:

Fig, I7.\—Veprecula (>) adelaidensig Powell, Holotype, x 793 (redrawn after Powell),

Fig. [8.—Frenestrodaphne pulchra Powell, Holotype, x 9 (redrawn after Powell),

Fir, 19.—E¢remapsis contigua Powell. Hypotype, F 19435, «© 10,

Fig. 20.—Psendexomilys caclatus Powell, Holotype. x 5 (redeawn after Powell),

PLATE 6

Pie, 1—Amoria (Amoria) grayi Ludbrook. Hypotype, F 15410, x 7,

Fig. 2.—Cymblola (Cymblola) tabulate (Tate). Hypotype, F 15409, x 1,

Fie. G.—Coans (Floracgnus) acdelailae sp, nov, Holotype, F 15436m, « 2,

Vig, 4—Mitraria (Eumitee) vext sp, nov. Holotype G 39870, x 1.

Fis, 5.—Cancellaphera confirmuns sp. nov. Holotype, F 15412, x 4.

Fig. 6.—Aphera (Sydaphera) wannonensis (Tate). Hypotypu, F 15411, % 1-5.

Vig, 7—Strioterebram (Pervicacia) crassum (Tate). Hypatype, F 15437, x 4.

Pig. He-Striotervbram (Pervicacia) subspectabilis (Tate), Hyputype, F 16438, x 4

Fig. 9.—Hastula (Noutoterelbra) fenisoni 7 Finlay). Hvpotype, F 15439, pusteviar whorls, «2

Fig. Wh—Hastula (Notaterebra) tenigoni (Finlay). Hypotype, F 15439a, anterine wharls, s 2.

Fig, LL —Arteon serobtenlatus ‘Vewison-Woods. THypotype, F 15440, x 4.

Fis. 12.—Semiacltaeun tardior sp. nov. Holotype. F 15441, ~ 3.

Fig. 13.—Seminetqean stratoscntyptiss sp. nov. Holotype, F 15442, x 5.

Vig. 14.—Damoniella purtisoulpta sp. nov. Holotype, F 15450, x 4.

Pig, 15, Heluar (Sboaitetsie) vanaligradata sp, nov. Holotype, F 15443, * 2:5; protoconels

of paratype, + 10,

Fig. 18.—Retusa (Semiretuse) apiculatu (Tate). Hypotype, W 15444, x 4.

Fig. 17,—Volewlella, rostrata (Adams), Wypetype, F 15446, x 4.

Fig. 18.-Gylichne angustata Tabs & Cossmann. Hypotype, FP 15447, x 2:5,

Fig. 18.—Cylichna anticingulata sp, noy, Holotype, F 15444, x 6,

Piz, 20.—Dameniella bullaeformis Cossmann. Hypotype, F 15449, » 4,

Fig. 21,—Hetusa (Semiretusa) coxi sp, nov. Holotype, F 15445, x 3.

Fig, 223.—Nepotilla powelli sp. noy. Holotype. F 15435, x 10).

N. H. Lupsrook Plate |

N. H, Lupsrook PLATE 3

N. Tf. Lupsxoox PLATE ¢

PLA

N. H. LupprooKk

Pratre 5

Lupsroox

N. H.

PLATE 6

N. H. Lupsroox

NOTE ON NAUTILUS REPERTUS AND NAUTILUS SCROBICULATUS

BY BERNARD C. COTTON, F.R.Z.S.

Summary

NOTE ON NAUTILUS REPERTUS AND NAUTILUS SCROBICULATUS

By Breawarp C. Corron, F\R.Z.5.

[Exhibited 11 July 1957]

A. R. Riddle (1920) published a paper in these Transactions entitled “An

Adventitious Occurrence of Nautilus pompilius Linné”. The Nautilus referred

to was taken by Mr. James Scott of Yorketown at Foul Bay, Southern Yorke

Peninsula, opposite what is locally known as the Old Mill. The animal was

intact and the specimen fresh,

Riddle was somewhat at a loss to explain how the Nautilus pompilius, an

inhabitant of Northern and North-east Australia, could find its way against the

current passing West to East in Bass Strait. For 37 years uuthorities have cast

donbt on the authenticity of this record, one stating as recently as 1944, while

describing Nautilus alumnus from North Queensland, “There is a record of a

living specimen from Yorke’s Peninsula, South Australia, A. R. Riddle, 1920,

which is not acceptable”. A ful] discussion on this occurrence is published

by Cotton (1957), where the actual shell is figured for the first time.

This unique specimen was donated recently to the South Australian Museum

by Percy Scott, a relative of the finder.

The shell is a giant, measuring 9 iu. in major diameter and proves to be

the large species Nautilus repertus, from South-western Australia.

When the Nautilus was exhibited it was explained that the specimen had

evidently dritted along the southern coast and become stranded on Southern

Yorke Peninsula.

Following this exhibit, Mrs. E. V. Wilson brought along to the Museum

for examination a sccond specimen taken ou Yorke Peninsula by F. Michaelmore,

exact locality unknown. This proved to be a juvenile Nautilus repertus, six

inches in diameter.

It is hoped that these remarks will effectively vindicate A. R. Riddle’s

record published in these Transactions 37 years ago.

The Rev. H. K, Bartlett has a specimen of Nautilus scrobiculatus taken at

Brooker Island, south-east of Papua, purchased from an old man, living in the

only village on the island.

The shell is suspended by pandanus palrn fibre string passiny through the

minute chink, always present in the centre of the wide umbilicus of the shell.

This species of Nautilus is used as an ornament, cup, or container by the older

men of the tribe. It is suspended over the fire-tray in the house and usually

shows smoke stains,

No further information could be obtained on the significance of this orna-

ment, The actual specimen in the Rey. Bartlett's collection is figured here (see

Plate 1).

REFERENCES

Corron, B, C,, 1957. Ree. S. Aust. Mus., 13 (1), 117-120.

Rinpors, A. R., 1920. Trans, Roy. Soc. $. Aust., 44, 257-261.

B. C. Corron PLATE |

Shell of Nautilus scrobiculatus from Brooker Island, S.-E. ol

Papua, locally used as an ornament.

SOME NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN MESOSTIGMATA (ACARINA) FROM

AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND AND MALAYA

BY H. WOMERSLEY

Summary

Eight species of new, or rare and little known, Acarina (Mesostigmata) are described or recorded

from specimens in the South Australian Museum.

In the family Paraniegistidae three new species and a new genus are described. The genus

Micromegistus Trag. is represented by a new species; the genus belongs to the family

Parantennulidae Willmann. The genus Ptochacarus Silv. with the bizarre species P. daveyi as type

is more clearly diagnosed and transferred from the Antennophoridae to the Klinckowstroemiidae;

two new species of the genus are described, and a key given.

A second specimen of Allozercon fecundissirnus Vitz. is recorded and figured.

SOME NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN MESOSTIGMATA (ACARINA) FROM

AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND AND MALAYA

by H. Womersiey*

[Read 8 August, 1957]

SUMMARY

Hight species uf new, or rite and litle Jasown, Acurina (Mesastigmata) are described.

or recorded from specimens in the South Australian Musenm.

In the family Paramegistidge three new species and a new genus are described, The

genus Micromegistus Trdg, is represcutcd by a new species; the gunus beluugs to the family

Parantennulidac Willmann. The genns Ptochacarus Silk, with the bizarre species P. daveyi

as type is more clearly diagnosed and transferred from the Antennophoridae to the Klinckow-

stroemiidae; two new species of the genus are deseribed, and a key given,

A second specimen of Allesercon fecundissinus Vitz. is sasnetod and figured.

Family PARAMEGISTIDAE Trigardh 1946

Trigardh, T,, 1946. Ontlines af a new classification of the Mesastigmata (Acarina) based on

comparative morphological data. Kungl, Fysiografiske Sillskapets Mandl. N. F. 57 (4),

pp. 1-37.

Camin, J. H., and Gorirossi, FP. 1., 1955, A Revision of the Sitborder Mesosligmata (Acarina)

inane on new interpretations of comparative morpholoyical data, Publ. No. 11, Chicago

Acad. Sei.

Genus Orniomecitus Banks, 1914

Banks, Ms 1916, J. Ent. Zool, Claremont, Calif. 6, p. 58. (Type Ophiomegistus luzonensis

Banks, 191-4) :

The genus Ophiomegistus has generally been placed in the family Antenno-

phoridae but Camin aud Gorirossi in their paper suggest that it should be in-

cluded in the Paramegistidae. with which I am in agreement.

Ophiomegistus clelandi sp. nov.

Text fig, 1, A-E

Type—A male from a snake at Hermannsburg, Central Australia, collected

by Prof. J. B. Cleland some years ago (no date) in the collection of the South

Australian Museum,

Descriplion—Male hnlotype—Rather large, well chitinised, dorso-ventrally

Hattencd and slightly wider than long; length of idiosoma S50, width 928).

Dorsum—Shield entire, covering the whole body except for a narrow band

of cuticle marginally, and furnished only with minute setae. Lateral margins

of the body with long, slender setae, especially posteriorly where approximately

every third seta is to 174, long, the intermediate setae being about half of this

Jenyth,

onan —Teitusternum present with paired laciniae; jugular shields united in

the median line forming & single shield about four times as wide as long and

separated from the rest of the sternal shield by a fine suture, with one pair of

short, stout, pointed setae and a pair of lyriform pores; sternal, metasternal and

ventri-unal shields coalesced to form a single shield which expands widely flask-

like behind coxac LV, on this shield sternal setae 11 and HI are close together

in the antero-lateral carners, and the metasternal setae (sternal setae IV) are

lateral in the angles of the shield between coxwe IL and LI, from the angles of

* South Australian Museum.

115

the shield between coxae III and TV and extending backwards to the middle

of the expanded ventri-anal portion of the shield and around its margin to the

anus are a number of small spinc-like setae, on the dise of the posterior half of

the expanded ventri-anal part are several transverse rows of blade-like setac;

metapodal shields large, triangular without the spines in the antero-lateral

Vig. 1, A-P.—Ophiomegistus. clalandi sy. nov. Male. A, venter; B, chelicerue;

G, palp; D, leg, T; TF, leg TT.

corners us shown by Grant 1947 (Microentomology, 12 (1), fig. 9) for O, luzon-

ensis, but with a number of tubercles posteriorly; the stigmata are situated in

line with coxae IV with the peritreme running forward as far as coxae I, the

peritremal shields arc large, coalesced with the exopodal shields and rounded

just behind the stigmata, with a variable number of tubercles in the neighbour-

116

hood of the stigmata and outside of the peritreme with another series of tubercles

on the outer margin of the peritremal shields anteriorly.

Grathosoma—Falpi as figured, 5-segmented but the tibiae and tarsi wre not

clearly differentiated, specialised seta on tarsi 2-tined; chelicerae styliform with

slender edentate digits adapted for picreing, fixed digit with fine hyaline serrate

lamellae but without the basal seta shown by Grant for O. Iuzonensis.

Legs—Six-segmented, T long, slender and antennaeform, tarsus without pre-

tarsus caruncle or claws, to 928, long; I-IV very stout, tarsi ending in a blunt,

aw-like tip, with a pad-like ambulacrum and very slightly sclerotised indistinct

paired claws, UF 754p Joug (esctoslinys ambulacrum), MI and TV 812n; setation

af coxae ind legs as figured, the longer setae on legs distally ciliated or im-

minted,

Remarks—This species, the second of the genus to be described, clitters

from the genotype O. luzunensis Banks which is also a snake parasite, in the

larger size ol and lack of setae on the metapodal shields, in the sparsen setation

of the inter-cuxal portion of the holoventral shield and in the form of the specia-

lived setae am the posterior half of the ventri-anal portion of the holoventeal

shield. [tis only known from the holotype male, (he female being nnknown.

It is named in honour of the collector, Prof. J, B. Cleland

Genus PROMEGISTUS Tuy,

With the characters of the family Paramegistidae. In the female the jugular

shield is coalesced with the sternal forming a transverse shield approximately as

wide as long with three pairs of setae and two pairs of pores; metasternal shields

produced inwardly between the sternal shield and the transverse, bar-shaped

sternogynial shield, coalesced with endopodal shields of coxac TIT and TV, and

furnished with one seta and pore; sternogynial shield a transverse bar decpest in

the median line and tapering to the sides, withont setae or pores; mesogynial

shield reduced as figured: latigynial shields rather small with many sctae and

hinged ta the ventri-anal shield: ventri-anal shield very large and expanded be-

hind coxae IV to include most of the venter, with numerous simple pointed

setae; peritremal, exopodal and metapadal shields coalesced and produced he-

hind coxae 1V in a triangle. Stigmata between coxae III and IV with peritremes

extending to coxau I, Cheliverae with fixed digit serrate and movable digit with

Jong hyaline Alamentous appendages. Palpi S-seginented, but the tibia and

tarsus not clearly demarcated, seta on tarsus 2-tined. Legs 6-segmented, I only

a little longer than II-[V, antennaeform, with carunele or claws; TI-IV stonter

than 1, tarsi with short pretarsus, caruncle and slightly sclerotised indistinct

paired claws. Dorsal shicld entire and under-lapping the venter narrowly

posteriorly but more widely laterally with sparse minute setae; margin of body

with numerous long, stout spines, In the male with the jugular shields united

medially and separated from the rest of the sternal by a transverse suture, fur-

nished with two pairs of setac (no pore can be seen}; genital orifice slightly

posterior of suture and between coxae {1; otherwise the ventral shields are

coalesced to form a holoventral shield,

Type Promegisius armstrong! sp. nov.

Promegislus armstrongi sp. tov.

Text fig, 2, A-F

Types—Aolatype female, allatype male, one paratype female, and two para-

type males collected “on beetles, Acacia Plateau tear Nyngan, New South Wales

(J. W. T. Arnistrong)” in the collection of the South Australian Museum.

Other specimens in the Museum collection are:

One male and two females on an old slide fromm Mustuchiluys sp. (Passalidae)

collueted by T, H. Johnston (no data) and identified by the late F. H. Taylor as

Eghlnomegistus sp.

One male from Pamborus sp. (Carabidae) from Mt. Glorious, Queensland,

20th May, 1951 (coll. K. Webber).

Five females and nine males from Gooroy, Blackall Ranges, Queensland,

Fig. 2, A-T—Promegistus australicus sp. nov. A-E female, A, yenter; B, dorsum;

C, tritosternum; D, chelicerae; E, palp; T, male, jugular and anterior of sternal shield.

1910, found mounted dry on cards, in the collection of insects bequeathed to

the Muscum by the Jate Capt, $. A, White; the labels bear no other data than the

above and the collector's name, J. W. Mellor.

11g

One female from Upper Willams River, N.S. Wales, Oct. 1926. (coll.

A. M. J.ea and E, Wilson).

Description—Kemale holotype (Fig. A-E)—A Jarge, broadly oval, strauuly

chitinised und dorso-ventrally flattened species. TLength of idiosama 1450q,

greatest width in line of coxae TV 1160p.

Dorsym—Shielc entire, underlapping the venter narrowly posteriorly and

more widely laterally, with sparse minnte setae on the disc bat marginally with

many strong spines to 93u long interspersed with longer ones ta 162).

Venter—Tritosternum with paired ciliated faciniae; no pre-endopodal ur

separate jugular shiekls, the latter being coalesced with the sternal which is

wider than long, 394, by 139, with concave anterior margin and camvex pos-

terior margin, with three pairs of setae and two pairs of lyritorm pores; posterior

of the sternal shield is a transverse bar-shaped sternogynial shield, 345, wide,

deepest to 81 in the median line and tapering outwardly, without setae or pores;

the metasternal shiclds are produced inwardly between the sternal and sterio-

eynial shields and are coalesced with the endopodal shields of coxse IM and IV.

they carry a seta on the inside point and also a lyriform pove; the mesogynial

shield is small and reduced, lying at the apex of the ventri-anal and between the

latigynial shields in line with coxae IIL; the latigynial shields are only o£ mod-

erate size, triangular, hinged to the ventri-anal shield and furnished with ninc

to twelve setae: the ventri-anal shield is very larve, widely expanded behind

coxac IV, 928 long by 7654 wide, with rounded sides and covered with mimer-

uus pointed simple setac: the exopodal, peritremal and meta odal shields are

enalesced into a bread shield which extends behind coxae IV to a triangular

point: the stigmata lie bebveen coxae HI and IV with the peritremes mmning

fnrward to coxae T, outside of the peritreme in the region of coxae IIT the shield

curries a patch of tubercles.

Gnathosoma—With three pairs of hypostomal sctac as figured; chelicerae

as figured, the fixed digit with a hyaline fincly toothed lamella, movable digit

with a number of Jong, filamentous appendages; palpi as figured, 5-segmented.

hut the tibiee and tars! indistinctly demarcated, basal segment with a strong

inner tooth, specialised seta on tarsi I 2-tined.

egs—t slender, antennaeform, without caruncle or claws, to 1390p long;

I-IV rather stouter and all tarsi with short pretarsus, carumcle and indistinct

paired claws, If 1183, (excluding pretarsus and ambulacrum), II 1238, IV

1415y; coxae and legs with normal setation, acetabula of coxae IL and UI an-

teriorly with a serics of marginal, strong, minute denticles (not figured),

Male Allotype (Tig, 2 F)—Of the samme general facies as the fernale except

that the ventral shields are coalesced to formn a holoventral shield with only a

suture line in Front of the genital orifice, This suture linc separates uff the

jugular portion which is shaped as in the female but carries sternal setae | and

Il only, The genital orifice is distinctly behind the suture and in line with

coxae II. Length of idiosoma 14274, width 1128; length of leg I 1322», LL (ex-

cluding ambulacrum) 1195; IIL 1240», TV 1370p.

Genus Neomectstus Tragardh 1910

‘Lragavdh, Ui, 1010. Neve Acaridun aus Natal und Zululand. Zoal. Anz., 30, yp, 872. (‘Type

Neomexistus jilidtcola Trig. 1910.

Triigirdh, T., 1946, Qullines of a new classification of the Mesvztizmata (Acatina) based

ig. pemaarative morphological data. Kungl, Fyslografiska Sallskopets Hand). N. F. 57

BD. 17.

Neomegistus australicus sp. nov.

Text fiz. 3, A-F

Types—Holotype femule and three paratype females in the South Australiau

Museum from “a lizard Tiligue sp”, St. Francis Island, Nuyts Archipelago,

§. Aust. 28/2/98 (coll. T. Cornock), .

119

Description—Female holotype—Comparatively small, well chitinised, dorso-

ventrally flattened, broadly oval but wider than long. Length of idiosoma 812,,

width 898...

am!

Fa 4

Wig, 3, Al’. Neomegistus australicus sp, nov, Female. A, veuler; B, oulline of

dorsum; C, gnathnsoma and palps; D, chelicerac; E, tritosternumn; F, i posterior

ventri-anal seta enlarged.

Dorsum—Shield entire covering the whole body, on the disc with sparse

short setae, marginally with strong pointed setae from 28» long unteriorly to

120

56, long posteriorly aiid interspersed every few setae with more flexible setae

to 70 long,

Venter—Tritosternum present with paired laciniae; no pre-endopadal

shields; jugular shields Jarge, not coalesced medially, each about twice as wide

as long with slightly concave anterior Sheps and. convex oblique posterine

margins, each shield carries two setae (sternal setae I and IT) and a small circu-

lar pore; the posterior portion of the sternal shield is apparently divided in the

recite line to form with the coalesved metasternal shields two somewhat rhormn-

huicl shields, each furnished with three setac and a sinall ramnd pore (the setue

probably represent sternal setae Il anid metasternal setae plus one acecssory

pair); the inucr angles project inwards ina wide triangle between the jugular and

sternogynial shields, and between the inside poets is a transverse vow of four

fairly small shieldlets; the steryogynial shield is sepresented by two large

triangular shields with the median edges adjacent, these shields are without

setac but each has a small round pore in the lateral corner, which is prohahly

the metasternal pore and suggests a partial fusion of the metasteynal shields

with the steriogynial; the mesogynial shield is much reduced and lics at the

apex of the veotri-anal shield and between the inside ancles of the latigynial

shield; the latigynial shiclds ave large, triangular, hinged postero-laterally ta

the ventri-anal shield and fueuished with a variable number of setae: ventri-anal

shield large, widely expanded behind coxae LV to 440,, and 4294 long, in the

anterior third this shield is furnished with abont four transverse rows of strong

pointed setae, posterior af these the setae are oval and lanceolate leaflike as

figured, there ave about six transverse rows of these sctae which are ta 47. in

length, on each side of the anus there is a longer simple seta and on the posterior

margin three pairs of similar setae; the metapodal shields are coalesced with

the exepodal shields of coxae TV into a broad shield which extends backwards of

coxae TV toa point the inner margin of which follaws the curve of the venti-

anal shield, the metapodal portion has three simple setae and a fow tubercles

as figured; the peritremal shield is fairly narrow bein only slightly expandeil

lateral of coxae TIT and has two small series of tubercles on the inside edge of

the peritreme, the stigmata lie between coxae HI and IV and the peritremes

run forward to coxae I.

Gnathosoma—With three pairs of strong, thick ciliated hypostomal setae:

labial cornicles also minutely ciliated on margins: chelicerae as ficured, digits

evlentate, movable with hyaline ciliated processes; palpi S-seemented, tibia aad

tarsus imperceptibly separated. specialised seta on tarsi 2-tined, sctae an hasal

segments strony and ciliated,

Legs—aAll legs shorter than body, I fairly slender, autennaeform without

ambulgcrum, to 729» long, JT (exeluding ambulacrum) 580y, Il 545~, IV 635.

tarsi IT and TV with ambulacrum of short pretarsus earuncle and indistinctly

seleratised claws; coyae If and Il with stout posterior rounded to squarish

bee as figured; setae on coxac and other leg-segments mostly strong and

ciliated, :

Male—Unknown.

Family PARANTENNULIDAE Willmann, 1940

Willmar, ©. 1940. Neue Milben aus Hohlen «dee Balkianhalbinsel, yvesammell von Prsf,

Dr. K. Absolom. Zool. Anz., 180, pp. 209-218.

Willmann, C., 1941. Die Acari der Hohlea der Balkanhalbinsel, Studies was der Gebiete der

Allgemeinen Karstforschung dev Wessenschuftlichen Holilenkunde etc, Biol, Ser, 8,

pp, 1-80,

Genus Micromescisius Tricardh, 1948

Trigarih, 4, 1848. Description of Micromesistus, a new genus uf the Parvamugistidac with

notes on Neumegistus, Paramestisgus unc Echinomegistus (Acarina), Entum, Ticsk., 69,

pp, 127-131. (Type Micromegistus bakeri ‘Lyiig.. 1946.)

This genus has recently been shown by Drs. J. H. Camin and F. E. Gorirossi

(Publ. No. 11, Chicago Acad. Sci, 1955) to be more properly placed in the

family Parantennulidae of Willmann rather than the Paramegistidae as was

done by Tragirdh.

Micromegistus gourlayi sp. nov.

Text fig. 4

Types—Holotype female, allotype male, one paratype male and two

nymphal specimens from a carabid beetle Mecodema sp. from Nelson, New

Pig, 4, A-F.—Micromegistus gourlayi sp. nov. A-K femnale, A, venter; B, dorsum;

C, sternal shields enlarged; D, chelicerac; E, palp; ¥, male venter.

Zealand, Jan. 1952 (coll. H.W.). These specimens were collected by the

author while on a trip with the New Zealand Entomologist, Mr. Gourlay,

to whom the species is dedicated.

Description—Female holotype—A rather small not strongly chitinised, dorso-

122

ventrally flattened species of broadly rounded form. Length of iinsema 9868p,

width 928,.

Dorsum—Shield entire 766, long by 673u wide, not entirely covering brely

being surrounded by a wide strip of soft cuticle as figured, furnished with at

least four pairs of simple setae to ca. 60u in length, on the cuticle latera) of

the shield with more similar setae.

Venter—Tritosternum with a pair of ciliated laciniac; the sternal shields

are all very ill-defined, there ts anteriorly a wide jugular portion only demar-

cated clearly on the anterior margin and with a transverse mare sclerotised

band subposteriorly, the jugular part carries one pair of long setae but no

pores can be seen, sternal setae Il and IIL are in a transyerse row just hehind

the sclerotised band, lateral of these are the longer stemial setae IV (meta-

sternal); the sternogynial shield wonld appear to be a fairly well sclerotised

transverse strip across the anterior margin ol the large mesogynial shield; the

mesogynial shield is roughly beaker-shaped with the anterior end straight and

about two-thirds the length of the pasteriary margin so that the almost straight

sides conyerge anteriorly; the jugular part is 188. wide with the setae 164,

apart and 56» long, the sclerotiscd band is 117 wide and the sternal setae 47

long, the more sclerotised sternogynial shield is 994 wide, the metasternal setae

are 70u Jong; the mesogynial shield is 297» long, 10S wide anteriorly and 164,

wide posteriorly and is furnished with two pairs of setae 47, long, one pair at

the postero-lateral corners and a pair lateral and anterior of the latter; the

Jatigynial shields are ill-defined but carry four setae on each side of the meso-

gynial shield; the ventral shield is separated from the mesogynial shield and

from the anal shield. it is 1854 wide on the anterior concave margin on the line

of the posterior edge of coxae TV, then has straight, strongly diverging sides to

a width of 489,, its maximum length is 254, and median length 197p, the pos-

terior margin is medially strongly concave, it carries ca. 12 pafrs af setae to

47u. long; the anal shicld is small, transversely diamond-shaped 66, long by

103,; with only a pair of paranal setae; it is fairly widely separated from the

posterior concavity of the ventral shield; the peritremal, exopodal and meta-

podal shields are coalesced into a wide shield which extends well past coxae

IV, the stigmata are between coxze IIT and IV and the peritremes run forward

to eoxae I; 01 the cuticle posterior of the ventral and anal shields are ca. 16

pairs of setae, many of which arise from small shieldlets,

Gnathesoma—With 4 pairs of hypastomal setae; chelicerac as figured, digits

edentate, fixed digit with one hyaline ciliated lamella, movable digit with 2

number of hyaline ciliated processes; palpi as figured, 5-segmcoted, tibia and

tarsus clearly demarcated, seta on tarsus 2-tined.

Legs—I 870, long, slender antennaeform without ambulacrum or claws, I

870 (excluding ambulacrum) with moderately long pretarsus, caruncle and

sitios claws; IIT 870. long, [VY 928, long, all coxae and legs without specia-

ised sets.

Male Allotype—General facies as in female. Size smaller; idiosoma 696,

long by 6964 wide.

Derstsm—aAs in female,

Venter—Jugular shield ill-defined, but apparently separated from rest of

sternal and only represented by posterior margin and setae 1 which are widely

separated; «ll other ventral shields except the anal coalesced Into a holoventral

shicld whose posterior is concave to accommodate the small diamond-shaped

anal shield.

Gnathosuma—as in female,

Legs—aAs in female, I 754u long, If 6964, Il] and IV 754, long.

Remarks—The genus Micromesgisius was erected for a spevies bakeri found

on Scarites subterraneus, Mississippi, U.S.A.

125

The diagnosis was given by Triydrdh as follows:—

“Jugidar shields separate, fused to a single shield, Male genital aperture

close to the ariterior margin of the remaining sternal shield, Sternal and ventral

slyielk! fused, anal shield distinct.

“Femule with short sterniti-mctasternal shield, No meclian shield visible.

General aperture a large transverse slil, the posterior margin of which is thick-

cre te a ridge in the middle. Lateral shields present, Epigynial shield sep-

arated from the ventral shield, anal shield ree, triangular, mandibles edentate,”

Camin und Gorirossi in their valuable paper of 1955 have shown that Mieru-

meyistus should be placed in the Parantennulidae and they considered that the

type species needed re-study.

In the present material, the ventral shiclds, particularly the anterior sternal

are even less defined than in hakeri. In the male of his species Trigardh

shows a well-defined jugular shield, but in gourlayi this is only evident by its

posterior margin and the sternal setae J which are wide apart and near the

anterior corners of the rest of the sternal shield, In the female of gourlayi the

jugular shield is somewhut befter defined and has « more strongly sclerotised

transverse bar in front of the posterior sternal setae IT and WU. This strongly

chitinised bar which Triigardh suggests for bakeri is the anterior lip of the

genital orifice, is interpreted here as the sternogynial shield, the genital opening

being posterior thereto,

" Specifically gourlayi differs from bakeri in the longer mesogynial shiclil

and in size,

Family KLINCKOWSTROEMUDAE Trigardh, 1946

Tricdb, 7, 1946. Outlines oF a new classification of the Mesestignata (Acachia ) based on

nomparative morphologien! dato. Kungl. Fysioprafiska Sillskapets Mandl. N. F. 57 { 4),

p. 29, ; :

(amin, F. H., snd Gorivossi, 7. F., 1955, A Revision of the Suborder Mesostigmuta (Avacins)

based on Hew interpretations of comparative morphologies) dyta, Pabl Noo 1), Ghieige

Avad. Sei,

Genus Proaracarts Silvestri 1910

Silvestsi, F., 1910. Boll. Lab, Zool, Portiel 5, p58, (Type Ptochacarus daneyi Silv., LOM)

Flanks, Nu, 1916. ‘rans. Roy. Sou. & Aust. 40, p, 20,

This genus was erected by Silvestri for a very bizarre specics of mile,

Ptochacarus daveyi sp. nov,, of which he had only two males collected from the

nests of ants at Geelong, Victoria, by H, W, Davey.

Tr, 1916, N. Banks referred specimens, sent to him by A, M, Lea, to Silvestri'’s

species and for the first time gave a description of the temale sex. ‘These spect

mens were recorded aa having been found with the ants Camponotus aeneupi-

losus and Iridomyrmex nitidus from Liverpool, New South Wales, Ja Banks’

paper, however, the generic name is erroneously spelt Ptocharus as error which

unfortimatcly was repealed in Baker and Wharton's “An Introduction to

Acaralogy”.

tt is uncertain from Banks’ paper exactly how many specimens he had

before him, but he only refers to the female sex. In the South Australian

Museum collection there are two slides each with one female specimen and bath

slires labelled in Banks’ writing as “Ptochurus daxeyi Silv"; one is from Cam-

ponotus aeneopilosus, Geelong, Victoria, and the other from Iridomyrmex nitidus

fram the same locality. Tt would seem probable therefore that these were the

only two specimens-seen by Banks.

An examination of these two specimens now shows that they are not con

specific, and that the one from Iridomyrmex is that from which Banks made his

dyseription and figure, and that this ene only on specific characters can be

compared to the male of P. daveyi Silv.

124

The second specimen differs specifically and is described In the present

paper as.a new species, while from other material a third species is desuuibcd,

Apart from the two above records the genus Ptochacarus has been unknown.

It was referred originally by Silvestri to the Antenmophoridae and has up to the

present been so placed by various authors,

From a study of Banks female as well as females of the other two new

species, itis now shown that the genus belongs to the family Klinckowstroemiidae

Trag.. 1946, as understood by Camin and Coriressi, 1955.

A revised generic diagnosis is as follows:

Generic Diagnosis—Of strongly elevated form with the dorse! shield entire

and uccupying only the antefior portion of the dorsum; ventrally datteacd and

the lateral portions more sclerotisved forming a cavity containing the ventral

shields antl coxue. Tritostermmm with paired laciniae, Legs I antennacform

without claws and caruncle; other Jegs short, rather stout, furnished with short

varuncle on tarsi but without claw.

Female—Jugular shields separated tram rest of sternum, united medially

with one pair BE setae and a pair of lywriform pores; sternum wider thau long

with the posterior margin preater than apterior; with three pairs of setae ant

one pair of pores, thus indicaling fusion with the mictasternal shields; the sterno-

gymal shicld is represented by a pair of transversc shiclds without setae or

pores; the mesogynial shield is large with a wider triangular base between coxae

and extending forward iu a pointed inucro to between the inner anterior angles

of the latigynial shields, without setae or pores; the latigynial shields are large,

flanking the mesogynial shield for its whole length, with an anterior more

sclerotised triangular area; the yentri-anal shield is large and expands widely

behind coxae [V to occupy the whole of that part of the venter, with numerous

setae: exopodal, peritremal and metapodal shields coalesced, expanding laterally

behind coxae [TY and extending postcriorly to about the middle of the antere-

lateral margins of the ventri-anal shield, the stigmat: are between caxae ILL

and IV with the peritreme extending to coxae I; the chelicerae are edentate, the

movable digit with ciliated processes and apically with a demarcated claw-like

part. Palpi 5-segmented, seta on tarsus 2-tined.

Male—Jugular shiclds as in femiale: sternal, endopoda! and jugular shields

coalesced to Fora a single shield separated from the ventri-anal shield by a

lriaisverse suturc in line with the posterior edge of coxae 1V; yenital orifice

large. lying between coxae II or II and IU.

Types Ptochacarus dareyi Silv. 1910 ¢, Bauks 1916 =

Ptochacarus daveyi Silvestri 1910

‘Toxt fig. 5, A-Z

Silvestri, 1'., 1910. Boll. Lab. Zool Purtict, 5. pp, 56-38, fies. D and U1 (holotype male and

one piratype male).

Ranks, N,, 1916. Trans. Roy, Soc, $, Aust, 40, p. 230, pl. 26, fig. 22 (allotype female).

The male of this species was very well described and figured by Silvestri,

1910, but Banks’ Ggure of the female is somewhat inadequate. From a study

of the single female described and figured by Banks, 1916, and of females of

the following two new species the forcgoing generic diagnosis has been com-

pleted and fresh drawings particularly of the ventral shields jure given,

All three species agree essentially in the generic characters given and only

diticr in certain specific features. Detailed descriptions of the species therefore

are not given but specific differences are used in the following key.

Ptochacarus daveyi is a small species being approximately 1 mm, in length,

whereas the next species P, banksi sp. nov. is much larger measuring approxi-

135

mately 2 mm. in length. Daveyi differs from both of the following species in that

all the setae on the dorsal shield, on the cuticle posterior of the dorsal shield and

on the ventri-anal shicld are of uniform length to 47y, straight and ciliated, Tn

i an ie |

f A S221) Le

i ) , ? \

% MUA f Trt \

Fig. 8, A-E,—Ptochacarus daveyi Silv. A, female venter; B, male venter; C, female

chelicerae; D, seta on palpal tarsus; F, sctac on postero-dorsal cuticle.

the female the mesogynial shield is 235, long and 211 wide at the base. Owing

to the poor state of the preparation of Banks’ female, however, further detaile

measurements cannot be given.

The female from nest of Iridomyrmex nitidus is the anly specimen of this

sex so far known, There are, however, two males in the Museum collection fom

ants at Swan River, Western Australia, collected by J. S. Clark (no date),

Ptochacarus banksi sp. nov.

‘Voxt fig. 6, A-B

Type—The holotype female of this species is the second of Banks’ specimens

collected from a uest of the ant Camponotus agneopilosus at Liverpool, New

South Wales (coll. A. M. Lea) and erroncously identified as “Piocharus daneyi

Sily,”

Description—With the generic characters. Larger than P. duveyi Silv.,

approximatcly 2 mm, in length. Differs from daveyi in that the dorsal cuticle

osteriorly carries long slender setae to 108» in length, these setac having a

ew minute barbs. The setae on the ventri-anal shield are similar, recurved, to

95, long and quite nude, The mesogynial shield is 2584 long and 2354 wide at

base.

128

Fig. 6, A-B,—Ptochacarus banksi sp. nov. Female. A, venter; B, postero-dorsal

setae.

Remarks—The unique specimen in the Museum collection is in rather

poor condition. No other specimens are known. The species is named after the

veteran American acarologist, Mr. Nathan Banks.

Ptochacarus silvestrii sp. nov.

Text fig. 7, A-D

Types—Holotype female and one paratype female from Cairns District,

Queensland (coll. F. P. Dodd, no date); allotype male from Mt. Tambourine,

Queensland, with ants (coll, A. M. Lea, no date.

Description—With the generic characters. A small species of approxi-

matcly 1 mm. in length in both sexes. Differs from the preceding two species

in that while the setae on the posterior dorsal cuticle are mainly chant 47 and

ciliated, marginally they are excecdingly long, nude and slender, to 330; on

the ventri-anal shield the setae are 32» long. The mesogynial shield is 258,

long, and 190, wide at base,

Remarks—In addition to the types there arc in the South Australian Museum

collection the following specimens: 1 female and 2 males labelled “with auts,

127

Swan River, W.A., J. S. Clark” without date; 1 female, “with ants Port Lincoln,

S. Aust, A, M. Lea” no date; 1 male “with ants, Sydney, N.S.W., M. W. Cox”

no date,

Vig. 7. A-D.—Ptochucurus silvestrii sp. woy. A, temale veuter; B, male vyenter; C,

posteru-ventral setae; D, pusterd-dorsal setac,

All the above speeinens ineluding the lypes were mounted dry on cards

by A. M. Lea and have been remounted for microscopie study,

This species is dedicated to the late Prof. F. Silvestri, who crected the

genus,

Key to the Species of Plochacarus

1 Large species of approximately 2 inm. in length. Setae on ventri-

anal shield are simple, recurved and free, to 94% long; on posterior

dorsal cuticle long to 108, with a few minute barbs.

P. banksi sp. nov.

Smaller species of approximately 1 mm. in length 2

128

Posterior dorsal cuticle, and yentri-anal shield with only uniforinly

short, distinctly ciliated setae to 47,.

P. daveyi Silv.

Posterior dorsal cuticle on surface with setae of 47, in length,

marginally with very long, 330%, slender, curved, nude setae.

P, silvestrii sp, nov.

Family HETEROZERCONIDAE Berlese 1892

Acari Myriapoda et Scorpiones hucusque in Italia reperta, 14, p. 97.

Genus ALLozERcon Vitzthum 1926

Vitzthum, Graf, H., 1926. Malayische Acari-Treubia, 8, p. 104. (Type Allozercon fecundis-

simus Vitz., 1926.)

Allozercon fecundissimus Vitzthum 1926

This species is so far only known from a single female described by Vitz-

thum and found by Dr. Dammerman at Buitenzorg in Oct., 1921.

Berlese, A., 1892.

Fig. 8, A-C.—Allozercon fecundissimus Vitz. Female, A, yenter; B, palp; C, tarsus [,

Amongst a lot of small arthropods gummed on cards by the late A. M. Lea

in the South Australian Museum I have found another female specimen which

undoubtedly belongs to Vitzthum’s species.

129

Having to be soaked off the cards for mounting for microscopical examina-

tion the specimen is not in the best of condition. However, the following figures

have been drawn from it and will serve to identify it with fecundissimus. The

specimen was collected by “A. M. Lea and wife” at The Gap (Fraser's Hill),

Malaya, in 1924-25,

130

PRELIMINARY NOTES ON ABORIGINAL CAVE PAINTINGS, CARVED

STONES, ARRANGED STONES AND STONE STRUCTURES IN THE

MOUNT OLGA REGION, CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

BY L. A. B. PRINGLE AND H. E. KOLLOSCHE

Summary

This paper records the discovery and preliminary survey of a considerable number of aboriginal

artifacts in the Mount Olga region. The extensive and definite pattern presented suggests that the

area may be a hitherto unrecorded aboriginal ceremonial ground of some antiquity.

In view of the ever-increasing tourist traffic to this area, it is very desirable that a more detailed

investigation should be carried out without delay, before the inevitable defacement and upsetting of

the arrangements of the stones by visitors ruins this striking example of aboriginal workmanship.

PRELIMINARY NOTES ON ABORIGINAL CAVE PAINTINGS, CARVED

STONES, ARRANGED STONES AND STONE STRUCTURES IN THE

MOUNT OLGA REGION, CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

by L. A. B. Privere anp H. E. Kot oscue

[Read 8 August 1957]

SUMMARY

This paper records the discovery and preliminary survey of a considerable number of

aboriginal artifacts in the Mount Olga region. The extensive and definite pattern presented

suggests that the area may be a hitherto unrecorded aboriginal ceremonial ground of some

antiquity.

In view of the ever-increasing tourist traffic to this area, it is very desirable that a more

detailed investigation should be carricd out without delay, before the inevitable defacement

and upsetting of the arrangements of the stones by visitors ruins this striking example of

aboriginal workmanship.

Sap, of sheet * $

Rock Slopes

@-Carved Stones

& - Stone Structures

Fig. 1, Diagramatic map of area, showing some of the relationships of artifacts

observed and recorded.

131

INTRODUCTION

The artifacts described in this paper were discovered and recorded during

a trip to the Mount Olga area made by The Adelaide Bush Walkers, in August,

1956.

The discovery was made possible by the fact that the artifacts, while likely

to escape casual observation in full daylight, are thrown into some prominence

by the angle of light and the shadows at sunset.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION AND LOCALITY

The Mount Olga massif is composed of a dense conglomerate of water-

worn stones, ranging from a few inches to several fect in diameter, embedded

in a'sandstone matrix. Erosion of the softer matrix on these slopes has left

the upper surfaces of the pebbles and boulders standing out of the general

rock surface, but with their bases still firmly embedded,

E F G H

I K L

VO SO

Boulder with carved

circumference.

Fig. 2, Carvings on boulders, showing relative proportions of designs, (See

Fig. 1, E-L.)

182

The rock slopes themselves are completely devoid of vegetation, but their

margins and the waterholes between the domes are bordered with dense scrub.

The artifacts include cave paintings, carved stones, arranged stones and

stone structures. They are scattered over a considerable area of the western

rock slopes at the foot of one of the domes (Dome A) and the adjacent dome

to the north (Dome B) (Fig. 1).

Apart from the stone arrangements and structures, no detached rocks or

sand were found on the slopes.

CAVE PAINTINGS

A small, low rock shelter, the entrance concealed by scrub, was found under

the slope of the Dome B. A number of aboriginal rock paintings, covering an

area of several square feet, appear on its roof.

These paintings are executed in white, yellow, red and black media. They

include concentric circles linked by straight lines, rows of finger-dabs, foot-

prints, a human figure with a headdress and a snake.

2 s ~ ¥ <3

i ~s - ~, 4 ~ sf x,

a i ? » f \ / ‘

( : f / \ i \

1 —<) | H \ ! \ 1

| | | q | \ t

\ / \ / \ f \ /

\ ? \ / x. é \ ’

Mie ? N ‘yt ‘\! yt ~ a

~~ en he 7 Se ent Fes 7

Boe Sn ne ~ penta

OQ f \

\ ~~“ lY / y J ‘A vf

SN eet PS Le See?

kali kare iG pone srr se

/ hs, ? ra ~ r. \

; \ t \ ? ‘

/ \ } \ i \ i \

i i \ 1

f | I | ' 1

{ ! \ ] 1 i \ t

\ / 4 ?/ . 7 / X /

X . ¢

s ¢ é ‘.

~ at “Sh SL” a ee”

Vv Y WwW

Fig, 3. Further desigus found on carved stones. (See Fig. 1, N-Z,)

183

ROCK CARVINGS ON ISOLATED BOULDERS

The three types of rock carving made in recent and ancient times, i.é. rocs

pounding, rock pecking and rock engraving seem to be represented. They

appear cn the more or less horizontal exposed upper surfaces of pebbles and of

boulders twelve to eighteen inches in diameter.

The designs range from two to twelve inches across and. in the case of

smaller designs, there may be two or more on the same boulder. In some

cases a boulder, with or without a design on it, has carving around its cireum-

ference,

These des'gns, a few of which cre illustrated in Figs. 2 and 3, include

human figures with headdresses, various footprints, concentric, spiral and linked

circles, meandering and straight lines, “fern-leaf” patterns and what appear to

be cup and ring patterns. Many designs are repeated on separate boulders.

There is considerable difference in the amount of patination on the cary-

ings, suggesting that their execution may have taken place at different times in

the past.

Appendage, dirce Ba Fact.

@----------------->

circa I Yack

Wig. 4. Stone arrangement with appendage. (Sec Fig, 1, GC.)

134

ARRANGED STONES

Many stone arrangements, all conforming to two distinct types, where found

in the area, The majority are of the simple closed circle type, one to four feet

in diameter (Figs. 8 and 9). Less numerous, but far more carefully constructed,

are the somewhat large ovoid arrangements, each provided with a tapering

appendage more or less recurved upon itself in an anti-clockwise direction (Fig.

4). Ina few cases a fixed boulder, in some cases carved, was included in the

arrangement (Fig. 5).

In all cases, the enclosed area was floored with pounded-down gravel or

sand, in contrast with the bare rock surface of the slopes.

27 \

“ \

-* \

9 7 aee®uag, \

Le 7] \

EB o ® \ °

e % oe

x Fd ~ <

: * \%

t QQ \

t QQ y

i ae

‘ was

a t \

% .Y \

CY \ .

N ' .

LY $ \

x» o

Carved, Fixed stone, yew oot

incorporated in arrangement. ~ %

“~

"em

Tew,

Remains of appendage

N W

Vig. 5. Ovoid type stone arrangement, with carved, fixed boulder incor-

porated in the outline. (See Fig. J, E.)

185

STONE STRUCTURES

Several types of stone structures were found on the rock slopes of the Dome

B. There is evidence of the existence at one time of similar structures on the

slopes of Dome A,

The cxisting structures observed consisted of three cairns and a built-up

arrangement, The cairns are of solid construction. Two are pillar-like and

several feet in height, whereas the third is low and shaped like a pyramid.

The built-up stone arrangement conforms in shape to the ovoid type of

stone arrangement, the walls consisting of flat stones, carefully piled with stag-

gered joints, after the style of our building with bricks, to a height of eighteen

inches, with an anti-clockwise appendage of a single line of larger stones. The

overall size is somewhat larger than that of the stone arrangements, being some

TS ee nesesseel 7 Bi fat

+ ore? yas

1 ote? te

. a

| oe La’

I / .

af QnA

| a an

af ar

lois \

loaf

\ at ae

is 4

jas Y

iat Hy

aa HU a

yf J]

{ae Lt)

lay u

te if 73,

I ue fe ae

1 4 us 1

4 ve 4

A at

| LK) ve oe

i |S if ’

ws, oe a

|b ‘ate. ou : .

Patel aad / i

i ef

e % Pd ue

% he é

M * % a” 4f

% Keene «+

~ wat

“enn ~on

w € *

Fig. 6. Stone structure. conforming in shape to an ovoid-type stone ar-

rangement, with 18-inch walls, and an appendage. Two flat-taced stones

are built in, in a vertical position, inside the wall at the bead of the

structure. (See Fig. 1, D.)

136

four feet wide by about five feet in length, with an appendage two or three feet

in length, The enclosed area is covered to a depth of several inches with very

fine sand, rather darker than that found on the plains. At the head of this struc-

ture, built into the wall in an upright position and facing the interior, are two

large, flat stones (Figs. 6 and 7),

INTER-RELATIONSHIP OF THE ARTIFACTS DESCRIBED

It seems apparent that the artifacts described in this paper form a definite

pattern, with minor group patterns within the main one (Fig. 1).

The main pattern appears la be a number of straight lines, composed of

carved boulders interspersed with stone arrangements and structures pointing

to or radiating from the waterhole. The components of each of these lines are

spaced irregularly, the distances ranging from a foot upward, but each line

is so straight that it is possible to take a compass bearing on two members and

then, by continuing in the direction indicated, to discover many additional

artifacts belonging to that particular line.

An excellent examples is provided by the Jine E to C, Fig. 1. A N.W. bear-

ing was taken at E and followed out to C, each artifact being recorded in

Fig. 7, Stone structure (Fig. 1, D) shown diagramatically in Tig, 6.

187

sequence, In the majority of cases, each component of the line was out of

sight of adjacent members, by reason of the unevenness of the surface or by

distance.

Further scarch, to a distance of about twelve feet on cither side, revealed

more artifacts which, checked by compass bearing, revealed other straight lines

parallel to E-C, Several such lines were followed out on other parts of the

reck slopes, but were not recorded in detail.

The great irregularity of spacing of the ccmponents of the lines could be

explained by the need to select a site suitable for a stone structure or arrange-

ment, or a boulder suitable for carving, coupled with a possible desire to have

a straight line or one which ran in some part’cular direction.

Two of the minor patterns are shown in Figs. 8 and 9, both occurring to-

wards the top of the slope of the Dome B (Fig. 1, A and B). Fig. 8 shows a

group of four ring-type stone arrangements in association with threc cairns.

F a

Ld A

at",

H r

%ea

aoe,

Py 4

]

, 2

“enn? Pty

be Te Waterhale

° ‘

& a

ry é

‘eae

N 3

4%, «Simple closed- ving type

a 68 tS.

A Stone Structures.

Vig. 8. Group of stone arrangements andl stone structures. (See Fig. 1, A.)

133

Fig. 9 shows seven ring type stone arrangements grouped around a carved

bculder. The rings are small, twelve to eight

are linked by rows of small detached stones. The boulder is smooth and of a

very symmetrical triangular shape, considerably raised

surface and has a large circle carved deeply upon its face. The area within this

circle is deeply worn down, making a saucer-like depression at the centre.

: +4 ose

“Yeasea? f *.

° s

“eases”

ro wee

e ry

* ey

** o® D3

Se To Water hole

* wee 3%

. sgeee e

(>)

4 eee

ee? e8e, bs) ry * "e,

4 i > *

Pa & *. $

3 : “eee ?

: : .

gatte . oe -

tem Me *

Fy '* se ? ry) E 8

2 a

*, .

‘, ee ot -

Fig. 9, Group of stone arrangements, some linked by rows of stones, and

an unusual carved stone.

(Sce Fig. 1, B

REFERENCES

Mountrorn, C. P., 1937, “Aboriginal Crayon Drawings, 11”, relating to Totemic Places in

South-western Central Australia, Trans. Roy. Soc,, Vol. LXI.

Movunrronp, C. P., 1940. “Aboriginal Stone Structures in South Australia”, Trans. Roy, Soc.,

Vol. LI, 1927.

Mountrorp, C. P., 1935. “A Survey of the Petroglyphs of South Australia”, A.N.Z.A.S., Mel-

bourne, 1935.

Buacx, Linpsay, 1950,

“Stone Arrangements.”

Hane AND TinpAe, 1925.

: “Aborigines of Flinders Ranges”, South Australian Muscnm Re-

cords,

139

een inches in diameter, and four

above the surrounding

A CASE OF DUPLEX CONVERGENT RESEMBLANCE IN AUSTRALIAN

MAMMALS, WITH A REVIEW OF SOME ASPECTS OF THE

MORPHOLOGY OF PHASCOGALE (ANTECHINUS) SWAINSONI

WATERHOUSE AND PHASCOGALE (ANTECHINUS) FLAVIPES

WATERHOUSE

BY H. H. FINLAYSON

Summary

The distribution and status of Phascogale (Antechinus) flavipes and Ph. (Antechinus) swainsoni in

South Australia is dealt with and some differential characters of the two species are reviewed in

series.

A new subspecies of Ph. swainsoni is defined in the lower south-eastern district of South Australia

and adjoining parts of Victoria.

Dark coloured variants of both species are produced on invasion of wet arms of heavy stringybark

forest in south-west Victoria.

Both rufescent and fuliginous phases of both species form strikingly similar synchromatic pairs, the

former being allopatric, the latter sympatric.

A CASE OF DUPLEX CONVERGENT RESEMBLANCE IN AUSTRALIAN

MAMMALS, WITH A REVIEW OF SOME ASPECTS OF THE

MORPHOLOGY OF PHASCOGALE (ANTECHINUS) SWAINSONI

WATERHOUSE AND PHASCOGALE (ANTECHINUS) FLAVIPES

WATERHOUSE

By H. H. Fintayson

[Read 12 September 1957]

SUMMARY

The distribution and status of Phascogale (Antechinus) flavipes and Ph. ( Antechinus)

swainsoni in South Australia is dealt with and some differential characters of the two specles

are teviewed in series. }

A new subsnecies of PA. succinsent is defined in the lower south-castern distriet of Sonth

Australia and adjoining parts af Vietaria,

Dark coloured variants of hoth species are produced on invasion of wet ares of heavy

stringybark forest in south-west Victoria.

Both rufescent and fuliginous phases of both species form strikingly similat synchramatic

pairs, the former being allopatric, the Jatter sympatric.

Tn 1924, Gldfield Thomas first drew attention to the remarkable convergent

resemblance in externa) characters, which existed hetween sympatric forms of

these two marsupials in northern New South Wales. The purpose of the present

note is to record a similar circumstance involying the same two species, still

occurring sympatrically in a restricted area west of Heathmere in south-western

Victoria. This locality is distant nearly 1,000 miles along the axis of distribu-

tion from the northern site, and is near the western limit of the range of Ph.

swainsont.

The ease is more complicated than the New South Wales one, since two

forms of each species are involved; the one normal and widespread, the other

variant and localized. The aberrant forms, like those dealt with by Thomas,

show a departure from a comparatively richly coloured pelage to a dull fuli-

ginous one, together with certain minor structural changes, to be noted. In

working out the identity of the two, which are most intriguingly disguised, I

have found it necessary to review a considerable quantity of material represent-

ing both species, drawn from other areas than that which produced the variants,

in order to establish what might safely be considered as the normal range of

variation, and to clarify the differences which may be relied on as critical, Inci-

dentally, a new subspecies of Ph. swainsoni is defined in South Australia where

the species was doubtfully reeorded,* and the status aud distribution of both

species in that State, which has been obscure, is discussed.

The interrelation of the synchromatie pairs may be summarized thus:

A. RUFESCENT PHASES: ALLOPATRIC

Form I. Ph, flavipes rufogaster Gray.

Form 2. Ph. swatnsoni maritima subsp. nov,

B. FULIGINOUS PHASES; SYMPATRIC

Form 8. Ph, flavipes rufogaster, Heathmere variant,

Form 4. Ph. swainsoni maritima, Heathmere variant.

* The name. was included in a list of South Anstralian aimammaly in Hareus’s “Sovth

Australia” in 1876, bat no material in support of this record has beon traced.

141

The area of occurrence of the variant phase of both species lies in the county

of Normanby and stretches north-west from the basalt formations of the Mt.

Clay Range as a gently sloping, low-lying plain, to the limestone gorges of the

‘3a 1a?

SOUTH AUSTRALIA VICTORIA

32°

A 2 em ea wee

, ij, eee

Fig. L.

Map of south-eastern portion of South Australia and adjoining areas of Vicloria, showing

inain lines of distribution of Phaseegale ( Antechinus ) fiatstpes rufugaster and Ph. ( Antechinus)

Swainsuni ynapitima subsp. nov.

Glenely River near its great western bend, about 15 miles from the South

Australian border. The average height above sea level is no more than 150

142

feet. the rainfall reaches 60 inches, and much of it is strongly subject to maritime

mAnences from the nearby coasts of Diseavery and Portlend Bays, The town of

Pertland, not shown an the map (Fie. 1), is approximately 10 miles south of

Heathmere,

Until recent years the greater part of the area was a dense und almost

Virgin forest of Eneoalyptus capiteliata and EF. obliqua interspersed with small,

swampy heaths where Leptospermums and Melaleucas form nearly impenctrable

thickets. The trees neenr in massed stands and are often of great size and

consisting cutirely of arey rough-barked species, forrn—especially when swept

by sea fogs as they frequently are—one of the mast sombre of Australian forest

landscapes,

The region is rich in relict Jorms, and amongst mammals which have found

or luary here fram the extirpation which has fallen upon them in contiguous

tracts, may be mentioned Potoraus tridactylus, Petaurus australis. Phauscolaretos

cinerens, anid Drsytirus inaculatius, These are still extant. Sarcophilus harrisi is

believed extinct here, but almost certainly persisted immediately privr to

Enrepean eecupation,

Form 1—Phuscogale flavipes rufogaster Gray.

Status aul distribution—The species occurs today in two widely separated

districts of South Australia: 1. The southern section of the Mount Lofty Range

wou its outlying foothills; here the country chiefly occupied is on the lower

dricy slopes in areas of more or less open park-like aspect where the dominant

wee is Encalyptusy feucoxylon sometimes fringed with E. odorata, The mast

northerly spontaneous ovcurrence of which 1 have knowledge is at Mt. Torrens,

vast of Adelaide, but 40 years ago the animal was intentionally introduced into

the Barossa district, 20 miles north of this, and it may be expected to oceur

sporadically in the north Mt, Lofty Range. 2. The border areas of the south-

eastern district from the ‘Tutiara to Kalangadoo; here somewhat similar open

forests of BE. Jeucoxvlan and &. rostrata (=camaldulensis) occur, though at

lower elevations and on extectsive plains without yertical relief, and extend

east, deep into Victorian territory. the interval of 150 miles between these two

forest areas is occupied by an expanse of mallee scrub which, together with the

River Murray, virtually isolutes the two flavipes populations from one another

or at least limits theni to a very tenuous connection through a chain of widely

separated oases of bigger timber. But in spite of this, there is little evidence

of differentiation and they ure here treated as a subspevifically homogeneous

unit, extending at least to the eastern slopes of the Grampian Range in Victoria,

which yielded the most easterly af the specimens examined.

There are no records ayuilable here, either to the west or north-east, tn

suggest that Ph. flavipes rufogaster has been in contact in recent time, either

with Ph. flavipes leucogaster of Western Australia or with the populations of

the eastern Stites. except by this south-eastern route,

Phascogale flavipes is a vompuratively rare animal in South Australia —

much mere so than in Victoria or New South Wales — but has nevertheless a

frin hold on its ground. This is the mure remarkable since its habitats lie in

districts which have been. farmed for a century or more, and aehich for the

lutter half of that time. have been heavily infested by the European fox.

When local circumstances are favourable it is capable of bnilding up con-

siderable densily of population in restricted areas, This was so, for instance.

in 1932 on the Cooltwang Creek at the southern extremity of the ML. Lofty

Range, where it becarne so uumerous that in a few weeks over 20 were taken

in live traps in an area of a few aeres, The animal was practically unknown

on this creck before that time and the cause of its sudden iucrease was traced

to an equally sudden expansion nf rabbit trapping, which led to the accumu-

142.

lation of carcasses in dumps, and the provision of both flesh and insect larvae

on a lavish seale,

Similar increases have been noted in the vicinity of bee hives which are

sometimes sclected as nesting sites, but whether the attraction here les in the

inseots ancl Uheir larvae, or the honey. is uncertain: in winter it is possible that

the higher temperature of the hives way draw it thither, as GC, G. Goodwin

(1985) suggests in the ease of Peromyscus leecopus which has a similar habit.

Stuidard accounts of the animal. such as that of Thomas (1888), describe it

us stivtly arboreal aud juscetivorous. but this neets tanely qualifieation. It is

no deubt capable of a strictly arboreal life, and is almost confined to forested

tracts, but nevertheless spends much time on Lhe vround and feeds very largely

there, Besides hollow limbs of standing, trees, it shelters and nests in fallen

logs, rock crevices and crannies fn the roofs and walls of caves, Orv the south-

eastern foothills of the Mt. Liofty Range, where the terrain is often rock strewn,

the north country practice of fencing fields with stone walls was early introduced

by Faglish settlers, and in these walls Ph, flevipes finds a secure retreat, In

the wild, it is known to kill and eat murids as well as Insects and their larvae,

and in captivity devours beef ravenously,

On reproduction, the data available is seanty; the uterine condition has not

been mvestigated, buf mammary aclivily in females has been noted from August

ti] November, and in captivity wild caught examples showed marked inter-

sexual activity in June amd July, Two females were carrying large litters of

sneklings—the one, WW at a 18 mm. stage (undated) and the other 9 at 7 mm.

in August, The sex ratio fn the determinable portion of the series examined is

i7 ¢ aud 24 2-

OF ecto parasites. a sparse infestation of a tiek Ooours, but laelapis, known

from the related venus Sininthopsis of the same areas. has nat heen noted.

The long persistence of so primitive a form in settled districts where it is

subject to many adverse influences —a persistence perhaps now approaching

mqntihrinm -—is a notable thing, where so many mere spectilized mammals

have been swept away by the changing conditions.

External characters.—Vhe [ollowing aceount is based pon the examination

oF uy sevles of 52 individuals. As an excellent general description of the animal

hy Professor Wood Jones (1928) is availahle, attention is concentrated on

elwiraeters which have been somewhat obscure or which serve to distinguish it

Jeom Ph. swainsoni.

The head is broad and deep and massive. with a short conical muzzle. All

facial vibrissae are very strongly cleveloped, Ear long and conspicuous; the

piuna thin in substance and with a somewhat peaked apex and 2 notched or

sinuous posterior margin,

The minns is comparatively broad and stout; in the largest males its ap-

prexiniate dimensions are: Length from base of carpal packs to apieal pads, 11

mm; breadth aeross hase of digits, To mm.: length of 3rd digit, 4 mum. The

claws are ycllowish white in colour, ranch fattened from side te side and com-

paratively weak—in wild caught males they attain 8:5 mm, bul this may be

much increased in captivity. The palms are {Iesh coloured and conspicuously

granular.

The pads vary within wide limits as tu detailed shape and relative size.

The outer metacarpal (hypothenar) is generally a broad joverted U, blunt at

the apex but the remaining pads ure much narrower, long oyal or slizhtly piri-

form, The outer metacarpal is always much tho largest, and the most frequent

size relation is. unter rvelacarpal “> inner metacarpal °- 4th interdigital > 3rd —

Ind > Ist; but mnmerous variants occur. The 4th (onter) interdigital is fre-

quently broader than its fellows and otherwise medified in shape. The eondi-

tion illustrated by Wood Jones, in which the inver metacarpal is aborted or

fused with the Ist interdigital (pollical), is evidently rare and is not repre

sentes| in the present séerics where a well separated condition is invariable and

is usually emphasised by dillerences in shape. All pads are stviate—the outer

metacarpal radially, the rest transversely.

The pes in largest mules attaivs « length of 21°5 mm, and breadth 6-5 mun;

the length of Src digit 6 mm., its nail 3°5 nom, au the hallux 3-5 am. The

plantar surface is uniformly granular and flesh coloure| like the manus aud all

pails are transversely striate, The pads are even wore varigble than those ot

tlie amanus. The inner metatarsal is invariably the largest anc is usually a

shallow crescent with the concavity lateral. The outer aetatarsal is also oeea-

sionally crescentic, with its curvature opposed to that of the inner, but is more

often a long oval or club-shaped sleucture, with its groatest width distal. Both

metatarsal pads are commonly rotated outwards distally from the long axis of

the foot. ‘The interdigitals are long ovals or narrow piriform, aid their size

relitions ave diflevent from those of the manus, the 2nd and Srd usually exceed-

ity, the Ist and 4th, the latter freqiently being the smallest pad ad equally

subject to broadening and aberrations of shape, A trequent size sequence is:

Taner metatarsal > outer metatarsal > 2nd interdigital = Srd > Ist > 4th, but

in a considerable minority the mediay interdigitals exceed the outer metatarsals.

Complete separation of the inner metatarsal and the Ist interdégital (hallucal)

is normal, the fusion of the two occurring in only 11 per cent. (approx) of the

serjes stuclied,

‘The series is somewhat deficient in lactating females and in the quiescent

condition a count of mammary nipples is often unsatisfactory. Of the 5 best

examples, 4 possess 10 nipples and” the 5th, 9; all functional.

Dimensions. —Vhe following figures give in turn the range, approx. mean

and percentage relation ef mean to the head and body leugth, of 14 males and

10 fomales, free from obvious iummaturity. The ear measurement is from the

inferior (ragoid noteh and is not comparable with carlier published data: Head

and body @ 112-133 (120); » 102-120 (100). Tail 4 86-115 (102). 85 per

cent: 9 80-95 (68), 61 per cent. Pes 2 18-21-53 (20), 17 per cent: 9 16-19

(18) 16-5 per vent. Bar = 16-20 (18), 15 pee cent: 2 15-18 (17), 15-3 per

cent,

awe fresh killed males of medium size weighed 49 and 44 grammes respec-

tively,

Pelage —The chief points of interest here ara that the head and foreparts

of the dorsum are contrasted both in texture and colour with the hinder back;

the former being usually crisp and short and a cold, grizzled iron grey, the

latter variably suffused with mifous but still grizzled with black On the lateral

and midventral areas. this colour appears in undiluted form often as a rich,

almost orange tan, between Ridgway’s achraeccous orange and ochravevus tawny,

and forming a broad belt separating much paler yellow bull gular and inguinal

areas. The body hairs are everywhere dark plimbeous at base, Very charac-

teristic are the supra and infra orbital ercscents of light buff, strongly enn-

trasted with other facial arests, and the tufts of widilnted buff hair at the base

uf the ear baeks, which are tan ov ball in eoutrast to the erey head, The dorsum

of inaaus and pes ure bulf or vich tan, never privzled with a darker clement.

The tail (unless it be in aged or bleached pelage) is decidedly bicolour—

grizaled black and bait dorsally. darkening rapidly to pure black for the apical

thir aud buff or tan below; the caudal hairing is dense and relatively enarse,

hiding the epidernial scales on the dorsum at least, and often forming an inei-

pient brush terminally.

The skull and dentition (VI. 1, fies, e £ 2. h)—The skull chatacters and

dentition while in general agreement, show some minor deviations from the

account of Thomas (1888), which was founded on a composite of 2 races (as

now considered), Nowever,, variation in South Australia is considerable, even

145

across quite insignificant geographical intervals, and uo attempt will he made

here ata racial definition al mjfogaster under these heads,

Al species level, the main points of differential yalue, whieh are contirmed

in the present series, are as follows. The skull is stoutly built, broad zygomatie-

ally aru! with a short conical rostrmm. The interorbital region is broad, but its

martins appreciably arcuate, The anterior palatal tovamint are narrow and

erescentic, short but varithly so, extending usually to the posterior byse of the

canine bul sumetimes to the middle of P' Posterior palatal bridge more than

liall the width of the yacuilies. Coronoid process tall and marrow, Billlae re-

Jatively large.

In the dentition T! as strongly dillerentiated from [¢-*. with at least twice

the bulk and vertical projection, distinctly proodont and separated from TF by

an evident gap; 2 > > TH. the inequality slight but appreciable. especially in

section us seen (rom the palate (vot subequal as per Thomas), Vio Pho Py,

but the proportion variable; P! and P* somictimes subequal; P' always much

larger, sometimes 2 to 3 times the bulk of P In the anteroposterior length of

the buceal wall, M! > or = M2 > M* > M+ In the lower incisors 1) > Ly > Ty,

but T; and Is may be subequal and T, sometimes much longer thaw cither. In

the lower premolars P, > Py > P; and in antero-posterior length My ‘> or —

Me > My > Mi.

The following, dimensions are derived from 9 adult skulls, 5 2,4 9. Basal

length 4 27'8-20-9 (25-2); 9 26-1-27°6 (26-8). Greatest breadth @ 16-6-

XV (17-9): 2 16-0-17'3 (16-6). Nasals length 3 10-4-11-5 (10-9); @ 10-0

103 (10-3). Nasals greatest breadth ¢ 3-4-5-0 (4:3); 9 32-6 (Sy),

tutertemporal breadth 4 6°3-6-7 (6-6); 9 6:3-6-6 (6-3). Palate Tength ¢

15-7-17-4 (16°38); 4 15-315-8 (15-6). Palate breadth outside MY gy L-0-

11-3 (10-5): 9 9°5-10°3 (9-9), Anterior palatal foramtina 2 2:6-3-1 (29895

2 2-5-2-8 (26). Ms! ¢ 60-64 (G1); 7 5-8-6:0 (5-9),

Tate (19470) implies that the molar rows diminish in a metrical olive

frat North Queensland coastwise to Western Australin, but this seems to be aay

nversimplification, as the rufegester figures are frequently higher than those ye-

corded tor New South Wales.

Form 3.—The Heathmere cariant of Ph. flavipes rufogaster

Dilfcring from Ph, f, rufogaster (supra), of which it is obviously a deriva-

tive, chieHy in the almost complete suppression of rufous and fulvons tones in

the yelage: This is rather loose and lax and the antero-posterior differentiation

both of texture and colour, is largely lost. Ceneral dorsal colour a dull scarcely

grizzled brown, about Ridgway’s mummy brown; ventrally a paler grey brown

on gular, sternal ariel inguinal arcas bul on the mid-bolly belted aeross by u broad

area of dorsal colour. the zoning exactly as in rafegivier. Mar backs drub,

searcely contrasted with the head wad ne contrasting outer basal tufly and the

orbital crescents obscure, Manus and pes pale drab. ‘Tail dull buffy at base

dorsally, the rest drab, ticked with black and darkening Int slightly towards

the apex: drab below, the bicolour character much reduced,

In the pes the dimer metatarsal and hallucal pads are Insed. Morpholo-

gically there is complete identity in cranial and cental characters wil lr wefozaster,

hut anetvically the two examined give values above the means for the inter-

temporal breath anc width of ascending process, and below the mean tar the

hulla and molar rows, These differences while probably of no systematic siyni-

feance, seve to heighten the convergent similarity to swainsont of the same

district.

This form is obviously a southern analogue of Ph. flavipes adusta Thomas

(1923) from North Queensland and of Ph. flavipes unieolor Gould (1854) uf

northern New Soul, Wales in which the darkening and equalizing of the colour

146

scheme have been carried a stage further. Le Souef and Burrell (1926) record

« similar variant from eastern New South Wales,

Ph. swainsoni swainsoni Walerhouse

To testing the characters of this species T have celid mainly on a series of

16 from Cradle Valley, Tasmania. at an altitude of 3,000 feet in a subalpine

ulimate. How far this material may be taken as typical of the species in the

island as a whole is uncertain, for while there is general agreement with Thomas"

aecoint (1888), the skull from the Tasman Peninsula measured by bin (nii-

cates a much larger animal than occurs in this collection. My own sojourn in

Cradle Valley was limited to midsummer. when the species was locally scarce,

Lut in winter whew much of the valley is snow-bound, it concentrites in sheltered

spots and may invade camps and even homesteads. I am much indebted te the

late Gustav Weindorfer, a well-known uaturalist long resident on this interesting

site, for the series reviewed, part of it being taken actually within his chalet

of Waldheim.

Approximately half the series is subadult ind the sex ratio fs 13 3 and 3 9-

it yields no data on the incidence of reproduction.

External characters (the comparison throughout is with Ph. flavipes rujo-

gaster)—The head is shallow and narrow and somewhat shrew-like. with a

long, narrow muzzle. The ear short and broad: the structural features of the

coneh sitnilar but with the posterior margin of the pinna more rounded and less

sinuous. The ear projects less from the head—a charaeteristie which tends to

be obsewred hy the conventional measurement taken from the inferior tragoid

notth. The vibrissae are as long, but weaker.

In the manus, which vields similar measurements, the most conspicuous

differenee is in the claws, which are yenerally both longer and stronger {reach-

ing 4-5 mm. in large males) and less Aatrened tn section, The latter is the

better distinction, the size difference being less constant than is believed, rtefa-

gastes showing some adaptive variation in this feature, The palm is dusky

pink, the valour variable, but always darker; it is variably granulated, usually

tore sparsely than shown in Fig. 1. and the individual granules are often

darker than the interstices, The outer metacarpal pad is variable, but often

assumes an inverted heart shape. more acute at the apex than in fluvipes and

with the inner margin shorter or invonyplete towards the base. A more marked

distinction is provided by the complete fusion of the inner metacarpal wath the

Ist interdigital in 95 per cent, of cases; the interdivituls tend to be shorter and

rounder Ehan in flavipes,

The dimeusions of the pes are not significantly different from those of rufe-

Zaster; in plantar aspect, however, the [oat tapers more rapidly to the heel giving

a lalse impression of greater breadth and haying a more marked expansion ou

the: outer margin, oppusite the outer metatarsal pad; pigmentation and granules

asin the manus. The toot puds are similar but are equally. variable. The outer

metatarsal, however, is considerably larger, sometimes equalling the inner (which

is rarcly so in rufygaster) and always exceeds the interdigitals; the inner meta-

tarsal and 4th interdigital are shorter. The most frequent size sequence is:

Inner metatarsal > outer metatarsal > 2nd interdigital > Ist > 3rd > 4th.

The condition of the hallucal pad is a matter of special interest, as its imore

or less complete fusion with the inner metatarsal has been claimed as a specific

character of sweinsoni distinguishing it [rom flavipes. In the scries examinedl,

hawever, only 4 (25 per cent.) shaw complete fusion and in these the junction

of the original elements is always made obvious by a constriction at the site.

In the remaining 75 per cent., the majority show separation as complete as in

flucipes rufogaster, a low level gap of at least 1 mon, oceurcing between the

two. Somewhat nnexpectedly the fused gondition proves to be & times as

147

fvequent In subadults as in adults, The conjoined structure usually assames the

firm of wu open sigmoid curve, bul may be almost straight as in Fig, 2.

Dimensions —The tollowing figures give iw turn the range. approximate

inean and percentage relation of the mean to head and body length of T males

and 1 lemale, all adult; Head and body ¢ 110-135 (118).09 (103). Vail g

Q7-110 (101), 86 per cent: 2 (86), S83 per cent. Pes 4 20-21 (20-8), 17-5 per

per vent. and similarly in 6 males and L female subadult: head and body #

SE-1WO (42). 2 (Y8). Vail go 82-90 (87), 95 per cent: F (80), 52 per cent.

Pes ¢ 18-20 (19), 20-7 per cent: 9 (16), 16-3 per cent, Ear ¢ 14-16 (14-5},

15:8 per cent. § (14), 5:3 per cent,

As compared with flavipes rufogaster the chict difference is in the ear,

which (as meusnred from the lower tragoid nutelt) ts about 14 per cent. shorter

in swainsont. "The fignyes for the subachdts are of interest as stressing the rela-

tively greater development of appendages, ear, fout and tail all being relatively

longer than in adults: the lag in the values for the female in this group is due

to greater muitiarity,

In pelage. Ph. swainsoni swainsoni dillers very matkedly trou flactpes rufo-

easter. The cont is sott and dense; dorsally there is little or iy anteru-posterior

diflerentiation vither in texture or colour, the latter befny miuel: dacker, browauvr

und Jess grizzled, uear Padgway’s Vandyke brown but with glints of bronze

The ventrum is uniform greyish white with scarcely a tinge of butt and uot

much contrasted with the basal zone of slate. Orbital crescents absent, Ears

concolorous with head, Manus and pes and tail are very dark brown, the latter

only slightly darker at the apex and with little corso-ventral contrast, and with

thinner and shorter hiring.

The skull aul dentition —The skull is slenderly built, narrower zygomatically

and with a long, weak rostram—contrasted with the robust flavipes condition.

The uasals ant palate are longer and the anterior palatal foramina are nearly

purallel-sided slits reaching to the back of the median premolar. ‘The posterier

palatal vacuities ace also yery long and naxrow, reducing the width of the pas-

terior palatal bar to less thay half their length. The hamular processes of the

pterygoids are remarkably long and attenuated and recurved and the bullae are

smaller. ‘The interorhital region is broader. with smooth, parallel sides. The

mandible is slighter with a longer symphysis and a wider and shorter coronoitl

SrOCASS.

The tecth throughout wre slighter ancl narvower with higher and more

dis¢rete cusps. TF! iv Jess specialized than in flinipes: its length only twice [* and

nat strongly proodont and scarcely separated from T°. The upper incisors fut-

tened labio-lingually and subequal. The canines are both slighter and sherter,

Jess vertical and with a more distinet posterior cuspule. and the lower tooth

hus a longer Leet. The upper premolars are more widely spaced aud the lower

4th premolar less reduced, leading to Ps > Py > P, instead of Py > Py > P,. The

melas tows are sheter than in fluvipes rufagaster, but overlapping the range

af the Heathmere variants of that form,

Viw range of dimensions in two adult male sladls are as follows: Basal

leneth 2U-7-29°8; greatest breadth 16-1-16-7; nasals length 12°6-12-8; nasals

vtcatest breadth 4-5-4°7, intertemporal breadth 7-9-8-2; palate length 17-T-

17-8; palate breadth outside M* 8-6-8:7, anterior palatal foramina 6-5-6-9;

Mas!-8 545-5,

Form 2—Phaseogale (Antechinus) swainsont maritima subsp, oy,

pls. 1 ound 2.

A terminal race at sea level in lower South Australia from the south-west

extremity of the range of the species, Separated from Ph, swainsoni mimetes

Thomas (1924) (a highland race at 5,000 feet in northern New South Wales}

146

by a population of Ph. swainsoni swainsoni in south-eastern Victoria, ut unknown

extent, and differmg trom the latter (normally) in a richly rafescent dorsally

bipartite colouration and in minor cranial changes towards flavipes; but pro-

ducing also a dark pelage variant in the Heathmere district of Victoria, Dis-

tinguished from mimetes Thomas in its smaller size, shorter appendages, broader

skoll, and in the dominant phase, by a much richer colouration.

Plastic characters, generally as in the Tasmanian series reviewed (supra) but

im the manus the fusion of the imer metacarpal anc Ist interdigital pad is in-

variable and in the pes, the similar merging of the inuer metatarsal and hallucal

pad, cecu's with more than twice the frequency (55 per cent.). The maimmary

mipples ace 8 in nomber in the 2 examples where a count is possible and they

are arranged as in flavipes; in this material they are not smaller than in the

fatter Species, as found by Tate {1847b).

‘The range in dimensions, approx. mean and percentage relation to the head

arn? body length in 4 males and 4 females (all adult) is: Head and body ¢ 118-

135 (197); @ 1OT-LI7 (ALL); tail ¢ 92-107 (100), 78 per cent; 2 72-83 (75),

70 per cent; pes 2 20-27 (20-5), 16 per cent.: @ 17-18 (17-5), 16 per cent;

ear d 14-15 (Lt), LL per cent: 9 I4-15 (14), 13 per cent.

So far as the limited sample permits of conclisions, it would appear that

the general body size is us great or slightly greater than in the Cradle Valley

animal, and that tail. pes and car are relatively slightly shorter: the female is

shorter failed than the male.

The skull is morphologically as in the Tasmanian race, but with a tendency

towards laterality leading to metrical Convergenwe ja the direction of flavipes;

the zygomatic and palatal breadth are inercased: the Iength of rostrum, palate,

and anterior palatal foramina, reduced, and the wolar rows are longer asd the

individual molars slightly heavier.

Dimensions of 8 adult ¢ skulls are: Basal leagth 29-3-30-3 (29-8); greatest

breadth 17+2-18-0 (17:5): nasals length 12:3-19-3 (12-2): masals greatest

breadth 4-6-5-0 (4-8): intertemporal breadth 7-7-8:0 (7:9); palate length

16-+8-17+5 (17-1), palate breadth outside M* 6§:5-9-8 (9-3); anterior palatal

foramina 3-0-3-°5 (4-4); Ms’-* 5-5-3:9 (5-7),

Pelage—Texture moderate, less suft than in the Tasmanian animal: main

pile about LO mm, mid dorsally with contour hairs to 14 mm. General dorsal

colour scarcely definably different fram that of Ph. flavipes rufogaster; the head,

nape and shoulders a cold, grizzled grey increasingly suffused postoriorly with

rufous which may become yery rich over the rump; sometimes deeper and

more eupreous than in rufogaster, but often identical anc similarly overlain

with black contour hairs; markedly distinct from the brown tones of the typical

race. Venteum a uniform greyish white, but variably and sometimes strongly

washed with yellow or buff and deep plumbcous for the basal 2/3. The lower

lateral margins enriched with the dorsal rufous undiluted with black, but not

crossing the mid-helly to give the belted pattern of rufogaster. The ear bavks,

lower coutse of fore and hind limb, and dorsum of manus and pes are uniform

drab, or drab slightly ticked with dull grey or dull buff. The tail with short,

fine hairs and untufted as in the typical race, but drab lightly grizzled with

hlaek above and searcely bicolour clorsoventrally except at the apex where it

may darken to bistre, of near black. Bull orbital crescents are conspicuously

develdped. .

This phase occurs with essential uniformity in a varrow subcoastal zone

extending From Robe in the south-castern district of South Australia, south and

past to Portland in Victoria, whence its eastern extension is not ascertained.

‘The habitat is largely one of consolidated dunes, interspersed with swamps and

lresh water lakes of cousiderable extent. It is for the most part well vegctated

with low-grewing species, but is often treeless and in marked ecological vun-

trast to the forest habitats of flavipes. ’

149

Type —M4955 of the South Australian Museum, trom Pert MacDonnell,

south-east district of South Australia; collected by G. I, Tilley, Adult male in

alcohol with skull extracted: 11 examples examined including field skins of the

variants (infra) which are in my own collection.

Form 4.—The Heathmere Variant of Ph, swainsoni maritima,

In South Anstralia maritéma, ds at present known, is virtually isolated from

the flavipes rufogaster population of the Tatiara anil Kalangadoo disticts, but

in Victoria a clark variant oceurs syimpatrically with that of flavipes in the same

E. obliqua forests, west of Heathmere,

This is identical in all respects with the rufescent phase except in pelage

colour, fom which the rufous and fulyous. elements are removed and replaced

hy drah and dull brown, exactly as in the flavipes variant, it may be regarded

as a southern analogue of Ph, s, mimetes ‘Thomas,

The resemblance of the two phases of the two species to one another is

often extremely close, and it is possible to select syuchromatie pairs of both

colours from the four groups, which are sa similar thal they cannot be identi-

fied by an appeal to pelage characters alone. The situation is given added

piqnaney by the secondary convergence in cranial characters which although

slight, adds # further clement of confusion tu wy attempt at casual sorting.

There is, nf eourse, an ample residue of characters, especially in the dentition,

which gives critical distinction as shown above, and in externals the forms of

siodinsont can uswally be recognised by the shorter ears and longer claws of the

THAMILS,

While the imaterial examined of the normal or rufescent phascs of the two

species has been adequate for the purpose in hand, that relating to the fuliginous

lorins from the Heathmere district is seanty and limited to five specimens, two

of Ph, flavipes and three of Ph, Swainsoni, so that conclusions draw from. them

are ta some degree tentative, Nevertheless, the value of the evidence which

they yield is much enhanced by the geographical abruptness of their appear-

ance, by the absence of intergrades amongst them, and by the fact that two

distinct species produce the same evidence in the same area,

The proper taxonomic treatment of such variants is a problem for the

solution of which the availuble data js in general quite inadecpiate, Although

it has Jong been known that similar modifications are produced by flavipes and

swainsond both in eastern Australia and in Tasmania, the extent to which these

forms are geographically limited is obscure and in some cases it is not possible

even to decide which is the normal phase and which the variant, The earlier

reenrded instances, notably those of Higgins and Petterd (1882-1553) in Tas-

mani were relegated, somewhat summarily perhaps, ta the synonomy of the

first descrihed fori, but later examples were treated as subspecies or even full

species. It is possible that here chromatic dimorphism is involved, of a type

conmonn tn Australian mammals, in which the same contrasting colour phases

are produced at widely separated intervals in the range of the speees anil with-

vit hyvions relation to local conditions,

Tu the present case the main facts are clear and point to quite different infa-

ences. Two homogeneous populations of distinct species, occupying well seps-

rated ranges, joiutly invade a restricted area where the conditions are novel to

hoeh. and undergo there a strictly parallel modification of pelage. The super

fieixl nate of the adaptive change suggests that a simple, possibly biochemical,

lavtor is directly actuated by the change in extertal conditions.

How far these dark variants so produced may be regarded as genctically

fisuel wil suseeplible of treatment as subspecies, is more likely to be solved in

150

the laboratory than by field work. But from analogy it would seem almost

certain that similar “pockets” of them, induced by similar microclimates are (or

were) scattered over the very large areas of eastern Australia where the species

occur, The dilemma seems to lead either to the recognition of a geographically

unfixed “physiological race’—a conception still dubiously regarded in many

quarters—or to the possible naming of a patchwork of isolated micro-subspecies,

scarcely distinguishable except by the sites they occupy.

As much of theoretical interest may be obscured by the lavish use of

subspecific names, it seems preferable at present to leave the fuliginous phases

innominate and accept the unorthodoxy of the first expedient.

In conclusion, I wish to express my great obligation to Messrs. H. H. Finck

of Heathmere and E. Peterson of Gorae, friends of long standing, whose frequent

hospitality has enabled me to keep the local mammals under observation for

many years.

REFERENCES

Furay, D., 1949. Victorian Naturalist, 65, p, 273.

Goopwin, G. G., 1935. Mammals of Connecticut, p. 122.

Goutn, J., 1854. Mammals of Australia, pt. 6, vol. 1, pl, 37,

Hiccins and Perrern, 1882. Proc, Roy, Soc. Tasm., p. 172.

Hiccins and Perrern, 1883. Proc. Roy, Soc. Tasm., pp. 182, 185.

Lr Sover, A, S., and Burrety, H., 1926. Wild Animals of Australia, London, p, 335.

Tare, G. H. H., 1947a. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 88, p. 127.

Tare, G. IT. H., 1947b, Bull, Amer. Mus. Nat. Iist., 88, p, 110.

Tuomas, OtprieLp, 1888. Catalogue of Marsupialia and Monotremata, pp. 273-4.

Tuomas, Otprietp, 1923, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), XI, p. 175.

Tuomas, OLDFTELD, 1924. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), XIV, p. 528.

Woon Jongs, F,, 1923. Mammals of South Australia, p, 96,

Idi

HW. U. Finuayson

Pirate |

Fig, a: Ph. (Antechinus) steainsoni maritima. Ad, 6 dorsal aspect of skull (x 1-7). Fig. b:

Ibid. buccal aspect of mandible (x 1-9) (M: damaged). Fig. c: Ibid. buccal aspect of ante-

molar dentition of right side (x 5-6), Fig. d: Ibid. palatal aspect of skull (x 1-7), Fig. e:

Ph. (Antechinus) flavipes rufogaster. Ad. 4 dorsal aspect of skull (x 1-8). Fig. f: Dhicd.

buceal aspect of mandible (x 2-1). Fig. g: hid. buccal aspect of antemolar dentition of right

side (x 6-4), Fig. hy Ibid. palatal aspect of skull (x 1-8). (Hamular processes detached. )

(Figs. a, b, d, from one individual from Heathmere, Victoria: Fig. ¢, from another individual

from the same locality; Figs. e, h, from one individual from Ieathmere: Vig. f, from another

individual from Casterton, Victoria; Vig. g, from another individual from Coolawang Creek,

South Australia. )

Sess

H. H. Fintayson

PLATE 2

i “ Ks =

Wye: 4

a y

\\ yp ZL

INAV MZ

\WWHLG4

au. Left manus of Ph, (Antechinus) b. Right pes of Ph. (Antechinus) swain-

stwainsoni maritima. subsp. nov. Sub- sont maritima. subsp. nov. Subadult ¢

adult 9 (x 7:3). Ex Heathmere, Vic. (x 6-9). Ex Heathmere, Vic.

ACACIA CALCICOLA, A NEW SPECIES OF IMPORTANCE TO THE

ECOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN ARID ZONE

BY NEVILLE FORDE! AND ERNEST H. ISING?

Summary

This paper describes an Acacia, which both authors recognized independently as new. In the past,

this species was evidently thought to be a known "Gidgee”, but was not critically examined. It is

widespread in the arid zone of Australia where it commonly forms the tree layer in an open

woodland formation on soils with subterranean or exposed secondary limestone.

ACACIA CALCICOLA, A NEW SPECIES OF IMPORTANCE TO THE

ECOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN ARID ZONE

By Nevitte Forvs! ann Ennest HH. Isc?

(Communicated by Hj. Fichler)

[Read 10 October 1957]

SUMMARY

This paper describes an Acacia which both authors recognized independently as new.

In the past; this species was evidently thought to be a known “Gidgee",, but was not critically

examined; It is widespread in the arid zone of Australia where it commonly forms the tree

layer in an open woodland formation on soils with subterrancan or exposed secondary

imestone,

Acacia calcicola Forde et Ising sp.nov,

Series Plurinerves Benth. Fl. Austral., 2; 312(1864)

Arbor parvula, vel frutex caulibus 2-6, usque ad 5 m altus raro 1 m minor;

rami patentes, ramuli phyllodiaque erecta, raro pendula; lignum durum densis-

simum, externe flavidum, in centro oleaceo-atro-brunneum; cortex trunci et

ramorum crassus, sale-brosus, in lacinias longas, angustas, irregulariter dispositas

diyisus, extus griseo-brunneus, intus rufo-brunneus. Phyllodia 5-11 cm longa,

linearia, saepe plus minusve falcata, 0+15-0-5 cm lata, vel lanceolata, 0-6-1-0

em lata, venis numerosis parallelis, incana saepe argentea; apice (foliis lanceo-

latis exceptis) recurvata uncinata, mucronulata; basi decurrente, parce annulata,

glande una rotundata parvula; phyllodia juvenilia saepe exudato brunneo

resinoso vestita. Inflorescentia axillaria, racemosa pedunculis paucis, sacpe

supra flores cxtensa phyllodia et racemos axillares gerentia, usque ad 25 cm

longa, rare capitula solitaria pedunculis 8-7 mm longis. Capitula globosa, ca. 4

im diam, floribus 40-60, Bracteolae peltatae.. Sepala 5 libera lineari-spathu-

lata, lamina pubescentia, Petala 5 libera oblanceolata concava, 1-5 mm longa,

pubescentia, sepala leviter execdentia. Ovarium oblongum pubescens, Legumen

moniliforme vel interdum paullo constrictum, plerumque plus minusve curvatum

5-10 cm longum ca. 0-6 cm latum. Semina in valvis crassis, rugosis longitu-

dinaliter disposita, oblonga ca. 7 * 4 mm; funiculns crasse filiformis, praecipue

2-plicatum; arillus carnosus aureus.

Small tree or tree-like shrub composed of up to six main stems. Attaining

5 m. height rarely reduced te a shrub of less t 1m. Branches spreading

forming a bushy canopy of erect, rarely subpendulous branchlets and phyllodes:

Timber hard very dense, sapwood pale yellow, heartwood oily dark brown,

Bark thick and rough on all except the smaller branches, closely appressed in

long irregularly orientated narrow grey brown strips which are reddish brown

underneath. Phyllodes 5-11 cm. long, 0-45-1-0 cm, wide, articulate on oblique

decurrent brackets, linear to lanceolate, often falcate, the surface finely striate

and hoary-silvery; apex recurved (except in lanceolate forms), hooked, minutely

mucronate; narrowed at the base with a few annular ridges and a small round

1 Division of Land Research and Regional Survey, C.8.L.R.0., Alice Springs, NT.

2 Stirling West, South Australia.

158

gland; immature phyllodes often caked with bronze coloured resinous exudate,

Inflorescences axillary, usually as short (6-15 mm long) racemes with 2-4 flower

heads, sometimes a solitary Hower head on 3-7 mm long peduncle; axis of in-

florescence often extending above the flowers, bearing phyllodes and axillary

Fig, 1

inflorescences, finally up to 28 cm long. Flower heads globular about 4 mm

diameter, the number of flowers counted in various heads 42, 48 and 58. Brac-

feoles peltate. Sepals 5, free, linear-spathulate, lamina pubescent. Petals 5,

154

feec, oblanceolate, concave, 1-5 mm long, pubescent, slightly longer than the

sepals, Ovary oblong, pibescent, Pod moniliform to only slightly constricted

between the seeds, usually + curved, 5-10 cm long, about 0:6 cm hroad. Seeds

longitudinal in the thick rugose valves, oblong, about 7 mm Jong and 4 mn

broad. Funicle coarsely filiform, variable even in one pod, commonly with two

folds in front of, or slightly above or below, the point of attachment to the

ficshy golden ar pale yellow aril, sometimes swept to the rear af the seed. aril

not covering a large section of the hilar end.

Evelyn Downs, 90 miles by road S.W, of Oednadatta, South Australia,

BE. ft, tsing, No, 3924, 13.31.1954, fig. 1, holotype, AD SSTLSN49. An isotype,

one piece of the type specimen, will be lodged in the Herbarium, Division of

Plant industry, C.S.LR.O., Canberra.

Disrniatres, Hasor, Hanrrat anp Keys

South AusrraniaA—Evelyn Downs, 90 miles by road $.W, of Oodnadatta,

“Gidgee”, a small shrubby tree 2-3 m. high, erect trunk, branches mostly erect,

E. H. Ising, No. 3656, 16.10.1954. E. H, Ising, No. 8701, 15.10.1954.” EB. H,

Ising, No. 3715, §,.11,1954, KE. H. Ising, Nos. 3942, 8943, 3944, 3445, October

1943, Small tree 2-3 m. high, branchlets and pliable phyllodes generally spread-

ing and drooping, FE. H. Ising, No. 3946, 4.12.1954, E. WH. Ising, Nos. 3947, 8948,

S949, 3950, S951, 3952, various dates. Funicle longer than seed, not folded

but thickened into an arjl, E. H. Ising, No, 3953, 26.7.1955. [. IL. Tsing, Nus,

3954, 3955, 5956, 3957, various dates. E. WH. Esing, No. 3959, 10,10,1951, BE. H.

Ising, No, 3960, 7.10.1953. Small tree about 3 m. high, erect rigid braaches

and phyllodes, fowers in une head, by count 57, E. H, Ising, No. 3692. 26.10,1955.

Musgrave Ranges, per Mrs. Johnston (AD), October 1943.

No. 8701 has phyllodes 2-3 mm. wide; No. 3715, phyllodes 2-4 mm, wide;

No. 3959, phyllodes 2-4 mm. wide; No. 3960, phyllodes 2-4 mm. wide; No.

5962, phyllodes 14-4 mm. wide, No, 3953 is probably A, calcicola but immature

pods obviate accurate determination,

Forty miles $.5.W. Erou Clay Pans, 28°38" S., 132°12’ E,, forming an open

shrub woodland with Casuarina cristata and Atriplex vesicaria at the hase of

a limestone ridge, tree with the habit of A. sowdenii, N, Forde, No. 554,

19,9.1956. 5 miles E. of Emu Clay Pans, light-brown soils, with limestone ex-

posed ou the surface; habit like A, sewdenii, N. Forde, No, 576, 7.10.1956. 16

miles N. of Welbourne Hill HS. characteristic on steep travertine rise running

into a crcek; trex with habit and appearance of A. georginae, N. Forde, No.

727, 33.1957. 6 miles N, of Ticyon HS., open woodland in association with Ai

aneura aud A, kempeana on calcareous suils, N, Forde, No. 769, 124.1957. 6

niles N, of Tieyon HS., common along creek bank with Eucalyptus camaldu-

lensis and A, aneura on calcareous soils, N. Forde, No, 770, 12.4.1957. 37 miles

8. Kenmore Park HS., forming an open shrnb woodland with A, brachystachya,

A. sessiliceps, Hakea leucoptera, Eremophila calycina, E. paisley’ and E. sturtti

un 4 heavily eroded lateritic residual with calcrete scattered on the sutface, N.

Forde, No. 896, 69,1957, Mood-ouwt of the Officer Creck. 57 miles S.S.W.

Everard Park HS,, character species in a sparse woodland forniation with A.

anewra and Eremaphila longifolia on a clay fat between two sand ridges; sprawl-

ing tree-like slirmb 5 m, high, phyllades stil ercet, silvery green, N. Forde, No

920, 79,1957.

NoaTHeay Terrmony—Wondgreen Station, C. J. Mulhearn, No, 30d,

15.11,1949, 10 miles N. of Kulgera, on flat plain with red desert loams asso-

ciated with A. aneura, R. E, Winkworth. No, 126, 9,3.1954. 15 miles N.W_ of

Yuendumy Native Settlement, open mulya woodland with pereunial prasses:

shrub 2-75 m. tall, Ro E. Winkworth, No. 894, 22.1954, 14 miles S.E. of ME

Doreen HS., common in small area, G. Chippendale, No. 1286, 8.21955. 14

155

miles E, of Kulgera HS., abundant in sandy soil, G. Chippendale, No. 1358,

7.7.1955, 48 miles $.5.E. of Georgina Downs HS., intermingled with A. georginae

on limestone ridges; shrub 3 m,, spreading, *G, Chippendale, No. 1805,

11,10,1955. 9-6 miles W. of Finke town, common on calcareous sandstone

hill only; sub-shrub 0-75 m,, spreading, *G. Chippendale, No. 2853, 7.9.1956.

7 miles E. of Curtain Springs IIS., dominant on a stony limestone ridge devoid

of other cover, N. Forde, No. 127, 14.6.1956. 10 miles E. of Mt. Olga, open

woodland formation on stony travertine rise with A. aneura and A. tetragono-

phylla; habit of A. georginae, N. Forde, No. 174, 15.6.1956. 85 miles W. of

ACACIA _CALC/COLA

Fig. 2

Harts Range Depot, characteristic in an isolated clump along a watercourse at

the base of a low hill (travertine ?), N. Forde, No. 705, 612.1956, 9 miles

$.8.W. of Kulgera HS,, characteristic on calcareous soils in association with A.

kempeana; tree with habit of A. sowdenii, N. Forde, No. 729, 3.3.1957. 9 miles

S5.8.W, of Kulgera HS., characteristic species of a widespread open shrub wood-

land, with A. kempeana on soils with travertine near to the surface; tree with

the habit of A. sowdenii, N. Torde, No, 730, 3.8.1957, & miles $, of Kulgera IIS,

characteristic on an area with siliceous limestone exposed on the surface, in

association with Kechia astrotricha, a sprawling tree like A. sowdenii, N. Forde,

No, 731, 4.3.1957. 28 miles E. of Hermannsburg Mission Station, characteristic

plant of the tree layer in association with A, kempeana on calcareous soils, lime-

stone pebbles common on the surface; tree 5 m, high with the habit and appear-

ance of “Myall” A, sowdenii, *N. Forde, No, 734, 16.3.1957. 8 miles W, of Finke

RS., common along the banks of a small creek and. surrounding sandstone hills

in association with A. aneura and Eremophila spp., >N. Forde, Nos, 796 and

156

796A, 184.1957. 16 miles E. of Coniston HS., on heavy calcareous soils at the

base of a small limestone ridge, *N. Forde, No, 868 (Leg. R. A. Perry), 13.7.1957.

Mt, Connor, 14 miles §,S.E. of Curtin Springs HS,, forming an open shrub wood-

land with Kechia astrotricha on travertine ridges at the base of Mt. Connor, N.

Forde, No. 880, 5.8.1957, 90 miles S.E. of Curtin Springs HS., common in an

open shrub woodland formation with A. kempeana and A, tetragonophylla,

remnants of Kachia astrotricha, on travertine ridges, N. Forde, No, 882,

5,8, 1957.

New Sour Waxes.—Mt. Stuart, N. C. W, Beadle, No. 1940 (NSW).

Specimens marked thus * represent the broad phyllode range of the species (>5 mm,).

Where: complete material is lacking, determinations are hased on field characteristics and

experience. Pods ere required for Chippendale, No, 1805, for accurate determination. (N.F.)

The Tsing collections are housed in the State Herbarium of South Australia, Adelaide, and

those of Forde, Chippendale, Winkworth and Mulhearn in the Herbarium of the Aui

Industry Branch, Alice Springs, Northern Territory.

Key Based on Field Characteristics

1, Bark thick corky light grey-brown, deeply fissured into looscly appressed

long straight strips, Underbark pale almost white, Normally a tree with

well defined trunk and open canopy, Phyllodes commonly exceeding 15

em., apex hooked blunt.

A. corlacea

1. Bark thick grey-brown to black, fissured into short irregularly arranged

closely appressed strips. Underbark reddish-brown. Trees with little main

trunk development or composed of up to 6 stems, rarely shrubs, always with

dense sprawling canopy. Phyllodes rarely excceding 12 cm.,, apex tapered

to a fine or blunt puint,

2. Phyllodes when crushed or wet emit a foetid odour.

*A. cambagei or A. georginae.

9. Phyllodes when crushed possess no offensive: odour,

3. Fiyltodss tapering into a long fine curved point. Immature phyllodes

silvery.

A. sawdenii

8. Phyllode apex if curved thick and hooked, always shortly tapered

into a + blunt point. Immature phyllodes coated with a bronze col-

oured resinous exudate,

A. calcicola

Key Based on Pods and Seeds

1. Pods thick woody often moniliform.

2. Pods not twisted, valves rugose. Aril not greatly covering the hilar end

of the seed, golden yellow when fresh.

A. calcicola

2. Pods twisted, valves finely striated fibrous, Aril enveloping a large portion

of the hilar end of the seed, bright orange when fresh.

A. coriacea

1, Pods thin papery, rarely moniliform.,

3. Pods up to 2 em. broad rarely less than 7 mm., + straight edged, valves

strongly reticulated. Funiele filiform sometimes folded but not dilated

into a fleshy aril, seed rounded + flat.

A. cambagei or A. georginae

3. Pods narrow up to 7 mm. broad, constricted between the seeds, finely

reticulated. Funicle filiform folded and dilated into fleshy aril. Seed

thick oblong.

A. sowdenié

* No attempt is made in this paper to distinguish between these two species and habit

notes concern Central Australian forme,

157

Key Based on Phyllodes and Flowers

i. Phyllodes + lanceolate, Sepals + linear-spathulate free.

2. Phyllodes grey scurfy with a white resinous coating. Immature phyl-

lodes silky silvery, Inflorescence only rarely clearly racemose. Sepals +

half petal length (e.g. 0:6 : 1:1 mm,),

A, cambaget or A. géeorginae

2. Phyllodes hoary with a fine mat of silvery hairs, Immature phyllodes

with a bronze coloured exudate, Axis of inflorescence often extending to

bear phyllodes and flowers. Sepals only slightly shorter than petals (eg.

1-3; 1-4 mm.).

A. calcicola

1. Phylledes + linear, Sepals united or free.

3, Phyllodes tapering into a fine recurved delicately extending point.

Peduneles fine.

A sotodenti

3. Phyllodes not finely tapered, apex often thick and hooked,

4, Sepals linear-spathulate frec, Peduncles thick coarse, less than 1 em,

Flowers in head > 80.

A. celeicola

4. Sepals united with shallow lobes. Peduncles fine often up ta 1 cm.

Flawers in head < 30.

A. coriacea

Discussion

A. caleicola occuts as a co-dominant in, as an association adjacent to, or

as an ecotonal species in, communitics containing A. sowdenii Maiden, A.

coriacea DO., A. cambagei RK, T. Baker, and A. georginae F. M. Bailey, all of

which it resembles in some way, depending on the phyllode shape and the

colouring of the foliage in the field, Normally broad phyllode forms resemble

“Gidgee” (A. cambagei or A, georginae) while those with narrow phyllodes

resemble “Myall” (A. sowdenti), As an expression of this field variation the

following vernacular names are uscd by pastoralists to denote the species:

“Gidgee", “Myall”, “Myall-gidgee” and “Bastard-gidgee”. One of us (N.F.)

suggests that “Myall-gidgee” or “Northern-myall” should be adopted as the

vernacular name, so that A. calcicola will not be confused with the texic “Cidgee”

A, georginae, It is hoped that a short aboriginal name will eventually be found

for A. caleicola,

The very unusual inflorescence in this species gives it a strong, distinguish-

ing character. No other species in the series Plurincrves has anything like the

extending axis of the inflorescence with its repetition of short racemes in (he

axils of phyllodes still developing upwards. There is, however, one species in

the sub-section Uninerves, Black Fl. S. Austral. 2nd. ed. 403(1948), A. prolifera

J, M. Black, which has an extending floral axis but with phyllodes only above

the raveruose portion. Unfortunately the inaterial studicd suggests that foral

specimens with complete inflorescences are rarely obtainable. The relationships

between A, loderi und A, sowdenii being insufficiently understand no special

reference to the former is made in the keys. So far as is known it does not

occur with A. caleicola.

The true affinitics of A. calcicola cannot yet be determined until an inves-

tigation, being carried out by the younger of us (N.F.) with regard to the

cotyledons, first leaves, and phyllode development in this and other possibly

related species, is completed, In conjunction with this project, a mixed popu-

lation of A. calcicola containing the broad and narrow phyllode forms will be

examined by analysis of a mass collection, and by seedling studies, to detor-

158

mine the relative stability and the degree of occurrence of intermediates of the

two forms,

A, cana Maiden has vegetative affinities with our new species, although

the pod is jarkedly distinct, being densely covered with a mat of silvery hairs,

except on the prominent dark brown imaryins, The flowers when dry turn a

brownish colour and the morc or Jess tercte peduncles are covercd with fine

golden haiys. Flowers in collections of A, calcicelu remain yellow and the

peduncles are silvery and often deeply ridged. A phyllode difference, although

it clearly exists, is diffeult to describe. In A. cana the hyllades are much more

silvery and the lamina tapers into a distinct point which is only slightly re-

curved, In fact, they resemble the narrow phyllode forms of “Gidgeo”, A.

gearginae or A. cembagei, rather than A, caleicola. The fowers of A. cana are

hormally in small axillary élusters, rarely distinctly racemose and certainly not

with an extending floral axis bearing more phyllodes and flowers.

Two recent collections, G, Chippendale, No. 8378, 16.6.1957, and J. c.

Turner, 21.7,1957, of A. cuthbertsonii Luehmann, indicate a vegetative similarity

with the broad phyllode forms of this new species, although it is a. member of

the series Juliflorae. Vegetatively it can be distinguished from A, ealeicola

by the fewer nerves, which are thick and distinctive y raised above the lamina

eve and many of these nervos are not parallel, but tend to follow the phyllode

outline.

The species upithot alludes to the common occurtences of the species on

tavertines or other rocks and soils of a caleareous nature. A typical soil profile

is illustratedl in Plate 2.

This new species, referred to by E. 1. Tsing in Trans. Roy. Soe, $. Anst.. 79:

J10 (1955), as Acacia cambuget, is host to the two species of mistletae, Amyema

preissii (Miq.) Tiegh and Diplatia maidenii (Blakely) Danser,

A, ealeicola is interesting phytogeographically since it nonnally occurs in

small, but discontinuons areas, over a large section of the centye of the con-

tinent. On oceasions its occurrence is limited to a few trees (N. Forde, Nos.

127 and 174) and the next known occurrence is 50 or so miles distant, It

rarely forms an extensive community as experienced around Kulgera, Northern

Territory, and here the association it characterises is frequently invaded hy

other associations, Its present distribution is apparently an expression of its

normal adaptation to a calearcous soil and parent rock, and its intolerance of

intervening areas of a diflerent nature. When mare is known of the geological

and climatic history of the areas where A, calvicola occurs. a firmer basis will

be ivailable from which to attempt an explanation of the present day. discon-

tinuous oceurrence of the species,

Economically, the species is important around the Kulgera, ME, Cavanagh

areas of the Norther Territory where it occurs extensively. Here it is used for

firewood and is said to have better heating qualities than “Gidgee” and “Mulga”.

The phyllodes are eaten by travelling stock and limbs have been broken down

to feed cattle in barren stages of a droving run. Its dense, spreading canopy

affords excellent shade for cattle particularly around bores.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

One author (E.LLI.) wishes to acknowledge with thanks the help received

from the following: The curators of the Herbaria? BRI, CANB, MEI, NSW,

PERTH, Animal Tidustry Branch, Alice Springs, for the loan of specimens; Mr.

1. Dutkiewicz for preparing drawings, and the Board of Governors, Botanic

Garden, Adelaide, for permission ta ita so; Dr. Hj. Lichler for facilities and

assistance given in the State Herbarium of South Austealia (AD),

The other author (N.F.) wishes to thank the following persons: Miss

N, T, Burbidge (C.S.L8,0,, Division of Plant Industry) and Dr. K, Hoostand

159

(Division of Land. Research and Regional Survey) for their useful criticisms of

the manuscript; Mr, G, Chippendale (Animal Industry Branch, Alice Springs)

and Messrs. Winkworth, Turner and Perry (C.S.1,R.O., Division of Land Re-

search and Regional Survey) for their assistance in the diagnosis; Mrs. V. de

Fontenay for care and attention in typing the manuscript; and the pastoralists

for giving valuable information on the economics of the species.

Both authors wish to thank Dr. C. G. Hansford (Adelaide) and Dr. R.

Hoogland for the latin diagnosis.

EXPLANATIONS OF FIGURES AND PLATES

Fig, 1.—Acacia calcicola Forde and Ising. 1, flowering branch; 2, sepal; 3, petal; 4, stamen;

5, ovary; 6, pod drawn from E. H. Ising, No. 3945, from type locality; 7, seed

and funicle; 8, phyllode of N. Forde, No, 796. 1, natural size; 2-5, scale A; 6, natural

size; 7, scale B; 8, natural size. All from holotype except Nos. 6 and 8&.

Fig, 2.—The recorded distribution of Acacia calcicola.

Plate 1 above.—Habit of Acacia calcicola Forde and Ising. Note the spreading dense

canopy, “Myall-like” habit (A. sowdenii), and the travertine exposed on the sur-

face near a rabbit warren. (N. Forde, No. 731, 4.3.1957.) Below—Close-up of

the bark structure of Acacia culcicola Forde and Ising (N. Forde, No. 731, 4,3.1957).

Plate 2 above.—Soil type on which Acacia calcicola Forde and Ising frequently occurs.

6-8 in. chocolate-brown clay-loam; 8-12 in, nodular and fragmented siliceous lime-

stone; 12-120 in. massive siliceous limestone. Marker in 6 in. bands. (Habitat of

an association containing N. Forde, No. 576, 7.10.1956.) Below.—Open shrub

woodland formation of Acacia calcicola-Kochia sedifolia association on soil types

illustrated above, containing N. Forde, No. 576, 7.10.1956. Note the taller “Myalls”

(A. sowdenii) in the background.

® Symbols as used in the “Index Herbariorum” ed 3,

160

H. Istxc

Forpr ann E,

PLATE 2

Forpve Anp E. H. Istne

AUSTRALITES IN THE VICINITY OF FLORIETON, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY D. MAWSON

Summary

AUSTRALITES IN THE VICINITY OF FLORIETON, SOUTH AUSTHALIA

By D. Mawson

[Read 10 October 1957]

In May, 1936, I received a letter from _a schoolboy, Mervyn Pens, residing

at Kungara sheep station in the nelghbourhond of Florieton, which is locate

about 90 miles north-east of Adelaide, He reported finding on the surface of

the ground in that locality what he had ascertained to be known as Australites.

We advised him to collect all he came across, making notes of special features

associated with the finds. From the correspondence that ensued and the num-

ber of these tectites forwarded to me for the Adelaide University and the South

Australian Museum, it soon became obvious that the neighbourhood of Florie-

ton is specially favoured as a source locality for Australites, Credit is due to

that voung enthusiastic collector for so conscientiously carrying the project

through, thus contributing to knowledge relating to the origin and distribution

of these imterestingy objects.

At that time Mr. Pens, senior, was managing three sheep stations in that

region, respectively “Kungara’, “Fingerpost”, and “Hogans’. Mervyn Pens

collected over those areas, but it was from Kungara that the bulk of the Aus-

tralites collected were got. On the whole, the individuals are small to medium

sized, and when compared with the range of Australites, characteristic of certain

other tectite-yielding localities in South Australia, these from Florieton have a

common facies relationship. This, of course, is suggestive of the passage of a

particular tectite swarm at some time in the past.

We corresponded over a period of about four years, during which time

Mervyn Pens forwarded to the University and to the S.A. Museum a total of

about 1,475 specimens, either complete Australites or fragments. Their abun-

dance in that focality became more and more obvious from information supplied

by correspondence received deseribiig progress made in the collecting cam-

paign. Among other information received, it was stated that, on an average

good day, about 15 Australites might be found.

A feature of note conyeyed in the correspondence that ensued was that, nut

infrequently, Australites were found on the surface of the ground in places where

none were visible a few days before, For instanee, one was found right in

front of a tent prior to which the occupant of the tent had not observed its

existence; at the time, this suggested a fresh fall: Then, not previously observed,

one was found, after a shower of rain, in the centre of a much-used road: here

sand, burying or camouflaging the Australite, could have been washed away by

the rain. Another was found on the surface in a gateway traversed regularly:

this could have been brought to the surface by the disturbance of the sanby

soil due to traffic. A number were found on the surface of sand freshly ex-

cavated at rabbit burrows: here was an indication that Australites buried be-

weath the surface had been dug up by the rabbits.

At this stage it was decided to visit the locality to investigate further the

field distribution, Accordingly, in August, 1938, while on a geological visit to

Broken Hill accompanied by Mr. Lee W. Parkin, we passed through the Mt,

Mary railway crossing and continued to the narth for 17 miles to reach Florie-

ton. We spent an interesting couple of days at Kungara during which time

Mervyn Pens took us on a traverse across tectite-ylelding country.

161

Kungara station homestead is in a semi-arid region Jocated on a slightly

elevated platcau rise above the Burra Creek depression, which cits through to

the east al a lower level, The land is mainly covered by dvift-dust accumula-

tions. Original vegetated surfaces support a good stocking of blue bush and

a little mallee scrub, However, many years ago, in the early days of wheat-

growing, before South Australians found that it was hopeless ta plant wheat in

rezions of such low rainfall, considerable areas around Florieton were cleared

af surfuce bushes and ploughed for wheat farming, Areas that had sutered

such treatment were distinguishable from virgin land by lack or scarcity of

any vegetahle cover. The wheat had, of course, failed and the planted areas,

having had their surface mantle of veyetation removed beeame subject to

Wind evosion-

Tn some less sheltered areas in the district, all drift-tlust that inay heve

mantled the surface in past times has been blown away leaving loose stones

and uravel resting on a hard surtave. Pebbles of white reef quartz, and quart-

vite are well represented in this surface gravel, Pens had reported that Austra-

lites are not infrequently met with in such residual gravel.

In search of ‘Austealites we, three of us, walked on a bearing across a mile-

lony paddock which had, in the long past, been cleared and ploughed in an

clfcrt to erep wheat. As a result of this search, Pens found seven Australites,

but L had not caught sight of any. Pens then explained that, with experience,

one becomes more expert in distinguishing tectite glass fragments from other

particles more or less embedded in the dusty loam and sand. Lts black colour

and special lustre ave distinguishing features, which are greatly enhanced in

comparison with other scattered, adyentitiois surface particle when search is

made on bright, sunny days with the sun at the back of the observer, The

tectite class is thus brought into stronger relief. The best results we were in-

formed are got just after a shower of rain which intensifies their black colour.

Having sifted the evidence available at Kunmgara we concluded that Aus-

tralites are embedded mainly at some depth within the surface mantle of

deposited sand and dust. ‘They can be brought to the surface by burrowing

animals, but undoubtedly the plough is a most effective agent. Where removal

of surface yegetation has permitted wind erosion. buried Australites are even-

tually hrought to the surface. Where wind eraslon has entirely removed the

surface mantle of dost and sand, the Australites are to be formd among the

residnal eravel.

As the primary concentration of Australites appears to be at some depth

within the waind-drifted surface mantle it follows that, if the arrival of the

tectites was a sinmle event, the fall must have happened at some considerable

je indefinite tine ago, sufficient to allow a subsequent build up of wind-blown

drift

Maps have been published illustrating the distribution of Australites over

the surface of Anstralia, ‘UVhe irfegularities of their distribution may, of course,

be accounted for by assuming that greater concentrations coincide with the

paths of tectite showers of the past. A Factor always to be taken mto account

when considering their unequal geographic distribution is whether the land

surfaee of amy area is now being subjected to wind crosion or, ou the other

hancl, is it a region of progressive sedimentation. In the first case, of course, any

obsidianites that miy have fallen will remain in view at the surface, If in a

region of sedimentation they will be buried,

The total numbers of Australites and fragments obtained through Mervyn

Pens mnounted to 1475. OF these 54:9 per cent. are defined forms amounting

by weight to 73 per cent of the collection. Fragments of broken Australites

amounted to 45-1 per cent, by weight representing 27 per cent. of the total.

The collection contaned one perfect example of a fully flanged buttun,

This was found on top of a sand rise 10 miles north of Kungara homestead,

162

As Florieton was a newly discovered Australite-yielding area, and as Mer-

vyn Pens so methodically collected for over four years and included all his

finds in this one collection, it presents a unique opportunity for ascertaining

the relative abundance in the Florieton area of the different forms recognised in

Fenner’s. classification.

served they are in all 812 distinct individuals,

The results are tabulated below, where it will be ob-

Number |Percentage| Group Mean

of of total | Percent- | Lightest | Heaviest | Weight

Individuals} number of ages Individuals|/Tndividuals} of each

Individuals Individual

gm. gm. gm.

Lenses, normal 219 26-97 0-18 5-92 1-400

Lenses, flat 3 “37 27-59 1-14 154 1-373

Lenses, oval 2 +25 “63 1-71 1-170

Buttons, full flanged 1 +12 3:01 3°01 3-010

Buttons, broken flanged 2 “25 1-94 2-58 2+260

Buttons, unflanged

normal 67 “25 1-76 19-21 5-728

Buttons, unflanged deep 15 1-85 2-47 15-98 8-040

Buttons, unflanged

shallow 43 5+29 46-67 1-88 16:42 5-650

Buttons, cores 180 22-17 1-01 12-02 5-308

Buttons, oval, flat 21 2-58 0-60) 8-93 6-350

Buttous, oval, deep 8 “99 2+22 21-26 9-899

Buttons, cores, oval 42 6-17 I-11 15-00 4-828

Boats 101 12-44 0-27 15-35 2-862

Canoes 17 2-09 14:53 0-50 6-69 2-730

Dumbells 24 2-96 0-76 4°05 2-610

Dumbells, flanged I 712 3-08 2-49 2-49 2-490

Tear drops 43 5-30 5-30 0-30 8-40 2-071

Pear shaped 7 +86 “86 0-73 13-54 3-338

Club shaped 1 -12 “12 7-80 7-80 7-800

Cylinders 9 1+ll 1-11 2°39 14-78 6-717

Spheres 6 ‘74 “74 8-91 9-90 8-836

NOTES ON THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

NO. 7

BY ERNEST H. ISING

Summary

Two new species are described: Zygophyllum crassissimum and Goodenia lobata; both are confined

to the Far North of South Australia.

Three other plants are now recorded for the first time as occurring in South Australia. They are:

Atriplex quadrivalvata Diels and Melaleuca hamulosa Turcz. both representatives of the Western

Australian flora and appear to be eastern outliers of their range; Polygala chinensis L. var.

squarrosa (Benth.) Domin which was previously known from the Northern Territory.

Collectings, chiefly in our Far North, have extended the known range of a number of our species

and additional notes on others have given a clearer knowledge of them.

The species cited in this paper are housed in the State Herbarium of South Australia, Adelaide.

NOTES ON THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

oO.

by Ernest H. Isinc

(Communicated by Hj. Eichler)

[Read 10 October 1957]

SUMMARY

Two new spacing are described: Zygophyllum crassissimum and Goodenta lobata; both

are confined to the Far North of South Australia,

Three other plants are now recorded for the first time as occurring in South Australia,

They are: Atriplex quadrivalvgta Diels and Melaleuca hamulosa Turez. both representatives

of the Western Australian flora and appear to be eastern outliers of their range; Polygala

chinensis L. var. squarrosa (Benth.) Domin which was previously known from the Northern

Tetritary.

Collectings, chiefly in our Far North, have extended the known range of a number of

our species and additional notes an others have given a clearer knowledge of them. J

4 ne species cited in this paper are housed in the State Herbarium of South Australia,

Adelaide.

GRAMINEAE

Enneapogon nigricans (R.Br.) Beauv. Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-west

of Oodnadatta, E. H, Ising, No, 3664, 9,8.1954 and No. 3668A, 17.11.1954. First

record for Far North.

LORANTHACEAE

Amyema preissit (Miq.) Tiegh. and Diplatia maidenii (Blakely) Danser.

The host plant to these two species was recorded by me (Trans. Roy. Soc. South

Australia, 75(1955)110) as Acacia cambagei Baker, but it proves to be a new

species, A. calcicola Forde et Ising, Trans. Roy. Soc. §. Austra]. 80(1958)153,

CHRENOPODIACEAE

Atriplex quadrivalvata Diels ex Diels et Pritzel, Bot, Jb. 385 (1904) 189,

Fig. 19 F, G. Annual, procumbent, many branches, ascending, 10 to 20 cm,

high, whole plant covered with short white scaly hairs, Leaves ovate, about

10 mm. long and 7 mm, wide, acute, cordate at base, entire, alternate, imbricate

in, upper part, grey-green, faintly 3-nerved above, midrib whitish and prominent

below, petiole about 1 mm. long, Flowers in axillary clusters of about 9 female

and one male flower; the latter pedunculate, segments 5, ovate, fringed, stamens

5, filaments dilated at base. Fruiting bracteoles triangular-cordate to sub-

orbicular, 2 to 8 mm. long and wide, with 5 to 7 prominent sharp teeth, reticu-

late, free from the base, pedicel about 4% mm. long; appendage on each bracteole

ovate, about 14 mm. long, usually 5-toothed, the 3 tecth at the summit larger.

Seed vertical, radicle lateral.

Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-west of Oodnadatta, E, H, Ising, No. 3564,

October 1950, AD 95732004, NSW; No. 8748A, 18.8.1954, AD 95732008; No.

8761, 31.7.1955, AD 95732011, MEL, Mr, J. H, Willis, 16.12.1955, states:

“Surely a form of Afriplex quadrivalvata (from Kalgoorlie area, Western Austra-

lia) and apparently a new record tor South Australia . , .”; No. 3767, 8.9.1955,

165

NSW. No, 3838, 23,9.1955, AD 95732014, MEL, Mr, J. H, Willis (16,12,1955)

states: “A form of A. quadrivalvata Diels but will need to be checked with

authentic material, . . "; No, S860, 13.58.1954, AD 95732007. Mt. Clarence

Station, near Coober Pedy, [£. ff. lsing, san. 25.2.1956, AD 95732018.

This species, described from Western Australia, was hitherto net known

to decur in South Australia, It is nearest to A, fissivalvis FL v. M., Fragm.

9(1875)123 which has obovate angular-toothed leaves 1 to 2 em. long; fruiting

bracteoles subrhomboid 5 te 6 mm. long, with much longer teeth and smaller

appendaues. It also differs frou A. cordifolia Black, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austral.

69(1945)309, which has ovate-lanceolate sessile larger leaves; fruiting bracteoles

subrhomboid) and swollen; appendages, when present, minute tubercles.

The illustration in Diels and Pritzel of the fruiting periantl of Unis species

accompanying the original description is incorrect as pointed cut by Aellen

(Bot, Jb. 68(1938)874,.377 Fig. 2B 1-2) who states that he “docs uvt fine in the

original plant of Diels the extremely villous dentation of the periauth and

appendages as Diels and Pritze] and also Ulbrich have dlustrated”, Ulbrich’s

illustration A ac a de a 1934)516 Fig, 193, F, G as Haloxanthium quudri-

valvatum (Diels) Ulbrich) is a copy of Diels’ original. Our South Anstralian

specimens agree with Aellen’s illustration (1c, ).

A, guadrivalvata Diels vat, sessilifolia (Ising) Ising, var. nov. et stat, nov.:

A. sesvilffolia Ising, Trans. Roy, Soc. S$. Austral, 78(1955)111, 116, fig. I, 14-16,

This variety differs from A. quadrivalvata var. quadrivalvata in the lack of

appendages tu the bracteoles and ia being perennial.

Mt. Willoughby Station, 80 miles south-west of Oodnadatta, E. H. Ising,

No, 3570, 12.8.1952, AD 95732003, type; No, 3831 B, 53.1956, AD 95731058,

Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-west of Oodnadatta, E. H. Ising, No. 3831,

59,1955. AD 95732002; No, 3931A, 6.9.1955, some leaves larger than usual up

tu 16 mr. Jong and 12 mm. wide, petiole 3 mm, long; perianth 6 mm, * 5 mm.;

fmvers sometimes monoecious, AD 9357562001-

LEGUMINOSAE

Swainsona murrayana Wawra ssp. eciliafa Lee, Evelyn Downs, 90 miles

south-west of Oodnadatta, E, H. Ising, Nos. 8784, 3785 and 3786, 25.7.1955.

This determination was made by Mrs, A. Lee, Sydney, and includes the fol-

lowing note: “These 3 specimens are puzzling and I have not seen anything

exactly like them before, They emphasize the relationship between S. fissimon-

tana Black (and the stipularis group) and S$. murrayana and indeed do not

fit into either as I believed them to be defined, On the whole (ep, leaflet shape,

pubescence, pedicel pubescence, style shape and tip, twist of pistil and keel,

twist of calyx base) their characters are more those of S. murrayana ssp. cciliata

than of S. fissimantena. Their location. however, is beyond the range of that

group as far as known (though this rauvt always be expected and is ji0t unrea-

senahle), and the specimens all show marked pouches in the keel, the absence

of which has characterized all previous specimens seen of S. murrayana. These

pouches occur in all members of the stipularis group and ave very deep in S,

isstmontana. lam placing the specimens in S. murrayare ssp. eciliata, but will

¢ interested to see other similar collections and any of the stipularis group

which L consider is nat satisfactorily known yet,”

5, orobvides F. y, M., Evelyn Downs; E. H. Ising, No. 8788, 16,9,1955,

Mrs. A. Lee comments: “Apparently a variant of S. oreboides, perhaps not

adeyuately recognised in my revision. I recognised a denser-haired variant of

ssp, oreboides which occurs in Central Australia but this varics from it in its

leaHet shape. Apparently there are still more variations to be found in this very

variable species,”

496

ZNGOPHYLLACEAL

Zygophyllum crassissimum sp. nov,

Suffrutex, perennis, erectus. ca, 40 cm, alt., glaucus, carnosus; radix duria,

erassa, Cuulis eentralis erectus, Jignosus, basi ca. 20 mm. er; rami obsoleti

mugosi, timosi, aquamosi; fami novi levi, 5-8 mm. diam., camosi, plus minusve

patentes. Folia inaequaliter 2-divisa; foliusewla obliqua, obovata vel cuneata,

apiculata, crasse carnosa, usque ad 4 cm, longa, 25-37 mm, lat; petiolum com-

pressum, crassum, ca. 8 X 4inm,, stipellae minutae, deltoideac, acutae, sub-

dentatae, Sepala 4, ovata, acuminata, ca, 3 mm. longa. Petala 4, dava, obuvata

vel cuneata, deorsum attenuata, 6-7 mm. longa. Stamina 8; anthera 2 mm, longa;

filamens oa, 3-5 mim. longa, sursum flavus, deorsum albus, alatus, alis dearsum

dilatatis, integris. Capsultrn Ioculicidum, crasse oblongum, ca. 1L x 10 mm.,

obtuse 4-angulosum, apice et basi rotundatum, extus reticulatum, intus

4-divisum: pedunculum recurvattm, ca. 8 mm. longum; semina in cellula una 1-2.

Undershrub, erect perennial, about 40 om, high, glaucous, very fleshy; tap

root hard thick. Central stem erect, woody, about 20 mm. thick’ at base: old

branches rough, fissured, scaly, dark; new branches smoath, 5-8 mm. diameter,

very fleshy, + spreading. Leaves 9-lobed, the leaflets continuous with the

petiole; ieaficts unequal, oblique, obavate-cuneate, up to 4 em. long, 25-37 mm.

wide, apiculate, very thick ‘and fleshy, Petiole flattened, thick, about 8 mm.

Jong, about 4 mm. wide; stipellac small, deltoid, acute, + toothed. Sepals 4,

ovate, acuminate, about 3 mm, Jong. Petuls 4, yellow, obovate-cuneate, tapered

tuwards base, 6-7 mm. long, Stamens 8; anthers 2 mm, long: filaments ca, 3%

mm, long, yellow in upper part, white in lower winged part; wings gradually

dilated downwards, entire. Capsule opening loculicidally, broad oblong, about

11 mm. long and 10 mm. wide, 4 blunt angles, 4celled, rounded at summit and

base, exncarp reticulate; peduncle recurved, about 3 mm, long. Seeds 1-2 in

each cell —Fig, LOLA.

Evelyn Downs, about 90 miles by road south-west of Oodnadatta, E. H-.

Ising, No. 3746, 7.101954, holotype AD 95736042. Beside the holotype, the

following mumbers { paratypes) are all from the same locality; Evelyn Downs,

EE. _H. ising, 7.10,1954, No, 3654, K; No, 3655, AD 95736063; No, 3838, AD

93736036, NSW, MEL; No, 3988, AD 95736037; No. 3939, AD 95736038; No,

8340, AD 95736039; No, 3941. AD 95736040,

The new species is nearest to Z, glancescens F. y. M, which differs in the

plant perhaps rarely erect nor having a distinct main stem; leaflets articulate,

not continuous with the petiole, only slightly fleshy, thinner; sepals linceulate,

larger; petals larger; filament wings truncate and denticalate at summit: se

3-5 in each cell.

A specimen was sent to the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew,

England, and a reply dated $.12.1956 received from the Director, Dr. G. Taylor,

states; “This has not been matelicd and it appears ta be a new species.”

The new species was only seen in one loculity and formed one polation in

u stuall arva of about LO square yards where there were about 20 plants, The

habitat was a small flat on the western slope of a low hill,

The specific epithet refers chiefly to tho leaflets and their extraordinary

thickness is retained ta a large depree in the dried material. :

4. gleucescens F. y. M., Marino Rocks, E, H. Ising, 25.10.1956. Black re-

words (FLS,Austral.2nd.ed.(1948)488) this species as annual, but I find it is a

perennial as on examining the same plants several weeks later it was absorved

that new branches had developed on the older stems, First stem procumbent,

up to 46 cm. long and 5 mm. thick, many ascending lateral branches, finally a

sowed under-shrub; leaflets to 4 cm, long, somewhat fleshy but becoming

thin in dried specimens; interpeticlar stripules deltvid, acute: stipellac small.

1&7

deltoid, acute, toothed; sepals lanecolate, about 6 mm. long, acuminate, anthers

about 1 mm, long.

Z. hybridum Tate. Fish Hole, 20 miles south of Oodnadatta, E_ 11. Ising,

No. 3926, 30,7,1952, First reeord for Far North. Only found in une locality

and erowing in a damp situatiun. A

Z. prismatothecum EF. v. M. Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-west of Qodna-

datta, E. H. Ising, No. 3927, 16.9.1955, First record for Par North,

POLYCALACEAE

Polygala chinensis L. yar. squarrosa (Berita. Domin, Annual herb with

several prostrate stems, about & em, diameter, whole plant + pilose, Leaves

oblanceolate to obovate, 5-10 umm. Jong including the petiole of about 3 mm. into

which they taper, thin, glabrons and grooved above; apex abtuse, mucronate,

recurved. Flowers small, numerous, in oblong racemes, mostly terminal; outer

sepals lanceolate, obtuse; inner scpals (wings) broadanceolate, falcate, Cap-

sule oblong to ovate, 5-6 mi. long, notched, ciliate; seeds about 5 mm. long,

densely silky hairy.

South Australia. Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-west of Oodnadatta, E. If,

Ising, No. 3768B, 22.10,1955,—Northern Territory; Central Australia. Unilalya

ange, Macdonald Station, 150 miles north-east of Alice Springs, £. H. Ising.

No. 3768A, 27.8.1933.

Only one specimen was seen and collected on each occasion, the latter was

determined at the Herbarium, Hoyal Butanic Gardens, Kew, England.

Tn the geographical distribution of Polygala chinensis Domin, Bibl. Bot.59

(1927 )856, mentions “South Australia” without quoting a definite locality. The

spevies is, however, not mentioned in Black's Flora of South Australia, Domin

cites (le. 857) for P. chinensis var. squurrosa “Nord-Australien” and mentions

an additional ooaurence in North Queensland.

MALVacEAR

Abutilon malvifulium (Benth,) J, M. Black, Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-

west of Oodnadatta, E. IT. Ising, No. 8928, 23.9.1955; Macumba Station, E. H,

Ising, No, 3929, Noy, 1950, Only previously recorded from north of Cooper's

Creek,

STERCULIACEAE

Gilesia biniflora FP. v. M, Evelyn Downs, 90 miles by road south-west of

Oodnadatta, F, H, Ising, No, 3970, 9:9.1955; No. 8971, 25.7,1955 and No, 3972,

12.89.1955. A rare plant, only previously recorded in this State from near Farina

(Flinders Range), [t can stil be regarded as rare as it was only seen in two

localities in the Far North.

VIOLACEAE

Viola hederacea Labill, Stirling West, EB, H. Tsing, Oct, 1957 and Nov, 1953,

Apparently a rare species as the only other record for the southern district is

Yindmarsh Valley (Black, Fi.S.Austeal.2nd.ed.(1952)589 ).

Myrracvar

Melaleuca hamulosa Tures, Wadinna Hill, Ryre Peninsula, BE. H. Istng, No.

$277, 1.0,1985 and C. W. Johns, No. 3399, 21.6.1938 fruiting specimens. Shree

to 2-3 m. high, erect and bushy, branches slender, bark on younger branches

white, smooth and shining, on older branches sealy, rugose or tuberculate.

Leaves alternate, linear, xemiterete, densely placed, erect spreading, 8-16 mm.

jong {mostly 12 mm.), 1 mm. wide, slightly tapered at base and tip, acuminate,

reourveal ak point, 2 longitudinal rows of small dark, immersed glands under-

ueath; petiole about Lum, long. Flowers enclosed (in bud) in avate, acumin-

ale, ciliate bracts 7 mm. long which fall off when the buds are only half grown,

in dense spikes 3-4 cm, long on Jateral branches, new branches growing out

18S

While the buds are quite young, torus broad at base, glabrous, rugose, nar-

rowed upwards, dark brown, attached by an oblong base, Sepals deltoid, 1 mm.

long, whitish, Petals white 2-5 mm. long, ovate, obtuse; staminal bundles 5-6

mm, long, claw 4 mm. long, 12-15 white filaments in upper part, SNgme capi-

tate, smull; style longer than staminal claw. Fruits (No. 3399) broad at base,

3 nm, long, 4-5 mm, wide, smooth or slightly mgase. pale, in dense cylindrical

spikes,

, This is the first record of this species occurring in this State and it lias

only becn previously known from Western Australia, I have seen a specimen

Irom Merredin, Western Australia, M. Koch, November 18, 1923, kindly lent

by the Director, National Herburium, Victoria, and my specimens agree well

with it Merredin appears to be the nearest point to South Australia from where

if laws heen recorded and it is at least 1,000 miles from the locality in this State.

It is nearest to M. corrugata Black, but this species has leaves decussate; petals

longer; staminal bundles longer and cach with twice 2s many filaments; fruits

larger. It differs trom M_ armillaris SM. which has leaves longer; flowers im-

mersecd in the rhachis; more numerous filaments in each bundle, pinnately ar-

vanged along the upper half.

GoopENIACHAE

Goodenia lobata sp. nov.

Planta perconis, ubique pilis glandulosis brevibus ct -aliis longioribus

udpressis vestita, Caulis erectus vel adscendens, tenuis, usqué ad 27 cm, allt.

Folia hasales plerumque anguste lanceolata vel lineavia, 2-5-7 cm. X %7 num,

inteyra vel subinde pauee breviterque dentata. Folla superiora 1-2, linesria,

ca. 3 cn. longa. [olia pesson 5-11, in geegibus terminalibus, linearia, 1-5-3-5

et. longa, Pecduncula ebracteolata, pilosa, unifloreata, radicalibus paucis, sque

ad S$ cm, longis, superioribus solitariis, axillaribus, terminalibus gregariis,

pateutibus, subcapsulum incurvatis, Sepala linearia vel lanceolata, 5-6 mm,

longa, acuta, Corolla flava, 12-16 mm. longa, extns pilis glandulosis et adpressis

dense vestita, intus pubesceus; tubus breviter obtuseque calcaratus, ints longi-

tudinaliter reflexo-pilosus; alae rotundatac, sursum divergentes, deorsum

attenuatae, lohis duohis superioribus auriculatis et margine ciliatis, Indusium

ca, 2-5 nim. Jat. et 2mm, longum; anteriore late lobatum, ubique villosum, mar-

gine dense ciliatum. Stylus villosus, ca. 5 mm. longus. Stigma crasse oblonguin,

2 « 1-5 mm., integer, sursum papillosum. Anfhera apiculata. ca, 2:5 mun.

longa; filamenta ca. 2-5 mm. longa. Capsule subglobosum. ca, 6 mm. longum,

ex sepalibus semi-protrusem, plerumiue basi calearatum. Septum basale, ca.

i longitudinis capsuli, pilosum, tenue, in centro transverse rugosum, utrimque

If-12-tuberculatum, Senrina ea, 20, ovata, 2-2°5 mm, longa, concava, nigra,

granulosa, ala angusta,

Perennial herb, rootstock glabrous; whole plant beset with short glandular

hairs intermixed with long appressed ones, Stems erect or ascending, slender,

up ta 27 em, long, Radical leaves mostly narrow-lanceolate to linear, 2°5-7 cm.

Jony including the petiole inte which they taper, entire or sometimes with a

few short teeth, 2-7 mm. wide; early leaves wider than later mure permanent

ones, Stem leaves 1-2, mostly linear, about 3 Gin, lung, Floral leases 5-11

linear 1+5-3:5 cm. long, in terminal clusters with about the same number of

peduncles of about the same length, Peduncles without bractcoles, 1-Howered,

pilose; radical peduncles few, up to § em. Ing; stem peduncles solitary, axillary;

terminal peduncles (sometimes lateral alse), clustered, spreading, bent below

capsule and turned inwards. Sepals lincar—lanceolate, 5-6 mm. long, acute.

Corolla yellow, 12-16 mm. long, dense glandular and appressed hairs outside,

inside pubescent and with several longitudinal rows of short reflexed haits in

the tube, which is extended into a + short obtuse spur at the base of the re-

169

ceptacle; wings rounded and divergent at summit, narrowed to base of lobes;

2 upper lobes with auricles ciliate on inner and lower margins. Indusium about

2% mm. wide and about 2 mm. long, broadly lobed and villous in front, villous

Fig, 1-9. Goodenia lobatu Ising: 1, flower showing oulside of corolla;

2, fower bud showiug sput; 3, slamen viewed trom front; 4, indusium

with front removed showing stigma; 5, margin of stigma, viewed from

above, showing papillae and depressions; 6, front of indusium; 7,

capsule showing spur; 8, dissepiment, side view; 9, dissepiment, view

Fig. 10-14. Zygophyllum crussissineun Isiug: 10, pair of Jeaflets, 11,

sepal; 12, petal; 13, stamen, Front view; 14, exocarp. 10, S natural size;

11-14, seale F,

on back, densely ciliate on margin. Style about 5 mm. long, villous. Stigma

broad-oblong, 2: mm. wide, 14 mm. long, thin, entire, top margin papillose with

small narrow-elliptic lateral depressions, Anthers apiculate, about 2% mm.

long, as well as filament, Capsule almost globular, about 6 mm, long, half

superior to sepals; usually « + short obtuse spur about 1 mm. long near

base, decurrent between the 2 lower sepals as in the corolla, Dissepiment about

4 as long as capsule, pilose, and densely sa on side margins, thin, transversely

rugose in the centre where there are 10-12 tubercles on each face to which the

ovules are attached. Seeds ahout 20, ovate, 2-24 mm. long including the narrow

palé wing, concave, black. granulose—Tig. 1-9,

Evelyn Downs, 90 miles hy road south-west of Ondnadatta, E. I. Ising,

No. 3923, 22.10.1955, holetype, AD 93736035,

The nearest to this new species is Goodenia havilundit Maiden and Betche

which differs in radical peduncles shorter than leaves; shorter sepals; corolla

shorter, c, § mm, long, appressed hairs absent on outside; anthers much shorter,

4% to % mm, long; indusium notched, front glabrous; stizma bilobed, lateral de-

pressions absent; capsule without spur; dissepiment smaller, thick, strongly

tuberculate, summit hairy; seeds flat, fewer.

G. lobata was growing on the eastern slope and at the base of a small

mound where it was confined to the small water channel and its resulting fan

delta, and was not seen away from this specialized habitat, Dr. B. Daily, South

Australian Museum, advises, after an examination of rock material that I col-

lected from the muund, that they are fragments of shale oxidized to a yellow

lsnopite shale, the parent rock being a highly weathered, leached and bleached

shale.

G. havilandii Maiden and Betche var. pauperata J. M. Black. Gawler Range

south, Eyre Peninsula, E..H. Ising, No, 3936, 2.101939. Only previously known

by the type specimen from Ooldea and Western Australia (Victorla Desert),

G, havilandii var. kavilandii has not yet been recorded from our State.

Comrosrrag

Angianthus burkittii (Benth) J. M. Black, Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-

west of Oodnadatta, EB. A. Ising, No, 3762, 31.7.1955, AD 95731068. These

specimens were collected early in the season and the flowers, apparently quite

fresh, were dark red. Plants collected on five other occasions, 1949 fa 1954

inclusive rom the same locality, also had corollas of the same dark colour, while

in a few they were pale brown. Some buds examined were also dark red sv

that it is probable that in this species the corollas are not yellow as recorded.

This ts the first record of this species for the Far North.

Brachycome aouleata (Tabill.) Less. This species was collected near

Clarendon, E. H. Ising, No. 3866, 5.10.1990, and determined by Dr. G. T,,

Davis, who has also recorded it (Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S.W. 73 (1948) 185) from

the Southern Districts.

° Calendula arvensis L. Oodnadatta, E. H. Ising, No. 8737, 7.12.1954. First

record for Far North,

Calotis erinacea Stcetz. Barton, E, H, Ising, No. 2364, 17.9.1996; Ovldea,

E. H. Ising, No, 1698, 11.9.1920, both localities on the East-West Railway. De-

termmel by Dre, G. L. Davis who only recorded (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W, 77

(1952) 165) the second of the shove localities.

C. latiuseula F. v. M, and Tate. Mannum, E. H. Tsing, No. 3891, October

1918, First record for Murray lands; Bordertown, EB. H. Ising, No, 892,

14.10,1916. First record for Upper South-East. Determined by Dr, G. L. Davis.

Craspedia chrysantha (Schlechtd.) Benth. Evelyn Downs, §) miles suuth-

west of Oodnadatta, BE. H. Ising, No, 3734, 19.8.1954, also collected in 1950 and

1955; Mt. Barry Station, 60 miles south of Oodnadatta, EZ. HW. Ising, 18.9.195]

and 12,9,1955; Oodnadatta, E. H. Ising, 25.8,1955. These are the first records

for this part of the Far North, previously the species laud been collected in the

171

Far North-East from Mungeranie to Cooper's Creek, The growth of this plant

on Eyelyn Downs in 1955 was, as the result of a good season, prolific.

C, globosa Benth, Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-west of Ocdnadatta,

E. I, Ising, No. 8933, §.10.1955. First record for so far north, as previously it

had imly been collected as far as Macree,

Epaltes curninghanii (Hook.) Benth. Mt. Karry Station, 60 miles south

of Oodnadatta, E, H. Ising, No. 8934, 2.11.1953. First record for Far North-west.

Eriachlamys behrit Sond, and F. vy. M. Macumba Station, 25 miles north-

east of Oocnadatta, E. A. Ising, M38, Noy. 1950; Oodnadatta, 2, Hf, Ising, No,

3587, 29.7.1952. The only previously known locality is Musgraye Ranges (Far

North-west).

Glossozyne tenvifolia (Labill.) Cass) Evelyn Downs, 90 tiles south-west

of Oodnadatta, E, H. Tsing, No, 3935, 810.1953. First record for Far North.

Graphalodes uliginosum A. Gray. Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-west of

Oodnadatta, E. H. Ising, Aug. 1951. First reeord for Far North,

Helichrysum basedowti Black, Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-west of

Oodnadatta, E, 1, Ising, 11.10.1955, Annual, stems single to many, some only

25 cam. high; leaves with prominent midrib below, sometimes with a blunt

glabrous mucro; involucres to 8 mm. long. flowers longer than inyolucre,

Heltptertun jessenti FB. vy. M. Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-west of

Oodnadatta, 2. HH. Lying, No. 3534, 24.8.1951 and No. 3840, 11.10.1955. As there

wis 4 sugestion that these specimens might be IZ. verecundum S. Moore, they

were sent to the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England, and a

reply dated 3,12.1956 from the Director, Dr, G, Taylor, states: “Both of these

are fisins of H. jessenii which varies appreciably in the density of the tomentum,

II, verecundum is a synonym ot H. jessenii, a head froin the type colleetion was

dissected and it did not differ in any simnificant character from the latter species,"

This is the first record of this species in our Far North,

Minuria annua Tate, This annual is sometimes up to 14 cm. high, Evelyn

Downs, 90 miles south-west of Oodnadatta, E, H. Ising, No, 3968, Oct., 1950,

Furthest Far North locality yet recorded.

M. vigila J. M. Black. The previous furthest north record of this species

was Diamantina River (Far North-east), but it can now be recorded for the

Var North at Oodnadatta, E. H. Ising, 26.9.1953; Mt. Barry Station, G0 miles

south of Oodnadatta, 610.1955; Macumba Station, 25 miles north-east of

Oodnadatta, M28, 11.11.1950 and M9, 4.11.1950.

Myriocephalus rhizocephalus (DC.) Benth. var. pluriflorus Black. Definite

locitities for the Far North are: Evelyn Downs, 90 miles south-west of Oodna-

datta, E. FT, Ising, No, 3455, 15,8,1952 and No. 3780, 11.8.1954; Mt. Barry Station,

60 miles south of Oodnadatta, E. H. Tsing, 26.85.1951, corolla 4-lobed,

Padolepis muetler{ (Sond,) C. L. Davis, Proc, Linn, Soc, New South Wales,

4] (1957 )272—Panaetia muelleri Sond. (1852).—P. lessonii (non (Cass.)

Benth) Black, FI.S.Austral.2nd.ed. (1957 )921—Only recorded for Far North

at Crabholes, Pimba, by Davis (Le, 2738), The following localities can now

be udded: Mt. Barry Station, 60 miles south of Oodnadatta, B. H. Ising, No.

8829, 12,9,1955 and 13,9.195]; Evclyn Downs, 90 miles south-west of Oodna-

datta, E. H, Ising, 3.9,1952.

P, rugata Gabill, yar. littoratis G. T.. Davis, Proc, Linn, Soc. New South

Wales. 81(1957)267, Destrees Bay, Kangaroo Island, 2. H. Ising, No. 3845,

January 1923. Also recorded by Davis [).c.) from Aldinga, Pt, Noarlunga, Wil-

liinga, Cape Spencer, Kangaroo Island and Thistle Island, Semiprostrate or

necasionally erect plants 9-5-26 cm. high; leaves oblanceolate to spathulate,

flestiy, shortly acute, often crowded.

472

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

My thanks are recorded for help received from the following: The Curators

of the Herbaria * BRI, MEL, NSW and PERTH for the loan of specimens;

Mr. L. Dutkiewicz for preparing drawings and the Board of Governors, Botanic

Garden, Adelaide, for permission to do so; Dr. Hj. Eichler for facilities and

assistance given in the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD); and Dr.

C. G. Hansford for the Latin diagnoses.

® Symbols as used in the “Index Herbariorum”, 3rd ed.

178

THE RANUNCULUS SESSILIFLORUS GROUP IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY HJ. EICHLER

Summary

Key to the Australian species and varieties which were wrongly treated as the European

R. parviflorus L. in Black's Flora of South Australia. Description and illustration of one new species

(R. hamatosetosus; South Australia). Citation of all specimens studied in the following herbaria:

State Herbarium of South Australia (AD), Waite Agricultural Research Institute ( ADW ) , National

Herbarium of New South Wales ( NSW ) , this list supplementing that in R. Melville's study

(Kew Bull. 1956/2( 1956)277) and completing the account of the known distribution of the seven

taxa involved. Taxa new for South Australia: R. pumilio var. pumilio, R. sessiliflorus var. pilulifer

and R. hamatosetosus. Critical notes on some characters and on the position of some taxa, and

suggestions as to possible relations with extra-Australian species.

THE RANUNGULUS SESSILIFLORUS GROUP IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by Hy. Ercuren*

[Read 10 Gctober 1957]

SUMMARY

Key to the Australian species and varictics which were wrongly treated as the European

R. parviflorus L. in Black’s Flora of South Australia. Description and illustration of one new

species (R. hamatasetosus; South Australia}. Citation of all specimens studied in the fol-

lowing herbaria; State Herbarium of Sonth Australia (AD), Waite Agricultura] Research

Institute (ADW), National Herbarium of New South Wales (NSW), this list supplementing

that in R. Melville’s study (Kew Bull. 1956/2(1956)277) and completing, the account of

the known distribution of the seven taxa involved. Taxa new for South Australia: R. pumilio

var. pumilio, R. sessiliflorus var. pilulifer and R- hamatasetosus, Critical notes on some

characters and on the position of some taxa, and suggestions as to possible relations with

extra-Australian specics.

In his second study of the Australian species of Ranunculus, Dr. R. Melville

(Kew) has recently (Kew Bull. 1956/2(1956)277-286) revised those species

indigenous to Australia which are usually regarded as belonging to the section

Echinella. Most of these were dealt with by Bentham (FI. Austral. 1(1863)14)

under the name R. parviflorus L, var, australis Benth. The result és that those

species which Bentham cited as synonyms of his variety are specifically distinct

from the European R, parviflorus L. as follows:

R. collinus R.Br. ex DC. does not belong to this group as pointed out earlier

by Melville (Kew Bull. 1955/2(1955)217);

&. sessiliflorus R.Br. ex DC, and R. pumilio R.Br. ex DC. are two distinct

Spectres;

R. leptocaulis Hook. is:‘a synonym of R. pumilio R.Br. ex DC.;

R. pilulifer Hook,, which was regarded as a variety of A. pumilio by Hook.

f.. is treated by Melville as a variety of R. sessiliflorus.

Since Bentham’s Flora a further species of this complex, R. pentandrus,

has been described by J. M. Black, who later regarded it as a synonym of a

taxon which he had named earlier R. parviflorus var. glabrescens. Melville has

now re-established the specific rank of R. pentandrus Black and placed R. parvi-

flerus var. glabrescens Black as a variety under this species. In addition, Mel-

ville has described a new variety of R. pumilia.

Melville’s revision has made possible both the determination of the species

occurring in South Australia and the distinction of a hitherto unknown species.

As in his paper only little material from South Australia is cited and the occur

rence in South Australia of R, sessiliflorus var. pilulifer and R. pumilio is not

mentioned, the following complete list of South Australian specimens preserved

in the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD) and the herbarium of the Waite

Agricultural Research Institute (ADW—I am indebted to Mr. D. Symon who

made this material available) may add usefully to what is already known of

the distribution of the various species.

Through the courtesy of Mr. R. H. Anderson aud Mrs. M. Thompson I was

recently lent for determination the collections of this Ranunculus group belong-

" State Herbarium of South Australis, Adelaide.

175

ing to the National Ilerbarium of New South Wales (NSW), I take the oppar-

tunity to cite these specimens also, as they give, together with those qnoted by

Melville, whose study is based on material in the British Museum (Nataral

History), London (BM), the Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane (BRI), The

{lerbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (K). and the National Herbarium of

Victoria, Melbourne (MEL), a rehable picture of the known distribution. The

States mentioned by Melville, from which I laye not seen specimens, are

quoted with references to Melville’s paper. I cite from his paper also those

type Seen which I have not seen, and this fact is indicated in each indi-

Vidual tase.

(ta) Nutlets on the lateral faces with short conical tuberoles each bearing a curyed tenniyal

hair, or smooth and glabrous, not distinctly stipitate at the base. Tubercles, if present,

shorter than their hairs und the thickness of the nutlets.

(22) Nutlets strongly Hattened (very thin), somewhat twisted, with a thickened

margin, 24-4 mm loug— Leaves ternate or ternately dissect into lanceolate ta

linear lanceolate lobes.

(an) Nutlets glabrous. R. pentandeus yar. pontandrirs

(3b) Nutlets with small conical tubercles cach termineted by a recurved hair

scattered over the centre part of the lateral faces,

BR. pentandrtis vat, wlubrescens

(2b) Nutlets flattened, + Icnticular, not twisted, 1-2 mim long,

(4a) Leaves ternate with the Jobes ent into linear to laueceolate segments.

(5a) Nutlets smooth and glabrous, Sepals 4.

, R, pimilto var. polittes

(Sb) Nutlets with tubercles bearing civved hairs.

(Qa) Tubercles very small and numerous, the hairs covering

the faces of the + lenticular nutlets. Sepals &.

A, pumilin var. gaenilio

(6b) Tubercles promineut, scattered over the faces of the Hat-

tened autlets. Sepals normally 34 (rarely 3).

BR. cami iepais var. pilulifer

(4b) Leaves palinate to palmatisect, coarsely toothed or ohed— Tubercles

asi 8b. Sepals 3-4.

R. sesviliflarus var, seasitifloris

(1b) Nutlets on the lateral faces with long, aliunost cylindrienl tubercles (bristles) each ber

ing a curved termina! hair, distinctly stipitute at the base, Hat, with thickened margin,

3-4 mm long. Tuberelys mach longer than their hairs and the thickness: of the nutlets—

Leaves us ia 4b. Sepals 3. RK. hamntosetosus

(1) Ranunculus pentandrus Bluck, Trans. Roy. Soc. 5, Austral, 49(1925)272;, Black,

F). S. Austral, (1929)686; Melville, Kew Bull, 1956/2(1956)281. Plate 4,

Pig. 1.

(a) var. pentandrus.

sourn Austmanta. L. Reese sms AD $5735080, halotype: flogded conbtry, Minnie

Downs, nr. Riv. Warburton.— J.B, Cleland; AD 95735071, 95730072; Hood plain of Diaman-

tina at Pandice Pandie. 16.8,1034 and 18.6,1bdd.

Quernstann (see Melville lc.).

New Sours Watas. Anonyra, (per Vet. Research: Str.): NSW 421725 Narrabri. 9.1932—

y.L, Boorman: NSW 42171: Nulty-Toordle, 9.1972,

(b) var. glabrescens (Black) Melville, Kew Bull, 1956/2(1956)282.— RB. par-

viflorus yar. glabreseens Black, Fl, §, Austral. (V11924)287; Black, Truns.

Koy. Soc, §. Austral, 48( 24.12.1924) 254, Black, FL oS. Austral. 2nd ed.

(1944) 363,

Sout AusitaviA, Anonym. (Herb: JM, Black): AD 95735078, Inetotype: Renmurk,

AW ABIS— Anonym. (Herb, R, Tate): AD 95735086; Tdynka. 2.9.1883 and 3.9.1883,—

Anonym. (Herb. RK. Tate): AD. 95735097: Blanchetown.— HW, Ancrew: Ald 95735079;

Berri. .B, Cleland: AD 95735062; Barmera, 25.8, 941— J.B. Cleland: AD 95735063;

Beresford. 26.8.1931— J.B, Cleland: AD 95728024, 95735060; 22 ol. W. of Oodnidatta,

5.8.1933.- A.A,R. Tigginson: AD 95733061: Kimba or Ft, Augusta Dist, Aug., 1947.—

E.H. Ising: AD 95735076: Evelyn Downs, 9,8.1951.— _B.H. Ising: AD 98735077; Macumba

Homestead, 19.1931 EH, Ising: AD 95735075; Mt. Barry, 60 il, S. of Oodnadatta.

YU8.1951.— M. Koch 198: NSW 44177; Mt. Lyncluast, 8,1800— BJ. Murray 150: AD

95735074: Arcoona, 18,9,1927— 1. Speucers NSW 42178: Lake Eyre, 9.1803.

V76

A further Sooth Ansttalian Jocality of which T have nut seen material iz mentioned by

Melville as Follows: Lake Turrens Hlain—'lale, 2.9.1583, K, (¢l, AD 45745086).

Quxenstaxp (see Melville Ie),

New Soura Waces. J. Abrahams 327; NSW 42174: Louth, 9.1910— — LK. Glark 13:

NSW 42176: Euratah via Walgett. 91912— J.B. Glelands AD 93735073: Coouaimble.

12.8,1912.— T. Corbett; NSW 42173: Paldrunvatta Bore. 9,1901— W-. Dean: NSW

42165: Chariton Station, Bogan It. 8.1807.— Bishop Dwyer LI72; NSW 42168: Jertideric.

10,1920— AS. Littles NSW 42179; Walgett. 10.1899.- JH. Maiden; NSW 48175:

Bourke District. 8.1896,— A. Morris 2055: ADW 16830: Horse Lake. 27.5.1928.— EB.

Olficer 265. NSW 421677 Zara, Wanganella, §.1915— E. Olficer 265: NSW 42166: Zava,

Wanganclla, 14,10,1915,— { Vickery: NSW 43169: Wentworth, 16,10,1949— See nate,

Provenienco unknown. Anonym. AD 95795084; sine Jovo.

Note, R. pentandrus is well characterized by its large, thin and somewhat

twisted fruitlets. The anthers are usually longer than In the other species, but

this character does not always distinguish it from R, pumiliv,

A. pentandrus inhabits restricted and very dry parts of this continent,

The following two numbers from New South Wales require special mention

as the material docs not agree with any of the taxa hitherto described. They

most nearly resemble R, pentandyus var. glabrescens.

New Sour Waxes. Tindale. pp: NSW 42094/1: Henty Cemetery Reserve.

29.10,1952— EJ. MoBarron 353Lbis pips NSW 4217073. Comer Reserve, 6 miles SW wf

Henty. 5.9.1949.

NSW 42094 consists of a mixture of three different forms. Two hairy single

plants (NSW 42094/3) agree with R, pumilia var, pumillo except that the Howers

of one of them have 2-4 sepals, the other having no Aowers left for investigation,

One other single plant (NSW 42094/2) is practically glabrous and differs also

from the first-mentioned in haying somewhat larger and flatter nutlets which

rescmble, in the less hairy surface of the faces, those of R. sessilfflorus var. pilu-

lifer, The rest (14 individuals, NSW iene: have relatively large (2 mm in

diam.). ¢iscoid, round nntlets with a very short, broadly triangular beak, 5

sepals, 2-3 petals, upright stems which ave hirsute in the lower part, like the

petioles and leaves; the faces of the nutlets are covered ouly in the central part

with very small, scattered tubercles bearing short hairs, The plants resemble

R, pentandrus var, glabrescens from which they differ in the smaller, untwisted

nutlets. which are thicker in the middle, {i the hirsute leaves and stems, and

in not being branched from the base (owing perhaps to the habitat; “in swamp,

almost submerged”).

NSW 42170/1 consists in three plants. similar to NSW 42094/1; the hairiness

of the leaves is the same, but the plants are smaller and younger, and the nutlets

are unripe. I! is impossible to decide whether these would have becume Avisted

or not, and their final size and shape is not yet definite, but apparently the plants

heleng to the same form as NSW 42094/1,

It is probable that the two last-mentioned numbers reptesent an extreme

form at the margin of the area of R. pentandrus, which needs further shidy in

the Henty neighbourhood,

(2) Ranunculus pumilio R.Br, ex, DC. Syst, 1(1817)271; DC. Prodr. 1(182-4)35;

Hook, Fl, Tasm, 1(1855)10; Melville, Kew Bull, 1956/2(1956)/284; Curtis,

Std, Fl. Tasm, 1(1956)18— R. leptocaulis Hook, J. Bot. 1( 1834 )244;

Comp. Bot. Mag. 1(1836)273— R. parviflorus var. australis Benth, FL.

Austral. 1(1863)14 p.p.; Bail. Queens! Fl, 1(1899)8 p.p.; Compreh. Cat.

Queecnsl. Pl. (1913)18 pp— BR. parviflorus (non L.jB. vy, M. Pl. Vice.

1(1860-1862)9 p.p.; Tate, Handb, Fl. $. Austral. (1890)13,205 p.p.3 Moore

& Betche, Itandb, FL N.S. Wales 1(1893)9 pp; Rodway, Tasm. Fl. (1903 )3

PP. Maul, & Betche, Cens. N.S, Wales Pl. (1916)78 pp; Black, Fl, 5S,

Austral. (1924)237 p.p; Ewart, Fl, Viet, (1930)515 p.p,; Cardn. En, Pl,

Austral, Ove, (1980)44 p.p.; Black, Fl. S. Austral, Ind ed. (1948)363 p.p.:

Blackall, W. Austral, Wilcitt (1964)168 p.p—Plate 1, Fig, 2,

iw?

(a) var. pumilio.

‘TasmaniA. K. Brown 5257; BM, holotype (not seen); tu ascenia Mostis Tabularis

versus fomen Derwent. Mar-mai, I804.— ‘Anonym, (Merb, W.H. Archer): NSW 4214n,

N.S. W. 42149; sine loco.— L. Rodway: NSW 12130: Railway catting nr, Dromedary. Dec.

1892.— FA. Rodway 42; NSW 42146; Huog. 12.1898—F.A. Rodway 43; NSW 42146:

R. Jordan. Nov, 1898,

Woyrean Avsrnania (see Melville J.)

Sour Austratra. Ananym.: AD 95745081: Mt. Graham — — Anonym.; AD 93735085:

Lake Swamps, Lake Alexandrina, 1,10,1880.— ‘J.B, Cleland: AD 95728023, 95735066:

Goyder’s Lagoon, Hood plain of Diamantina. 14.5.1934.— J.B. Cleland: AD 95735064;

Back Valley, Encounter Bay. 28.10,1934,— J.B, Cleland: AD 95735065: Deep Creek (near

cape Jurvis), 11,12,19238— Bal. Isinys AD YSTABORB, The Springs. 19,10,1934.—

T.G,B, Osborn: AD 95728022; Billeroo West, near Curnamonr Station. 24.8, 1923,

QuuensLany (sce Melville fc.)

New Soure Wares, W.E. Blakeley: NSW 2159: Jew's Layoon, 50 mls. W. of Nar-

rali, $.1936— G, Chippendale p.p.. NSW 42124/1; Yaneo. 25.10,1951— | Stock Ins.

Coch: NSW 42093: Urana. 101024— J.J. Fletcher: NSW 42105; Wagga. Oct, 1889,—

J. Garden: NSW 42088: Oberon. 10.11,1952.— J, Garden: NSW 42107: Sompit Creek

(near Mt. Kose. area). 1TL11956— L.A.5, qatar 685; NSW 42123: Menindec—Darling

RB. 10.1946, J.TT. Maiden: NSW 42104; Wagga Wagga, 1.10.1900.— EJ. MeBarroa

t12%- NSW 42103: Tumbarumba. 5,10,1947.—__ E.J. McBarron 116): NSW 42410; Howlong-

1B1OINT— BJ. MeBarron 3638bis: NSW 43128: Ifowlony Common, Howlong.

299.19499,- BJ) MeBarram 3666bis pp. NSW 42113/2; Mimgabariua Reserve, tit

1.10,2949— J, WH. Smith: NSW 42106: Public School, Cobbora, 17,2,1938.— M. Tinka

pp: NSW 42094/3; Henty Cemetery Reserve. 29,10,1982 (determination somewhat

deubthul),

Vieworta, Anonym, (Herb. Tlannaford). NSW 42153: Richmond Pieldack, Sept.,

1853.— A. Morrison: NSW 42159; Frankston Gully, Mornington Peninsula, 33,11, 1895.—

WT. Whan. NSW 42161: Pert Pairy— H.B.. Williansou; NSW 42180; Hawkesditle.

Nov, LO00.

(b) var. politus Melville, Kew Bull, 195/2(1956)285.

Viceronra. F.M. Reader, s.n.; MEL, holotype (not seen): County of Liwan 11.9.1895,—

W.W. Watts 674(a) (partim): NSW 42156: Dimosa. 10,1917.— W.W, Watts LIB2: NSW

42158: Mallee, 8. Wycheproof. 9.1918.

New Sour Waxes. Anonym.: NSW 42129: Mulwala. Oot, 1890— G, Chippenilale

pp. NSW 42124/2: Yanko, 25.10,1951.— Insp, Couch; NSW 42002: Urana, 10,1923,—

Glenfeld Vet, Station: NSW 42133: Molong, 10.1934— W, Greenwood 115: NSW 42114:

Farm of the Hawkesbury Agyieultural College, Richmond, Oct, 1910,— EJ, MeRarron

366Gbie p.p.> NSW 42113/3: Mungabarina Neserve, Albury. J,J0,1949.— E. OMcer 265;

Wanginella, 9,1915.— b&. Offieor: NSW £2152: Zara, Wanganella, LO.L9L5-

Norr, The occurrence of R, prmilio in South Australia has hitherto been

unknown.

R. pumilio var. pumilio, characterized by 5 sepals and by relatively thick

frultlets with the faces so densely covered with hairs that the distance between

the hairs is shorter than their length, is linked by a few specimens with B, sessi-

lifluruy var, pitelifer. (See also note under H. sessiliflorus.) Ro pumtlin var.

paliine is, however, clearly distinguished from the typical varlety not anly by the

smouth and glabrous nutlets, but also hy the constant number of 3 sepals.

The specimens: intermediate between A. pumilio var, pumilio and A. sessilt-

florus var, pilulifer link them in the lollowing characters; the thickness of the

fruitlets and the number of their tubercles; the sepals of one plant being either

5 or d andl 5; the petals often being 0 when the scpals are 5. R. pumilio var.

pumilio has constantly 5 (or rarely 6 or in exceptional instances 4) sepals and

1-3, usttally 2, petals. The intermediate specimens, which may possibly be

hybrids between A. pumilio var. pumilio and R. sessiliflorus var. pilulifer, are

as follows:

New Sour Waues, Anenyan.: NSW 423108: Wentworth, X1804—- TJ. MeBurron

B34A0bis: NSW 42112; Bulgandry Reserve, Bulgandry, 22.68.1949. ].A. Fletcher: NSW

12H Forse 1X,1904.— K, Mair pip.: NSW 17864 p.p, (specimens 4 and #): Bethongra.

17.10.1951,

178

(3) Ranunculus sessiliflorus R.Br. ex. DC. Syst. 1[1817)302; DC. Prodr, 1(1824)42:

Hook, Fl. Tas. 1(1855)9; Melville, Kew Bull. 1956/2( 1956)282; Curtis,

StucL FL Tasm. 1(1956)18— R&. parviflorus var. australis Benth. FL Austral,

1(1863)14 p.p, Bail, Queens). Fl, 1(1899)8 p.p; Compreh. Cat. Queensl, Pl,

(1913)18 pp— &K. parviflorus (non L.) F, vy. M. PL Vict. 1(1860-1862)9

p.p.; Tate, Mandb, Fl. 8, Austral. (1890)13,205 p.p,; Moore & Betche, Handb.

FL. N.S. Wales 1(1898)9 p.p,; Radway, Tasm. Fl (1903}3 pp; Maid, &

Betche; Cens, N.S. Wales Pl. (1916)78 p.p.; Black, FI. S, Austral. ( 1924) 237

Pp. Ewart, Fl, Vict. (1930)515 p.p,; Gardn. En. Pl. Austral, Occ. (1930)44

pp; Black, Fl. S, Anstral, 2nd ed. (1945)363 p.ps Blackall, W. Austral.

Wild#. (1954 )168 p.p,—Plate 1, Fig, 2.

(iu) var, sessiliflorus,

New Sournt Watts. 8, Brown 5951; BM, holotype (not seen): Part Jackson— _ L.

Abrabain 219; NSW 42125: The Peak, Cobar. 10.81911— WF. Blakeley: NSW 42096:

Jenolan Caves. cal900.— JL. Boorman: NSW 42127; Wyalong, 22.9.1008.— JL, Boar

mon & E, Cheel: NSW 42097: Bringelly. $.1913— EE. Breakwell: NSW 42090: Cowra,

10.1912— K.H. Cambage 2290: NSW 42089: Lannigan’s Creek, W. of Yerrunderie.

6.10,1909.— j.H, Camfield> NSW 48098: Stoney Creek, Bexley (Hurstville), 101893—

J.B. Cleland: AD 95735083: Near Wanjan, Pilliga Scrub, 12.10,1918,— E,F. Constable:

NSW _ 30772: Deep Creek, Pokolbin State Frrest, 17,9.1954,— [.W. Dwyer 575: NSW

42119: Wyalong. 3.9.1915— RB. Helms: NSW 42135: Wagga. 1,10 1900.— W. Heron:

NSW 42126: Near Gloucester, 10.1909.— RAW. Jessup 3D16; NSW 43087: 3 miles south

of Ashford, M. Gray, X%.1954.— . Leichhardt: NSW 43102: Between Mt. Mackenzie ant!

Biges. 23,10,1943,— K. Mair: NSW 17865: Abercrombie Caves. 30.10.195L.— K. Mair:

NSW 17866: Abercrombie Caves, 19.10195L-—- AR, Massy 2: NSW 42101: Annidale

$1913. E.J. MeBarron 1980: NSW 42117: Jindera, 9.9,1948.— EJ, MeBarron 2040:

NSW 42718: Bulgandry 20,9,1949,— E.J. MeBarron 2044: NSW 42194: Buck Reserve,

Menty, 23.91948— E.J, MeBarron 49233bis: NSW 42115; ‘friangle Reserve, Bracklesby.

25,8.1950.— EJ. MeBarran 4929; NSW 42116: Triangle Reserve, Brocklesby. 35.9, 1950.—

A. Moris 3872: NSW 42137: Broken Hill, 7.9,1920,— A, Marris 872: ADW T6831: Lake's

Knob, 4.3,1820.— JW. Muhl 9: NSW 42.100: Wattangrs via Inverell, 21.7,1900— ELMAR.

Rupp; NSW 42091; Trundle. Sept. 1916,

Vicroma, , Davis 10053; NSW 42154: Seymour, 91942— WAV. Watts; NSW

42162: Wedderburn Distr, 10,1918.

Tasmania. Ancnym, (Herb. W.H, Archer}; NSW 42138, 42141, 42142, 42149: sine

loet,— HC. Gunn 230; NSW 42144; Western Plains, Circular Bead, 24,11,1837. This

ounibes, locality and sate are cited hy Melville (le. 285) from K under BR. pumilia war,

pumiiio, As there is no dilliculty in distinguishing hetween R. seuwitiflorus var, sessiliflores

and R. pumilie, some confusion in the distrihytion af Cunn’s election may have oceurrud.—

ILJ- Harailtons NSW 42147: Hovford, ucar Detoraine, 26,11.1432— TA, Rodway: NSW

42848: A, Jordan, 11,1898.

WesteRN Ausraatca. W.V. Fitygerald: NSW 42164; Cottesloe. Sup, 1900,

Sucve Avstracia. Anunym.: AD 95735054: Wirrbars. XTLISST— Anonyin.s AD

§5735058: Mollere TL 16.9.7881.— Anouym, (prob. ‘lepper):; AD 95735057; Ardmssay,

L880.—) Anoigym.; AD S5795058; Morgan. ‘IX_1861 — Anonym: AT) 95735059: Dudley

Peninsula, 15,11,1883— Anonyn. (Herb, J.M, Blackt; AD 95728018: Boctuloo, Dee.,

1908. - Anouym. (Eferb. [.M. Black}; AD 95728020; Port Lincoln, LOWO190,— Ane.

(Rerb, [.M. Black): AD 95724021: Caroline Serob near Movant GCambior, 27,1L.1917.—

].B. Cleluml; AD 95735067: Nope Valley nr. Adelaide, 29.9.1993.— J.B, Cleland: AD

9573506869; Mt. Remarkable, 16.5.1927 and 17.$1927.— J.B, Glolaud: AD 95735070:

Encounter Bay, 27.8.1927— Hj. Etehler 19917 and (2028: AD gs72TN0I amt AD

95727002: Northern Flinders Runge, Ganunun Tanges, Gorge of western brinch of Hal-

cmoona Creek above Lach Ness Well, 23.9.1956,— Hj. Eichler 12934. AD 98727/23-

Gammon Ranges. First creek cast of Loch Ness Well, 23.9,1956.— Hi. Eichler id044>

AD 957270032 Sonth-oastern Gammon Ranges, Near second erpck east. of Loch Ness \Well

im upper Balcanoous Creek Valley, ca, 15 km south-east of Yadning Homestead. 24.9.1956.—

E.H. Tsing: AD 95735051; Wudinna (Eyre Peninsula). §.9,1998— EH. Ising: AD

95735052; Tho Springs, 8.4, 22,10,1934.— “M_ Mills: AD 9528019: Bestalau, Oct.. 1905.

R. Fate: AD 95735055: Munno Para Hills. 18X,i879,— Tepper; AD 957350532; Karatta

(Kanguroo Island), river flats, 9.111888,

Further South Australian localities al which L lave not seen the material ate mentioned

by Melville as follows; Coast, 40 ml, W. of Port Augusta (TP. Richards. MEL); Cuwler

Ranges (Dr, Sullivan, Herb, Mueller, MEL).

174

QurenstAnp. F.M. Bailey: NSW 42150: Ithaca Creek (ca. 6 m. W. of Brisbane) .—

ELM. Bailey: NSW 42152; uvar Warwick, Juae I892— GT, White; NSW 42151, Eight-

Mile-Plains near Brisbane, 14.10.1916.

(b} var pilulifer (Ilook.) Mclville, Kew Bull, 1956/2(1956)284..—- RB. pilulifer

Hook, Ie.Pl, (1842)¢.600,— R. pumilio yar. pilulifer ( Hook.) Hook. £ Fl.

Tasm. 1(1855)10 2, excel, Gunn 230),

Wresteay Avusrnanma, Drummond; K, holotype (not seen); Swan River.

Sewn AusiRacts, Anonym; AD 95735062: Reed Beds. 23.11,79. (Lhe ople by

Melville mmder BR. pentandruy referring to this specimen ig due to the tact that Twas able

ty determine this specimen before Kis paper was published. )

New Souttr Wants. J.H. Maidens NSW 42009; Mogtaal Mt 0.1887— K. Mair p.p.:

NSW 17864 p.p. (speclinen b, ¢ and cl): Bethungra. 17.10.1951.— EB, MeBarron 162his:

NSW 42123: Monument Hill, Albus, 5.9,1/948— TJ. MeBarron 2000bis; NSW 42121;

14 Mile Reserve, Howlong Red., Albury. 15.0.1)45.- E.}. MeBarron S557bis: NSW 42111:

Bulaanedry Reserve, Balyandry. 4.91949— EJ, MeRarron S6G6bis p.p.2 NSW 4211351;

Muugabariua Reserve, Albury, 1.10.1949.— E.J, MoBarron 3646bis; NSW 42095: TTenty

Common, Uenty. 3.10.1949— per Rice Research Statians NSW 42156: Leyton, October

1938.— M. ‘Tindal py; NSW 4200472: Denty Cemetery Reserve, 29.10.2852, (Deber-

mination of this no. somewhat doubtful; see wate on Re pentundricy, )

A570: NSW 431863: Chiltern, 17.9.194— WW. Watts 674(a) (partion): NSW 42057.

Dumosa, IU.1917.

Nove. The occurrence of &. .sessiliflurus var. pilulifer in South Australia

lias hitherto been unknown,

R. sessiliflorus is characterized by 3-4 sepals aud telatively thin fmuitlets

with sentlered tubercles on the faces, the distance between the taburcles being

longer than the length of their terminal hairs.

Though A, sessiliflorus var, sessiliflorus and HK. pumilio ace easily distin-

guished, R, sessiliflorus var. pilulifer connects the two species. As already meu-

tioned in the note on R, pumilio, there are specimens which I was unable ta

ascribe with certainty either to fl. pumilio var, pumilio or to K, sessiliflorus var.

paaulifer. However, there was no dilfienlty in separating the two yaneties of

it. sessiliflorus, The stiggestion by Melville that R. sessiliflorus var. pilulifer

miy le a product of hybridization seems to be justificd, Tloweyer, 1 am not

convineed [hat this taxon is closer to R. sessiliflorus than to R. pumilio, Experi-

nental and eytological studies may show its affinities more clearly,

Specimens of RB. sessiliflorus var. sessiliflorus with lang beaked nutlets are

mentioned and illustrated by Melville. These are present also in material

which 1 investigated. ‘fo this form belong the following herbarium sheets, de-

tails of which can be seen from the enumeration abave:

New Sout Wares. NSW 42115, 42117, 42118, 42134,

VierortA, NSW 42154.

According to Tlooker, Fl. N. Zel. 1(1852)11 and Cheeseman, Manual N.Z,

Th, Suit ad, (1925)453, KR. sessiliflorus overs also on the North Island of New

Zealand and on Tiritivi Island. The possibility of a very curly introduction from

Austrulia is mentioned. However, Hooker's description reads “sepalis petalisque

3 acquilongis”, and Cheeseman says “Petals 4-5", and as this is true neither of the

Australian 2. segssiliflurus wor of any other Australian species uf this group, the

New Zealund plant needs a special investigation for whieh af the moment no

material is available to me,

(4) Ranuneulus hamatosetosus []j, Fichl., sp. nov.— HK. parviflorus (non L.)

Black, 1. S, Austeal, (1924)237 p.p.; 2nd ed, (1948)263 p.p.—Fig, 1, Plate

1(2), Plate 2.

Annuus, 2,5-25 em altus. Caulis inferne cum potiolis patenti-pilosus, suepe

u basi ramosns. Folia basalia infima reniformia vel transverse ovalia, palmato-

(3-)Slobata, seryuentia reniformia yel cordato-suborbicularia, palmato-3-fida,

equlina 3-fida, segmentis mesliis cllipticis integerrimis vel obovatis antice

186

3-dentatis, lateralibus 2-lobis dentibusque 1-3 pracditis, Pedicelli fructiferi inferi

7-30 mm longi, sparsissime pilosi, Calyx patens vel appressus, Sepala 3, temviter

tmembranacea, subhyala, late ovalia, cymbiformia, c. 24 mm longa, Th mau)

lata, dorsu Sparse pilosa, l-nervia. Petala 1-2, oblonga, c. 2-2K mm longa, ¥ mm

lata, dilute Hava, 1(-2)-nervia, Stamina 4-5; filamenta c. 1 mm longa, ho men

lata, alba; dantherae subglubasne, e. 4 mm diam, Pistilla 10-17, oblique ovata;

styli recurvati. Nuculae compressae, oblique ovatae, c, 3-4 mm langae, 14-2 mm

latae, breviter stipitatae, marginaluc, in disco setis c YL mo longis breviter

hamatis obsitae, Torus glaber.

Terrestrial annual. Hoots fibrous, filiform, 0.1-0,5 mm in diam. near the

base. Stems crect, not rooting, 2,5-25 cm long, 0.3-1,6 mm in diam, simple or

branching {vom the base and 1-3 times forked, + densely pilose with spreading

thin, white hairs (1-1,5 mm), or glabrescent in the upper parts. Seedling leat

blades oval, 3-4% * 2-2 mm (or rarely almost orbicular, 48 X 4! mm), entire,

glabrous, Blarles of basal leaves simple. renifarm, transversely oval or almost

semi-orbicular iu outline, + truncate at the base, 5-25 * 3-15 mm, pilase on both

surfaces (hairs 4- mm, + spreading); early leaves deeply (3-)5-lobed the median

lobe mostly elliptic, later basal and eauline leaves + orbicular in outline, deeply

trifid, the median segment elliptic, entire, or obovate, coursely 3-dentate, the

lateral segments 2-lobed, each lobe 1-8-dentute; petioles 1-6 cm, pilose with

spreading hairs (1-14 mm); basal sheaths 3-8 mm long, whitish membranaceous,

lony pilose on the outside and at the margin: upper bracts trifid with lanceolate

segments ur lanceolate and the uppermost ones (in large plants) almost linear

and subsessile, Pedicels of lower fruits 7-30 mm, very scarcely pilase; upper

fruils often subsessile. Sepals 3, broadly oval-eymbiform, ca, 28% LY mm, thin,

middle part yellowish-green, broad margin hyaline, pilose on the back, L-neryed.

Petals (0)1-2, oblong, ca. 224% % mm, with a starch zone occupying the apical

sixth and a semi-elliptic lo semiorbicular nectary lobe (ca, ii % mm) dis-

tinetly above the middle ta about $ petal length. 1-2-nerved (nerve somvtimes

forked above the middle). Statiens 4.5; filaments linear, ca. 14 x Mmm, white:

anthers + globular, ca. ¥ mm in diam. yellow. Pistils 11-17, oblique-ovate, Mat,

ca. 2 1 mm, recurved at sligmatic top, on the middle parts of the ovary an

hoth faces with short papillae with curved hairs, Nutlets oblique-ovate each with

a long, smooth, slightly-curved-trianglar beak which terminates in a short honk,

ta. $4 14-24% h-\ mm, strongly flattened but net twisted, stipitate at the

base, with the smooth margin distinctly thickened (lransverse section! ), and the

lateral faces bearing about 15-20 long bristles each terminated by a short (2/),

mia} curved hair; bristles ca. 9-1 tom long, '/y-'/19 mm in diam, straight,

(When ripening, the faces of the nutlets and the bristles became reddish brown,

whereas the beak and margin remain greenish for a long time.) Receptacle

wlabrinas.

Sour Avsrratta, Hj, Eichler 12633: AD 95745074, holotype: Northern Flinders

Range, Canmon Runge: Aycoona Blut Ronge north of Accanne Pound. 15.9.19o0i,—

Anonym. (Herb. JM, Black): AD 95728014: Morialta Gully. 29,9,1906— Anonym, (Herb.

JM. Black); AD 95726015: Melrose. I6.101915— Anouym. (Herb. f, Tate); AD

85735095: Arvona Mt, VIILLSS3,— Anonym, (Tors, R. Tate): AD 95735098; Penwortham.

I68.G9.1882.— B, Beck (Herb, E-E, Ising): AD ya72K003; Wilpenn Prod, X.1995.—

B.C. Black (Iferb, J.M, Black): AD 85728016: Hills near Hiver Proughun. X1925—

Jj, Brummitt: ADW 18326: Princess Royal, Burra, Diprose’s Creck. 1.9.1892 and 1-11.1892,—

J.B, Cleland: AD 95728089: Votrock's Pass, Minders Range. 26.8.1922.— J.B. Cleland:

AD 95726090: Eden, 9.10.1944.— WL, Cleland (Herb. J.B, Cleland); AD 95728091:

Couns (fron Knub), VI,1885.— Hj. Kichler 12780: AD 95723084: Northern Flinders

Runge, Gammon Range North Tusk, 19.9,1958.~— Hj. Eichler 12927; AD BST2507T2:

Gammon Henge. Gurge of western branch of upper Balcanoons Creek above Toc Nese

Well. 23.0,1956.— Hj. Kiclder 12945: AD 95725067: Gamroty Rane. Noar second creck

east Of Locl, Ness Well. 24,9,1968,- Hj. Eichler 12962: AD 95725050: Cammnn Range,

Near mouth of gorge of Arcoona Creek. 25,9,1956.— E.H. [sing 753 (Tetb, JM. Black):

AD 95728017; Moalovled. 29,9.1918.— (Duplicates of the type have been or will be

distributed to K, L, NSW, P and UG.)

$3.31

Note, The spccics is known from the northern Flinders Range southwards

to the Mt. Lotty Range (the most southern locality being Eden, ca. 10 km south

of Adelaide), where it is confined to humid and shady places, often between

rocks. The locality “Corunna (Iron Knob)” (ca, 50 km south-west of Port

Fig. l,—HKanunculus hamatosetosus Eichl. (1). Eichler 12633, type): 1, habitus;

2 and 3, basal lezves of another specimen; 4, sepal; 5, petul (with starch zonc);

6, stamen; 7, pistil; 8 and 9, nuticts. 1-3: 1 x, 4-9; 10 x.

182

Augusta) requires confirmation, as in the old collections, which were not

mounted, a confusion of labels is not impossible. However, this locality indicates

a possible occurrence in the Gawler Ranges.— ‘The lappaceous nutlets could

easily be spread by animals and it is therefore noteworthy that this species

appears to be restricted to South Australia. This suggests that the Mount Lofty

Range aud Flinders Range possibly together torm one chorological unit.

R, pentandrus and R. hamatosetosus are the only species of the Ranunculus

sessiliflorus group which are restricted to relatively small areas.

R, hamatosetosus is so clearly distinguished [rom the other Australian specics

by its fruit characters that its specific rank is beyond question. In the leaves it

resembles only R. sessiliflorus from which it is easily distinguished by the long

pedicels of the lower fruits, the size of the nutlets, and the morc linguiform-

oblong petals (those of R, sessiliflorus being more unguiculate). There is a form

of R. sessiliflorus var. sessiliflorus which resembles RB. hamatosetosus in the long

beaks of the nutlets, but the nutlets of the former are not stipitate and the

tubercles are of a kind typical of R. sessiliflorus.

RELATIONS TO EXTRA-AUSTRALIAN SPECIES.

The Australian species haye been confused with the European R. parviflorus

L. Nia distinctive characters of this species are pointed out by Melville (Lc.

286).

As regards R. sessiliflorus from New Zealand, sce the note on that species.

_ As the whole group of Rantmculus to which the species dealt with here

belong is absent from Malaysia (Kichler, Bibl, Bot. 124; only R. cheirophyllus

Hayata, from Celebes and Formosa, is very slightly similar in’ some characters ),

relations with South American species can be expected. The most similar seems

to _be R. platensis Spreng., which is illustrated by Lourteig (Darwiniana

9(1952 471,478 fig. 22). This species, of which I have seen no specimen, re-

sembles R, sessiliflorus but is distinguished from the Australian group. by its

pilose receptacle, probably an essential distinction indicating no close

relationship.

There may, however, be a closer relation with BR. hebecarpus Hook. & Arn,

Though I have seen no specimens, it is necessary to draw attention to. this Cali-

fornian species, as it seems from Benson’s description (Am. Midl, Naturalist

40(1948)110) to be yery similar to the Australian group. I hope to define the

common and distinguishing characters in another study.

183

Hy.

EICHLER

‘ * * '

& a * & * ~ %

* % a ~ * * %

Fig. 1—Nutlets of Ranunculus pentandrus Black. var. pentandrus (left,

NSW 43171) and var. glabrescens (Black) Mely. (right, NSW 42168).

(The scale shows an enlargement of 8 millinicters. )

Vig, 2.—Nutlets of (from left to right) Ranunculus hamatosetosus Eich.

(Hj. Kichler 12962); R.. sessiliflorus var. sessiliflorus (McBarron

4923bis; form with long beaks): ditto (top row; Hj. Eichler 12934:

typical form); var. pilulifer (Hook.) Mely. (kK. Mair NSW_ 17864):

R. pumilio R.Br, ex. DC. yar. pumilio (top row: J. J. Fletcher N.S.\W

42105): var, politus Melv. (NSW 42129), (The scale shows an cn-

largement of 8 millimeters. )

PLrary 1

Hy. EIcHier PLATE 2

> 8

Ranunculus hamatosetosus Eichl. (part of fruit

head with receptacle and nutlets; Hj. Eichler

12633, type; 19 x).

NEW FOSSILS FROM THE BASE OF THE CAMBRIAN IN

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY M. F. GLAESSNER

Summary

Two fossils from the Pound Quartzite of Ediacara are described. Spriggina floundersi nov. gen.,

nov. sp. represents a new family of the polychaete annelids apparently related to the Tomopteridae

and with possible arthropod affinities. The other fossil is named Parvancorina minchami. Its

position in the system is problematical.

NEW FOSSILS FROM THE BASE OF THE CAMBRIAN IN

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

(Preliminary Account)

By M. F. GLarssNER*

[Read 14th November, 1957]

SUMMARY

Two fossils from the Pound Quartzite of Ediacara are described. Spriggina flownderst

nov. gen., Toy. sp. represents a new family of the polychaete annelids apparently relatod to

the Tomopteridaé and with possible arthropod affinities. The other fossil is named Parvan-

¢orina minchami, Its position in the systeni is problematical.

In September 1957, two private collectors, Mr. H. Mincham of Adelaide,

and Mr. B. Flounders of Whyalla, visited Ediacara, between Copley and Lake

Torrens, where Spriggs (1947, 1949) had collected a rich fauna of fossil jelly-

fish. Mr. Mincham presented a number of fine specimens of this fauna to the

South Australian Museum, Mr. Flounders forwarded 36 photographs of his

finds to the Geology Department of the University of Adelaide for identification.

Among them were known and new species of jellyfish, several tracks which have

yet to be studied, and the four specimens here described, As they were obvi-

ously new, Mr. Flounders was asked to lend them to me for identification and

description. He forwarded them immediately and [ am very grateful to him for

his willing cooperation. The specimens, marked E3 to E6 in his private collec-

tion, have since been donated by Mr, Flounders to the Soutly Australian Museum.

Three specimens represent external moulds of a segmented animal with a head

and trunk complete with appendages, The fourth is an unsegmented organic

structure of waknowi affinities,

DESCRIPTIONS

ANNELIDA

Order POLYCHAETA ERRANTIA

Suborder NEREIMORPHA

Family SPRIGGINIDAE nov. fam.

Characters as described for the type genus.

Genus SpRIccINA nov. gen.

Diagnosis—Body rather flat, head without external segmentation, with

lateral extensions which give it roughly the shape of a horseshoe, trunk consist-

ing of a very gently tapering series of segments, numbering up to about 40.

Parapodia with acicular setae. Pharynx well developed, not exserted in the

present specimens,

Spriggina floundersi nov.gen., nov.sp.

pl. 1, figs. 1-3

Descrintion—The fossils are preserved as external moulds, The distinctive

horseshoe shape of the head is visible in all three specimens. Between the

curved, tapering and slightly divergent ends lies the impression of the pharynx,

slightly to one side of the median line. This line appears as a distinct ridge in

the matrix and was therefore a narrow groove un the body, presumably on its

ventral side, Flanking it on both sides are the appendages which are apparently

* University of Adelaide.

185

imsegimented but divided into a proximal portion which is divected laterally

and « distal portion pointing ontward and backward, at a more or Jess disliasct

unwle. This is observed in uli three speciinens but not equally clearly im all

parts of the trunk. The distal portion is interpreted us an acivular seta, One

specimen (25) shows longitudinal impressions running wlong its sides parallel

to the axis foe more than one-half its leneth, They cla not emerge from the

luteral portion of the “head” bul appear first behind it, appuruntly arising from

the ends of the first parapodia, They are tentatively interpreted as their acieular

setac, Though the impressions could be formed by marrow lines of bandles

of setae alone the llanks of the dorsal side ol the tunk, this is considered less

likely. ‘Vhe lenuth of the appendages decreases gradually towards the posterior

end ot the body which is not differentiated into a tail, The larger specimeus E3

and £5 vach have about 40-42 pairs of appendages, the smaller specimen E4

which measures about 2/5 of their (presuinably adult) Jongth, bas ouly about

20 pitirs.

Dimeusions—Spee. 13: Length along axis about 46 mm., greatest width of

heal about LU-3 mm. vreatest width of trunk with appendages 11 mm.

Suee, BS; Length about 40 mm,, greatest width of head 10 mm., greatest

width af trunk with appendages 6°5 nm.

Spee, E+: Length about 15-5 mm., width about 3-5 mm,

fioleitype—Specinen BS (PL 1. Mig. 1).

Type locality—Ediacara (see Sprigg, 1947), The bed containing the spect-

iwens KS ancl 3 was just below that containing the jellyfish (cmmmeuuication frosm

Viv. B. Mlounders). Sprig cousiders the beds containing the jellyfish to be

abaut 100 feet below the top of the Pound Sandstone which is the base of (he

“Archiwegevatha” (or Ajax) Limestone of Lower Cambrian age.

Aer —While Spriga (1047) followed David in placing the Archacocyatha

liviextones near the top of the Lower Cambrian, it is now known that boulders

Of his Hrestone ocau on Kangaroo Island below the Profolenus zone which

irks the tep-of the Lower Cambrian (Daily, 1956). The Archacovyatha line:

stones ane now placed in the lower part of the Lower Cambrian, aud correlated

with those contrining (in their higher portion) Olenellid fuanas at the base of

the Cumbnan in Morocco and Western Siberia, Lt is therelore a question of

definition whether the Pound Sandstone should be ineluded in the Cambrian

ac in the uppennost Proterozoic, In any case the seatigraphie position of the

Edineara fauna is very close to the base of the Cambrian, us defined in other

continents,

Comparison and affintlies—Vhis fossil is placed in the Annelida Polyelaeta

beenuse of the general structure of its heud and segmented body. No segmen-

lation of the head or appendages has been observed, While it could be argued

hat the enarse grain of the sediment could have obscured the seementatiat

of the ppendages, itis obvious that the head wis not segmented. As undoubted

joxst! jellyfish oceur abnndantly at this locality, it is uot necessary to asset

a strongly chitinous or culeified integument to account for preservation of this

fossil. Jt could well have been soft-hodied, except for the lerminal bristles of

tie apipervlages which left straight rather sharp impressions. ‘The head presents

imiusual features. They can be compared with the leud of the living family

Trmmpteridace Grube. This family is clefined as follows (Ilempelmaun, in

Kikenthal aud Krombach, 1931); Body somewhat Haltlened with three regions:

Hew, (enok andl tail, the luther ahsent in some species of Tomopteris, Two later-

ally directed tentacles, two nuchal orgirts, lwo eyes, one pair anterior acicular

ova which contain vw small acieulns and are vecasionally ubsent in adults, One

pair straugly developed tentuculur cirri, each with a strong acicular seta. Ex-

sertable pprobuseis without teeth. Parapudia bilobate, without acicular setae

ay bristles but with luaf-shaped lerrninal expansions. These animals are trans-

puweut wna pelagic.

186

The present fossil cannat be included in the Tomopteridae, but it presents

remarkable resemblances with that aberrant group. The head of the Tomo-

pteridae is spread out laterally in what is described as tentacle-like extensions.

These are followed by the very long tentacular cirrt with acienlar setae. Both

structures ure considered not as tentacles, but as derived froin parapaclia of

“eephaliscd” body scgments, because of their innervation. This cannot be

stuclied in fossils but the presenee of a structure resembling the “tentavulie

extensions” of the Tomopteridae and the suggestion of the presence of lateral

extensions of the first parapodia behind these extensions of the head in specimen

KS suyeest possible homologies, The “swimming paddles” of the Tomopteridac

are considered as an extreme adaptation to pelagic life which cannot be expected

in their ancestors. Its absence in Spriggina does not exclude pelagic habitat

which is suggested by its association with jellyfish.

While further speculations on the mode of life of these fossils and of their

relations to other annclids must await more detailed morphological and bin-

stratonomic studies and further collecting, their possible significance for the

prohlem of the origin of the arthropods should be mentioned. At present there

is Jittle information available for the clucidation of such relationships. Spriggina

may exhibit primitive characters of the annelids, The relations of this ancient

form with the living Tomopteridae suggest that their aberrant pelagic adapta-

tions may conceal more primitive characters, They do not appear tr have heen

considered in this connection by zoologists. The lateral extensions of the head

af Tomopteris aud its composite nature may foreshadow the formation of primi-

tive arthropod head shields such as those of the Middle Carmbrian Proarthropod

(Trilobitomorph) Marrella and of trilobite Jarvac or primitive trilobites. For

the first time an approach to arthropod. origins on the basis of the study of a

fossil annelid scems possible. The fact that the Arthropods may have originates

carlier than the beginuing of the Cambrian need nat peter us, however, as even

ihe much younger (Middle Cambrian) Burgess Shale fauna contains many

primitive forms,

Another fossil from Ediacara is here placed on record though its affinities

aro ontirely unknown. Jt is hoped that its publication will lead to further

discoveries which may clarify its position:

Genity PARVANCONINA noy.gen.

Characters as described for its anly species.

Parvancorina minchami nov.sp.

pi. Tl, fi 4.

Deseription—A small shicld-like body, oval in outline, slightly wider in

front (P) where its margin is curved in a low are, and gently tapering to the

rounded end. Margins slightly raised so as to form a rim which is little more

prominent at the wider end, The centre is occupictl by a prominent, smooth,

anchor- or ‘I’-shaped ridge which is unsegmented and undivided, It is separ-

ated by uw distinet firrow from the wrterior(?) rim. while its longitudinal bar

rives above a fat surface between the converging posterior(?) cantons, No

appendages are known,

Dunensions—T mm, long, up ta 4 mm. wide.

ffolatype—Speciinen E. 6A,

Type locality—Ediacara. Two seitll specimens representing the yenus

Dickinsonia Sprigg are seeu or the same slab (E GB and C),

Age—As for Spriggina (close to Preeambtian-Cambrian boundary),

Remarks—in the absence vf traces of segmentation, affinity with anoclids

could not he supported by facts; yet the thought that this could be a Jacval form

may be worth mentioning.

187

In this connection the possibility that the enigmatic Dickinsonia which was

recently (Harrington and Moore, 1955) made the only representative of the class

Dipleurozoa and placed in the Coelenterata, may be an annelid, possibly re-

motely related to the Myzostomida, is here suggested. Many fine specimens

have been collected by Messrs. Mincham and Flounders. The study of this

new material will help to clarify the position of this distinctive genus.

REFERENCES

Dary, B., 1956. The Cambrian in South Australia. XN Cong. Geol, Intern. Mexico. Jél

Sistemo Cambrico, etc. Sympos., Pt. IJ, pp. 91-147.

Tlannincton, H. J., and Moors, KR. C,. 1955. Kansas Pennsylvanian and other jellyfishes.

Kansas Geol, Survey Bull. 114, pt. 5, pp. 153-163, pls, 1, 2,

Kixentuan, W., und Krumuacu, T., 1931. Handbuch der Zoulogie, vol. 2, pt. 2 (7). Berlin

and Leipzig.

Spricc, R, C., 1947. Early Cambrian (?) jellyfish from the Flinders Ranges, South Australia.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., vol. 71, pt. 2, pp, 212-224.

Spnice, R. C., 1949. Early Cambrian “Jellyfshes” of Ediacara, South Australia, and Mount

Jon, moberey District, Western Australia. Trans. Roy. Soc, S, Aust., vol. 73, pt. 1,

pp. 72-99.

[EXpLaNATION OF PLATE 1

Fig, 1-3.—Spriggina floundersi nov. gen., nov. sp, Fig. 1—Holotype, Pig. 2—Paratyp= (E 5),

Figs, 3 a, b—Paratype (E 4), with different arrangement of lighting, The dark area

in front of the head is probally one of the clay pellet impressions which are common

in the rock, in accidental contact with the fossil.

Fig. 4—Parvancerina minchami nov, gen,, noy. sp. Holotype. All specimens from Pound

Quartzite below base of Lower Cambrian Aiax limestone. Ediacara, South Australia.

Coll. B. Flounders and H. Mincham. The lighting of the photographs was arranged

so as to give maximum amount of detail, disregarding the possibility of negative

(concave) features appearing positive (convex) to the viewer. All fossils are im-

pressions (external muulds).

Figs, 1-3: x 2, Fig. 4: x 5.

183

ABSTRACTS OF EXHIBITS AND LECTURES AT MEETINGS OF THE

SOCIETY DURING 1957.

Summary

ABSTRACTS OF EXHIBITS AND LECTURES AT MEETINGS OF THE

SOCIETY DURING 1957.

April 11—J. R. Daman: A talk on “The Development of the Water Resources

of Adelaide”.

May 9—R. V. Sourncorr: A talk on “Some Aspects of Poliomyelitis”.

June 13—J. P. Rranes: A talk on “The Accumulation of Rubber in Plants”.

July 11—Pror. G. M. Bapces: An illustrated talk entitled “Cancer Research”.

B. C. Cotton exhibited a Nautilus from South-western Australia.

H. Mincuam exhibited a large collection of aboriginal stone imple-

ments.

Aug. 8—M. F, Gragssner; An illustrated talk entitled “A Geologist in India”

Sept. 12—B. Herzex: A talk on “The Experimental Study of Stress in Man”,

Oct. 10-1. M. Tuomas: Presidential Address, “The Evolution of the Thyroid”.

M. F. Guasssner exhibited a fossil Annelid worm from the Pound

Sandstone of Ediacara, South Australia.

Nov. 14]. Smssury: A talk on “Some Aspccts of the Ecology and Distribution

of the genus Kennedya (Leguminosae) in Western Australia”.

189

BALANCE SHEET

Summary

ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH

Receipts and Payments for year ended 30th September, 1957.

AUSTRALIA INC,

£ s. d. £. 4,

To Balance 1/10/56 979 10 6 By Printing and Fobishns wating 80

,, Subscriptions _ : 2 . 363 67 10 arc Reprints 1,290 10 1

» Government Grant 1,663 0 0 » Library Assistants 164 5

» A.N.Z.A.ASoL 50 0 0 », Printing and Stationery 49 4

» Sale of Publications and Robrintass 984 15 2 » Postages, Duty Stan: ete. .. . 66 15 1

5. Rent of Room 1313 0 » Cleaning _ ; r, 53 11 |

,; Interest f } ; a seb F 2 », Insurance .,. ts wp Re uw 713 UU

» Lighting . . 8 6

» Binding Volumes: va w 495 0 ¢

» Shelving 13 0 ¢

» Sundries vs 36 9 CE

» Endowment Fund ‘Transfer 37 1 |

» Balunce—

Savings Bank of S.A.

Rundle St. £1465 8 0

Less outstanding

cheques—

£5 5 0

1 8 0

5 0 0

——-— 1113 0

—-—-- 1,453 15 |

£3,605 13 8 £3,605 13 §

ENDOWMENT FUND

Receipts and Payments for year ended 30th September, 1957.

£# sd £ sd & sd £ sd

1956—Oct, 1; 1957—Sept. 30:

To Balance— By Revenue A/c. 204 11 }

Commonw'th Inscribed » Balance—

Stock =a 0 0 Commonw’th Inscribed

Savings Bank of S.A.. 62 18 7 Stock 2 6,010 0 O

—-——--— 6,072 18 7 §.A. Gas Co. Bond . 100 0 O

» Transfer from General Funds 387 1 5 ———-_-——— 6,110 0 (

1957—Sept. 30:

» Interest—

Inscribed Stock 200 19 6

Gas Co. .. - 311 9

—-————— 204 11 3

£6,314 li 3 £6,314 LL |

Audited and found correct.

spective institutions.

F. M. ANGEL 1

N.S. ANGEL, A.U.A. Com. |

Adelaide, lst October, 1957.

Hon,

Auditors

190

The Stock and Bond have been verified by vertifivales from the re-

H. WOMERSLEY,

Hon, Treasurer,

AWARDS OF THE SIR JOSEPH VERCO MEDAL

1929 Pror. Warren Howcimy, F.C\S,

1930 Jonny McC. Buacx, ALS.

1931 Pror, Sm Douctas Mawson, O.B.E,, D.Sc, BE. F.K.S,

1933 Pror. J. Burton CLELANnn, M.D.

1935 Pror, T. Hanvey Jounston, M_A.. DSc.

1938 Pror, J. A. Prescorr, D.Sc.. F.A.GI.

1943 Henvert Womeusrery, A.L.S., F.BLE.S.

1944 Pro. J. G. Woon, D.Sc., Ph.D.

1945 Cercm, T. Mapican, M.A... B.E.. DSe,, F.GS.

1946 Herpenr M. Hare, O.B.E.

1955 L. Keir Warp, 1.8,0., B.A, BE, D.Sc.

1956 N. B. Trace, B.Sc,

1957 C. S. Pirme. D.Sc.

LIST OF FELLOWS

AS AT 30th SEPTEMBER, 1957.

are Life Members,

Those marked with an asterick (*) have contributed Papers published in the Socisty’s

Transactions. Vhose marked with a dagger (+

Any change in address or any other changes should be notified to the Secretary,

Note.~The publications of the Society are not sent to those members whose subseriptions

Date of

Election

1895

1905

1013

1912

Date of

Election

1946.

1953.

1951,

1927,

1951.

1935,

1935.

1951,

1929,

1939,

1945.

1950.

pM:

t°Bowyrnon, C. W.,

are in arrears.

Date of

Honorary NO FreLtows

porns Honorary Fecrioy

1949 *CruLann, Pror. J. B., M.D., Dashwuod Road. Beaumont, 5.A—Verzn. Medal.

1933; Council, 1921-26, 1932-37; President, 1927-28, 1940-41: Vice-

President, 192627, 1941-42,

1955 *Mawson, Prox, Sm Doucias, O.T-E., DSc, TLE, F.R.S., University of

Adelaidle—Vereo Medal, 1931: President, 1924-25, 1944-45; Vice-President.

1923-24, 1935-26; Couneil, 1941-433,

1955 “Osporn, Pror, T, G. B., DSe.. St. Mark's College, Pennington Terrace.

North Adelaide—Council, 1915-20, 1922-24; President, 1925-26, Wire

Prexident, 1924-95, 1926-97,

1955 *Wanpn, LL, K., 1:5,0., BA, B.E., D.Sc., 22 Northumberland Strect, Heath-

pool, Marryatyille, S.A—Council, 1924-27, 1933-35; Vice-President,

1927-28; President, 1928-30,

FELLows

Anzir, Prop. A, A., M.D., DSc., Ph.D., University of Adelaide.

Ancocge, Miss A., 4 Gertrude Street, Norwood, S.A.

Arrcutson, G. D., B.E., Civil Engineering Department, University of Melbourny,

Carlton, Victoria.

FRMAN, Pror. A. R., Ph.D., D,Sc., F.C.S., Department of Geology, University of

Adelaide—Council, 1937-42, 1934-57,

Anperson, Mus. S. H., B.Se., Zoolagy Dept. University of Adelaide, S.A.

*°ANpREwanTHA, H. G., MiAg.Sc., D.Sc., Zoolog Dept., University of Adolaide —

Council, 1949-50; Vice-President, 1950-31, 1952-53; President, 1951-52,

*ANDREWARTHA, Mrs. H. V., BAgrSe,, M.Sc. (nee H, Y. Steele), 29 Claremont

Avenue, Netherby, S.A,

Anprews, J., M.B., B.5., 40 Seafield Ayenue, Kingswood, S.A.

°Ancer, I. M., 34 Fullarton Road, Parkside, S.A.

*AncEL, Miss L. M., M.Sc., c/a Mrs. C. Angel, 2 Moore Streel, Toorak, Adelaide, S.A,

*Barriert, H. K., L.Th., 2 Abhotshall Road, Lower Mitcham, S.A,

Becr, R. G., B.AgSc., B.D.A., Lynewood Park, Mil-Lel, via Mount Gambier, 8,4

Bece, P. R,, D:D.Sc,, 1,D.5.. Shell House, 170 North Terrace, Adclaide.

Best, R. J., D.Sc, F\A.C.1, Waite Institute (Private Mail Bag), Adelaide.

Brack, A, B., A.S.A.5.M., M.LM.M., 36 Woodcroft Avenue, St. Georges, SuA.

Brack, E. C., M.B., B.S,, Magill Road, Tranmere, Adelaide,

Bonnin, N. J., M.B., B.S., FRCS (Eng), FRACS. 40 Barnard Street, North

Adelaide, S.A,

Se, AA.C.L, Romalo House, Romaly Avenue, Magill, S.A.

THON, ‘Sia J. Lavincron, 263 East Terrace, Adelaicle.

"Boomsma, C, D., M.Sc, B.Se.For,, 6 Celtic Avenuc, South Road Park, S.A,

igl

Dinte of

Plvctiow

1947.

1957-

1939.

T8357,

1944,

1O25.

1823,

*Bowrs. D. K.. PLD, MSc, DLC, FGS., Geology Department ‘the University,

Glasgow. Scotland.

’Brooxes, Miss H, M., Waite Instilnte (Private Mail Bag), Adelaide:

Bnoorman, Mrs. BR. D. (awe A, TTarvey), BA, Meadows, A.

Burce, W. G., BA, c/o Comnty Lending Service, Pablic Labrury, South Australi,

"Burpee, Mis N. T., Mido, 6.5.1.R.0., Div, Plant Industry, P.O. Box 109, Gan

berra. A.C.T,

Bunvon, BK. S., D.Sc, University of Adelaide—Counsil, iyd6-47, 1947-418, 1945-19,

"CAmpneia., Pror. 'l. D., D.D.8c., Dis, Dental Dept. Adelaide Hospital, Adeliide—

Council, 1928-32, 1935, 1942-45, Vice-President, 1932-34; President, )994-35.

Canter, A. N,, B.Sc, 70 Madeline Strect, Burwoul, E.13, Victoria,

°Crprenpanr, G. M., B.Sc, Tdndsay Avenue, Alice Springs, N.T.

Canes M.B., B.S, 7 Walter Street, Hyde Park, Adelaide, S.A —Treasurer,

1933-38,

Crommen, E. A., ¢/o Department of Mines, Adoluide, 8,4.

Cortives, F. §., Geology Department, Universily of Oneenslend,

‘Corton, B. C., S.A, Musenm, Adelaide,—Council, 1949-46, 1946-29; Vico-Prevident,

1949-50, 1951; President, 1950-31.

Crawrono, A. B., B.Sc, Rept. of Mines, Adelaide.

Dany, B,, Ph.D., $.A, Museun—Programme Secretary, 1057-58.

Davison, A. GC. L., Ph.D. B.be., c/o Burns Philp Trost Co, 7 Bridie Street,

Decaxp, C. M., M.B,, B.S,, DH, 7.T.M., 29 Gilbert Street, Goodwood, S.A.—

Council, 1949-51, 1954-59; Vire-Prenident, 3951-72, 183-34; President, 952 33.

Dix, BE. V., Mospituls Department, Rundle Strect, Adeliuide, S.A,

Dourt., K. M., M.Ag.Se.. Waite Tnstitute (Private Mail Tae). Adeluide,

Denstone, §. M. L.. MB. BS. 170 Payneham Roud, St, Peters, Adelaide,

Dwven, J. M., M.B,, B.S.. 105 Port Road, Hindmarsh, S.A,

“Harpur, Miss C. M., M.Se., University of Adelaide Couneil, 1944-46.

*Epmonps, §. J, BA. M.Sc., Zoology Department, University of Adelaide—Gounetl,

1954.55: Progranme Seeretary, 1955-56: Seereriry, 1956-57

*Epomsr, A, G., 19 Farrell Strect, Glenelg, S.A—Cownell, 1949-33.

*EicweeR, H., Dr.rernut., State Herbariua, Botanic: Curdens, Adelaide.

"Frecayson, H. H., 305 Ward Steet, North Adelaide -Cauncil, 1937-40

Fisuer, BR. H., 21 Seaview Road, Lynton, South Australia.

“Fry, EH. K. DS.O., M.D., 6S. BSe., FRAG. Town Hall, Adeliide. -Cannetf,

1933-37: Vice-President, 1937-38, 1939-40: President, 1938-30

Furton, Col. D., C.M.C., C.B.E,, Aldgate, S.A.

Cinsox. A. A.. A.W.AS.M,, Geologist, Mines Department, Adelaide.

Gus, E. T. (De,), PhD, M.se., D-LC.. S.A. Musenm, North ‘Terrace, Adaltide,

a rs M. F., D.Se., c/o Geology Department, University of Adelaide—Cauneil.

Conrney, F. K., 5 Robert Strect, Payneham, South Austealia-

{Gotpsace, Ii, Coramandel Valley, S.A.

Crivvate, HE D., 13 Dunreliin Road, Brighton, 8.4,

Gross, C. F., M.Sc,, South Australian Museum, Adclaide—Secretary, 1950-53.

Guery, D. J., B.Sa., e/o WA. Petroleum Go., 231 Adelaide Terrace, Perth, W.A

*Haue, H. M., OBE. c/o S.A. Musvum—Vverco Medal, $948; Council, 1931 34,

1950-63, 1956-57; Vice-President, 1934-36, 1937-28; President, 1036-37, Treasurer,

1938-50, 1953-56,

Tau, D. T., Tea ‘Tree Gully, 5.4,

fIlancoce, N, L., 3 Bewdley, 66 Beresford Ttond, Rose Bay, N.S.W.

*Hawsrn, L V., B.A. Queen Blizabeth School, Crediton, Devon, England.

*Harny, Mus. J. E, (nee A. C, Beckwith), M.Sc. Box 42, Smithton, Tas.

Haxeis, J. 9, B.Sc, 0/0 Waite Lnstitute (Private Mail Bax), Adelaide.

Uernior, R. T., B.AwSe,, 49 tlalsbury Avenue, Kingswood, S.A,

Iincrox, F, M,, B.Agr.Se,, 17 Kay Avenue, Borri, S.A,

Tockine, L, f., The Seboul, Seott’s Creek, 5.A.

Hossrnup, 2. §., Ph.ld., 132 Fisher Street, Fullarton, 8,4.

Hummer, 12. 8. Wo, MPS., JP), 208 Paynelacn Road, Payneham, S.A.

Hurroy, J. T.. B.Sc. 18 Emily Ayenne, Qluphum—Gouncil, 1957-58.

lvoutp, P,, 14 Wyatt Bond, Burnside, S.A.

PTrssur, KH. W., M.So,, Division of Plaat Tndustry, C1S,.1.1.0.; Canberra, ACY

*Jonns, KH. K., B.Sc., Department of Mines Adelitide, S.A.

Jorxsox, B,, B-SeAgn, FL.D., Waite Institute (Private Mat) Bag), Adelaide

Krats, A. L., B-E., ¢/e North Broken Hill J.td., Broken Hill.

192

Date oF

Election

1939, FKeasarar, H M, Fe.D., MOB, WRG. Khakhay Buildings, (2. ‘Tank Roail, Bom-

bay, India,

1949, *kine, D, M.Sc, c/o Connueretal Bank of Aust., King William Street, Adelaide.

1833. °Kureman, A, Wi, Ph.D. University of Adelaide—Secretary, 1945-48; Wiee-Prosidene,

1948-49. 1950-51: President, 1944-50, .

1922. Lennon, G. A. MD. BS. IIL... AMP, Building, King William Street, Adelaide.

1848. Lorman, T, R. N,, N.D.IT. (N,4.), Director, Botanic Gardens, Adeluide—Trewaurer,

1952-53; Counetl, 1953-57; Vice-President, 1957-58. :

1931. *Lamsnoox, May. N, T., MvA., Ph.D., D..C., F.G.S., Department ol Mines, Adelaide.

1953, Maxrzrr, D. A., B.Sc, (Hons.), Waite Lostitute (Private Mail Bai }, Adelaide.

1938. Mansmann, ‘I’. J., M.Agr.Se., PhD. Waite Institute (Private Mail Bag), Adelaide—

Council, 1948-52.

1920, Mayo, Sm Hersenr, LL.B. QC. (9 Marlborough Street, Colluws Park, S.A.

1950. Mayo, G. M. ., BAg.Sc, Ph.D. 146 Melbourne Street, North Adelaide.

(043. MoCantry, Miss D. F., B.A., B.Se., 70 Hulton Terrace, Kensington Park,

1953. McCarter, J. E.. M.D. D.Sc, (Edin.), Institute af Medical and Veterinary Scicnee,

Prome Road, Adelaide.

1948 Motirauacss R.N., MBM, BSce, BAgrSe., Roseworthy Agrienttiral College, Rose-

worthy, S.A,

1915. +°Mines, K, KR. D.Sc., F.G.S,, 11 Church Road, Mitcham. SA.

ib5l Mies, J. A. R., M.A., M.D... B.Chir. (Cant.), University of Otagn, NZ.

L952, Mruneg, K. L., BVGLA. 14 Brrlington Street, Walkerville, S.A.

(938, Mincuam, V. f., 30 Wainhouse Street, Torrensyille, $A,

1925, {Mrrcuvut, Pror Sm W., K.C.M.G,, M.A., D.Se., Titzroy Terrace, Prospect, §,A.

1933. Mrrcueie, Pror. Sm M, L.. M.Sc., c/o Elder's Trustee and Executor Co Ltd, 37

Currie Street, Acdelakle.

2957.0 Mireuenn, F. J. 0/o The South Australiim Musenin, North Terrace, Adelaide,

1938, Moontiousr, F. W., Mosc., Chief Inspector of F isherics, Simpson Buildings, Gawler

Place, Adelaide.

1936. "Mountrorp, C, P., 25 First Avene, St. Petors, Adeluide,

1944. Murrey, J, W., Engineering and Water Supply Dept., Victoriw Square, Adclaide.

1944, Ninnes, A. R., BA., R.D.A., 62 Sheffield Street, Malvern, S.A.

1945. “Noxracors, K. H., B.Agr.Se., ALAS., Waite Institute (Private Mail Bag), Adelaide.

1930. Ockenven, CG. T., B.A,, School Tense, Box 63, Kinba, S.A,

1996. O'Dniscoun, E, §., B.Sc, 9 Vinall Street, Dover Gardens. 5.A.

1937. "Parkin, L, W., M.Sc, A.S.T.C,, c/o Mines Depl., Adelaide—Secretary, 1953-5t:

Vice-President, 1956-57; President, 1957-58,

1945, Parxinson, K. J,, B.Se,, Birdwood, $.A,

1929. Paunc, A. G., Mia, B.Sc, 1 Milton Avenue, Follaton Estate, $.4

1926. *Pircn, C. §,, D.Se., Waite Institutes ( Private Mall Baw), Adelaide—Vercu Mettal,

1957; Counc, 1941-43; Vice-President, 1943-45, 1946-47; President, 1945-46,

1048, Powrm, J. K., BSc, GS.LR_O., Keith, S.A.

1925. °Prescorr, Pror, J. A. C.B.E., DSc, F.RACI, FBS, 82 Gross Road, Myrtle

Bank, SA—Verco Merfal, 1938; Counetl, 1927-30, 1935-39; WiewPrestdunt,

1930-32; President. 1939-33: Editar, 1955-58.

1987. °Pronces, Mrss L, A, B., 51 Austral Terrace, Malvern, 5.A.

1945, “Puvor, T.. D, M.Sc., Dip.For., 32 La Perouse Street, Griffith, Canberra, ALC.1-

1950, *Rarncan, J, H., M.So., West Austrilian Petroleum Co., Perth, WA.

Id4. Farman, DS. M.Sc, B.AgrSe., C.8.1.0.0., Division of Nutrition, Adelie.

L947. Rimnet, W. A. B.Sc., c/o Scripps, Institution of Oceanography, Dept. of Palyean-

tology, La Jolla, California, U:S.A.

1847, Rex, C. E., 42 Waymonth Avemic, Glandora, §.A,

1353. Rocuns, Por. 5, W. P.. Ph.D,, Zoology Departiyent, University of Adelhicde.

1951. Rowr, 8. A., 22 Shelley Street, Firle, S.A.

1951. Rowe S$. T., BSe., Gordon Institute of Techninlowy, Ceclong, Virluris.

1950. Rupp, Pro, E, A., B.Sc, A-M,. University of Adeluide, S.A.

185], Russuie, L, D., ¢/o High School, Port Pirie, $.A.

1945. Kemiz, J. R., Old Penola Estate, Penola, 5,A,

1933. Scernmmer, M., MB, BAS., 175 North ‘Lerrace, Adelaide.

1951, “Scorr, T, D,, M.Sc, S.A, Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A- Progratime

Secretary, 1953-54, 1958-57; Secretary, 1957-58,

1924, *Srenm, RK. W., M.A, BiSe., Engineering and Water Supply Department, Victoria

Square, Adelaide—Seeretimy, 1930-35; Council, 1037-38, Vice-President, 1938-39,

tik 1940-41; President, 1939-40.

57, Searnan, GC. B., BSc, Department of Zuology, Universi of Adelaide,

1925, “Suwaap, H, Port Elliot, S.A, a by

188

Date of

Election

1936.

1954.

1934.

1925,

194].

1941,

136,

1947,

°Sieanp, Da. K. D.Sc, Fisheries Research Diy, C.S.1.1.0. uiversity af WoAw

Newlands, W.A.

Suppuran. R. C.. BSc. c/a Department of Mines, Adelaide:

Sumxrimip, R, C., 57 Canterbury Avenue, Trinity Gardens, S.A,

{Sxarn, T. E, Bagn, BA., 25 Curric Street, Adelaide.

*Snatu, T. L., B.Sc., Dept. of Geography, University of Sydney, N.S.W,

*Soomicort, R. V., M.D, B.S., DTM. & H., 13 Jasper Street, Hyde Park, 5.A.—

Council, 1949-51, 1952-53; Treusurer, 1951-52; Vice-President, LOdd-A4., 1995-6;

President, 1954-55,

soummvoop. A. B., MJD. MLS. (Adel,), MRCP, 170 North Terrace, Adelaide.

"Sprout, R. L., Ph.D., Botany Department, University of Adelaide—Council, 15182,

Pragramme Secretary, 1952-53.

1946 f°Spricc, BR, C., MSc., 5 Baker Street, Somerton Pars.

1951,

1947,

1549

1438,

1946.

19368,

1933,

(Oe.

144.

1923.

1953.

1957,

1949,

1944.

GrEADMAN, Rrv. W. 2, 8 Blairgowrie Road, St. Gearges, $A,

Sporranc, M. B., B.Ag.Se., Horticultural Branch, Department of Agriculture, Bos

901 E. G.P.O., Adelaide.

*Spny, A. H., M.Sc., Geology Department, University of Tasminiit,

*Stepuens. C. G., D.Sc. Waite Institute (Privite Mail Bag), Adelaide—Conncil,

1959-84: Vice-President, 1954-55, 1956-57; President, 1955-56,

Swarr. C, Th, M.B.. 8.5., Bepstriation Sanatorium, Relair, SwA.

Swan, D. C., M.Se,, Waite Institute (Private Mail Baw), Adelie Seeradtarn,

1940-42: Vice-President, 1946-47, 1948-49; President, 1947-44, Commell, 1053-58,

Swireskt. P., M-Ag.Sc., Ll Wall Street, Norwood, S.A.

ST G., 35 Murray Street, Lower Mitcham, S.A.— Editor, 1Od7-55, Council,

°Tayror, J. K., B.A, M.Sc, Waite Institute (Private Mail Bay), Adelaide—Conueil,

1940-43, 1947-50; Lifrarian, 1951-52; Vice-President, 1952-55, 1954-55: President,

1953-54; Council. 1955.

Traternn, D., B.Se., Department of Mines, Adelaide,

*Tyotas, T. M., M.Sc. (Wales), Department of Zonligy. University of Adelaide—

Becesiarys 1948-50: Council, 1950-53; President, 1956-57, Vice-President. 1955-56,

°THonras, Mus. T. M. (rice PB, M, Mawson), MSe.. 86 King Street, Brightoy.

Tuomas, J., B.Sc, Woodleigh Road, Blackwood, 5 A.

*THomvsox, Carr. J. M,, 135 Military Road, Seamaphore South, S.A

eTinpae, N. B,, Se, South Australian Muscuin, Adelatde—Vergo Metal, War:

Secretary, 1935-36; Council, 1946-47; Vice-President, 1947-48, L)AN-50, [resident.

1948-49; Librarian, 1952-58.

“Tucker, B. M,, B.Sc. Waite Institute (Private Mail Bag), Adcluide,

Turver. D. C,, Brockman Buildings, Grenfell Street, Adelaide,

Viatcn, J. T., Box 92, Port Lincoln, 5.4,

Wigumaas, R. A. BA, M.A. Ph.D., Northwestern University, Evauston, Tlinais,

Wrens, B. P., M.Se., Barlinm Hill, S.A.

Wexzs, C. B., b.Ag.Se., Broadlees, Waverley Ridge, Crafers, 5.A.

Wraruey-Datr, &, E.. F,Inst.Ex.E,, 6 Lansdowne Terrace, North Wilkerville, S.A

*Wrerv, A. B., B.Sc. Geology Depart, University of Otago, Dunedin, N,Z.

AWrirruk, A. W.G. M.Sc, Mines Depirhnent, Adelaide.

Wires, L. F., “Dumosu,” Meningie, 5.A.

*Wirson, A. F., M.Sc, University of W.A,, Nedlands, WA.

*Witson, J. O., 42. Wilson Terrace, DaCosta Park, Glenelg, $.A.

*Wonwrstey, IT, F/A.E,S., A.L.S. (Tlon. caisa), S.A. Museum. Adelaide — Verer

Medal, 1943: Searctary, 1938-37; Editor, 1937-45, 1945-47; President, 1942-44;

Vice-President, 1944-45; Rep. Dauna and Vlora Proteation Comunitlee, 1945,

Treasurer, 1950-51, 1956.58,

?Wosensrey. H, 8, S., Ph.D., Botany Department, University of Adelaide.

Wonikasnny, J. 5., BSc, Lae, New Gunes,

‘Woon, Pnor. J, G., D.Sc, Ph.D, Botuny Department, University of Adelable—Vereo

Medal, 1944, Council, 1938-40; Vice-President, 1140-41, 1942-43, Rep, Mauna anid

Vlora Bourd, 1940-; President, 1941-42: Cnuneil. 144-48,

Woopnovse, L. R., 15 Robert Street, North Unley, S.A.

Woons, R. V,, B.Sca., Mt, Crawford, S.A.

Yeates, J. N., AM.LE., AMLALE., Highways and Local Goverment Dept.

Adelaide..

Zeamer, W. J., Dip.For,, F.LS. (Lon,), 7 Rupert Street, Tootseray West, W.12, Vict,

194

GENERAL INDEX

Summary

GCENERAL INDEX

Names printed in italics as separate entries indicate that the forms ara new tw science.

Aboriginal Paintings, Carved Stones,

Arranged Stones and Stone Struc-

tures in the Mount Olga Region:

L, A. B, Pringle and H. E. kol-

losulie 7 7 131-134)

Acacia caleicolu — - ry — 153

Acueia calvicolu, a New Species of

Tinportance tu the Evology of the

Australian Arid Zone: N, Forde

and EL WH. Isirig } 153-160

Acutina from Australia and New

Guinea Varaphagie upon Millie

pedes ancl Cockroaches, and on

Beetles of the Family Passilidac:

H. Wamersley <a _ be—ay

Aneilla (Viurrancilla) adelaidensis — 65

Australites in the Vicinily of Floric-

ton, South Australia: D. Mawson 167-163

Austrumitva mawsani 7 69

Austrumitra niultiplicata $ : 70

Austromitr pnuciplicata . 71

Cussis ( Hypocussis) salislyryensts .. 51

Chippendale, G, M.: Vegetation of

ad Desert Arca m Central Austra—

lia . Jl42

Clostit (Closia) planilabrum , &L

Conus (Ploracanus) adelaidae - OH

Cruptometasternum derrickt 17

Crymlometasternum queenslandense 15

Convergent Hesemblance ( Duplox)

in Australian Manuals: TI. H,

Minlayson 144-151

Catton, B.C. Nautilus ropertus and

Nautilus scrobieulntus 113

Cylichna anticingulata — 105

PDamontela partixeulpta 1G

”

Diplouyniclla eayi .

Kichler, Hj. Ranunculus sessiliflone

Group in South Austrulia 75-153

Epidirana powelli 86

Etrema weymouthensis lL. 7 D4

Finlayson, H. H.: Duplex Conver-

gent Rexemblanee m Australian

Mammals, with 4 Review of Some

Aspects of the Morphology of

Phascogale swainsoni and Phasca-

gale flavipes —, 141-151

Flora (Notes on the) of South Aus-

tralia, Nu. 7: FE. H. Tsing 163-173

Forde, N., and E. H, Ising: Acacia

caleieola, u New Species of Im-

portince to the Ecology of the

Australian Arid Zane 153-160

Fossils (New) from the Base of the

Cambrian in South Australia:

M. I. Glaessner 2 185-185

Glacssner, M, By: New Tossils: from

the Base of the Cainbrian in

South Australia 183-188

Goudenia lohata Woe F ~ 169

Guraleus (Fuguraleus) powelli ; 91

Hexapler (Murexsul) suboctozonus 57

Hinia (Reticoundssa) subcopivsa 64

Homalocantha antecedens ’ 58

Ising, E. Hi: Nates on the Flora of

South Anstralia, No. 7 163-173

Istug, E. Hf. (N, Forde and); Acacia

caleteola, a New Species of ta-

portance to the Eeology of the

Australian Arid Zone 15-160

Budbrank, N, H.: Molluscan Panna

of the Pliovene Strata underlying

the Adelaide Plains, Purt V 43-111

Mappingia matronalis ; . Q3

Marginella | Eratnidea) slaessneri 78

Miswson, D.: Austrlites in the Vicin-

ity of Florieton, South Aus-

tralia a” 461-163

Mesostigmata (Acarina) from Aus-

tralia, New Zealand and Malaya;

H, Womersley 115=130

Micromevistus gourlayi . 422

Mitraria (Eymiten) coxi 71

Mollusean Faana of the Plioeene

Strata underlying the Adelie

Plains, Part Vz N.H, Ludbronk 43-111

Monodiplogynium carabi 24

Nautilus renertus and Nuntilus scro-

Licwotus: B.C. Catton 113

Neomegistus auxtralicus 119

Nepotifla powelli b 96

Ophiomegistus clelunci 115

Faraniplogynitom panesthia —.. aT

Paredncorina minchami 187

Passalacarus. brooksi 22

Phaysengale (Antechifur) svalnsenit

and) = Phuseoxale = (Antechinus)

flavipes (Reyiew of sore Aspects

of the Morphology); H, H. Fin-

layson . - I4l-151

Phascogale (Antechinus) swainsont

maritima. : rm 148

Phenology of Australian Soils: C. G.

Stephens 1-12

Pringle. L, A. B., and Kollosche,

H. E.: Aboriginal Paintings,

‘Carved Stones, Arranged Stones

and Stone Structures in the Mannt

Olga Hegion 131-139

Promegistus armstroangi 117

Proterata (Cypraeerato) subaustralis 43

Proxitther microsculptum : - 49

Ptochacarus banksi . 126

Ptochacarus silvestrii . 137

Ranuneulus hamatesetosus 180

Ranunoulus sessiliflora Group in

South Australia: Hj. Eichler 175-183

Retusa. (Somiretusa) canaligradata . 103

Retusa (Semiretusa) coxi 104

Semivdiaeon stratosculptus — 193

Sentiactaeon tardior - — in

Serrata bicrassiplata . 83

Serrata weymotthensis r, ; 83

Soils (Phenology of Australian):

Cc. G. Stephens er / an

Spriggina floundersi r i f

Stephens, C. G.: Phenology of Aus-

tralian Soils at . "

Taniella weymouthensis

Tasmatica modestina -

Vegetation of a Desert Area in Cen-

tral Australia: G. M. Chippendale.

Volvarina (2?) incommoda s

3142

Womersley, H.: Acarina from Aus-

tralia and New Guinea Paraphagic

upon Millipedes and Cockroaches,

and on Beetles of the Family Pas-

silidae 4 - .. 13-29

Womersley, H.: Some New or Little

Known Mesostigmata (Acarina)

from Australia, New Zealand and

Malaya ¢ rm L15-130

Zygophyllum crassissimum . 167

196

CONTENTS

phagic upon Millipedes and Cockroaches, and on Beetles of the

Family Passalidae _..... pe se sete a ae

G. M. Curenpaze: Notes on the Vegetation of a Desert Area in Central

FAA bee Le eae ee ee hey Cat ee

SCAG foe ee ha ponte a ry ea geen oT ee We:

B. C. Corron: Note on Nautilus Repertus and Nautilus Scrobiculatus _....

H. Womerstry: Some New or Little Known Mesostigmata (Acarina) from

Australia, New Zealand and Malaya __.... heaters ee

L. A. B. Prarncie anv H. E. Koixoscue: Preliminary Notes on Aboriginal

Paintings, Carved Stones, Arranged Stones and Stone Structures in

the Mount Olga Region, Central Australia.

H. H. Frxtayson: A Case of Duplex Convergent Resemblance in Aus-

tralian Mammals, with a Review of Some Aspects of the Morphology

of Phascogale (Antechinus), Swainsoni Waterhouse and Phascogale

(Antechinus) Flavipes Waterhouse ee be

N. ForvE Anp E. H. Isunc: Acacia-Calcicola} a New Species of Importance

to the Ecology of the Australian Arid Zone... ii ct a

D. Mawson: Australites in the Vicinity of Florieton, South Australia

F, See New Fossils from the Base of the Cambrian in South Aus-

ETH etieatkt ee Ce, en, teeta me ee ee bp rac oe Pais 3

Balance Sheet __ ...... Woe onan =e CE -gee gtbr th song eet a a ee Eg pect

Awards of the Sir Joseph Verco Medal and List of Fellows, 1957 ....

113

115

131

141

——

‘

OO an